1.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK 2 3****************** 4Variables Glossary 5****************** 6 7This chapter lists common variables used in the OpenEmbedded build 8system and gives an overview of their function and contents. 9 10:term:`A <ABIEXTENSION>` :term:`B` :term:`C <CACHE>` 11:term:`D` :term:`E <EFI_PROVIDER>` :term:`F <FEATURE_PACKAGES>` 12:term:`G <GCCPIE>` :term:`H <HOMEPAGE>` :term:`I <ICECC_DISABLED>` 13:term:`K <KARCH>` :term:`L <LABELS>` :term:`M <MACHINE>` 14:term:`N <NATIVELSBSTRING>` :term:`O <OBJCOPY>` :term:`P` 15:term:`R <RANLIB>` :term:`S` :term:`T` 16:term:`U <UBOOT_CONFIG>` :term:`V <VOLATILE_LOG_DIR>` 17:term:`W <WARN_QA>` :term:`X <XSERVER>` 18 19.. glossary:: 20 :sorted: 21 22 :term:`ABIEXTENSION` 23 Extension to the Application Binary Interface (ABI) field of the GNU 24 canonical architecture name (e.g. "eabi"). 25 26 ABI extensions are set in the machine include files. For example, the 27 ``meta/conf/machine/include/arm/arch-arm.inc`` file sets the 28 following extension:: 29 30 ABIEXTENSION = "eabi" 31 32 :term:`ALLOW_EMPTY` 33 Specifies whether to produce an output package even if it is empty. 34 By default, BitBake does not produce empty packages. This default 35 behavior can cause issues when there is an 36 :term:`RDEPENDS` or some other hard runtime 37 requirement on the existence of the package. 38 39 Like all package-controlling variables, you must always use them in 40 conjunction with a package name override, as in:: 41 42 ALLOW_EMPTY:${PN} = "1" 43 ALLOW_EMPTY:${PN}-dev = "1" 44 ALLOW_EMPTY:${PN}-staticdev = "1" 45 46 :term:`ALTERNATIVE` 47 Lists commands in a package that need an alternative binary naming 48 scheme. Sometimes the same command is provided in multiple packages. 49 When this occurs, the OpenEmbedded build system needs to use the 50 alternatives system to create a different binary naming scheme so the 51 commands can co-exist. 52 53 To use the variable, list out the package's commands that are also 54 provided by another package. For example, if the ``busybox`` package 55 has four such commands, you identify them as follows:: 56 57 ALTERNATIVE:busybox = "sh sed test bracket" 58 59 For more information on the alternatives system, see the 60 ":ref:`ref-classes-update-alternatives`" 61 section. 62 63 :term:`ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME` 64 Used by the alternatives system to map duplicated commands to actual 65 locations. For example, if the ``bracket`` command provided by the 66 ``busybox`` package is duplicated through another package, you must 67 use the :term:`ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME` variable to specify the actual 68 location:: 69 70 ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME[bracket] = "/usr/bin/[" 71 72 In this example, the binary for the ``bracket`` command (i.e. ``[``) 73 from the ``busybox`` package resides in ``/usr/bin/``. 74 75 .. note:: 76 77 If :term:`ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME` is not defined, it defaults to ``${bindir}/name``. 78 79 For more information on the alternatives system, see the 80 ":ref:`ref-classes-update-alternatives`" 81 section. 82 83 :term:`ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY` 84 Used by the alternatives system to create default priorities for 85 duplicated commands. You can use the variable to create a single 86 default regardless of the command name or package, a default for 87 specific duplicated commands regardless of the package, or a default 88 for specific commands tied to particular packages. Here are the 89 available syntax forms:: 90 91 ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY = "priority" 92 ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY[name] = "priority" 93 ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY_pkg[name] = "priority" 94 95 For more information on the alternatives system, see the 96 ":ref:`ref-classes-update-alternatives`" 97 section. 98 99 :term:`ALTERNATIVE_TARGET` 100 Used by the alternatives system to create default link locations for 101 duplicated commands. You can use the variable to create a single 102 default location for all duplicated commands regardless of the 103 command name or package, a default for specific duplicated commands 104 regardless of the package, or a default for specific commands tied to 105 particular packages. Here are the available syntax forms:: 106 107 ALTERNATIVE_TARGET = "target" 108 ALTERNATIVE_TARGET[name] = "target" 109 ALTERNATIVE_TARGET_pkg[name] = "target" 110 111 .. note:: 112 113 If :term:`ALTERNATIVE_TARGET` is not defined, it inherits the value 114 from the :term:`ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME` variable. 115 116 If :term:`ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME` and :term:`ALTERNATIVE_TARGET` are the 117 same, the target for :term:`ALTERNATIVE_TARGET` has "``.{BPN}``" 118 appended to it. 119 120 Finally, if the file referenced has not been renamed, the 121 alternatives system will rename it to avoid the need to rename 122 alternative files in the :ref:`ref-tasks-install` 123 task while retaining support for the command if necessary. 124 125 For more information on the alternatives system, see the 126 ":ref:`ref-classes-update-alternatives`" section. 127 128 :term:`ANY_OF_DISTRO_FEATURES` 129 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-features_check` 130 class, this variable identifies a list of distribution features where 131 at least one must be enabled in the current configuration in order 132 for the OpenEmbedded build system to build the recipe. In other words, 133 if none of the features listed in :term:`ANY_OF_DISTRO_FEATURES` 134 appear in :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` within the current configuration, then 135 the recipe will be skipped, and if the build system attempts to build 136 the recipe then an error will be triggered. 137 138 :term:`APPEND` 139 An override list of append strings for each target specified with 140 :term:`LABELS`. 141 142 See the :ref:`ref-classes-grub-efi` class for more 143 information on how this variable is used. 144 145 :term:`AR` 146 The minimal command and arguments used to run ``ar``. 147 148 :term:`ARCHIVER_MODE` 149 When used with the :ref:`ref-classes-archiver` class, 150 determines the type of information used to create a released archive. 151 You can use this variable to create archives of patched source, 152 original source, configured source, and so forth by employing the 153 following variable flags (varflags):: 154 155 ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "original" # Uses original (unpacked) source files. 156 ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "patched" # Uses patched source files. This is the default. 157 ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "configured" # Uses configured source files. 158 ARCHIVER_MODE[diff] = "1" # Uses patches between do_unpack and do_patch. 159 ARCHIVER_MODE[diff-exclude] ?= "file file ..." # Lists files and directories to exclude from diff. 160 ARCHIVER_MODE[dumpdata] = "1" # Uses environment data. 161 ARCHIVER_MODE[recipe] = "1" # Uses recipe and include files. 162 ARCHIVER_MODE[srpm] = "1" # Uses RPM package files. 163 164 For information on how the variable works, see the 165 ``meta/classes/archiver.bbclass`` file in the :term:`Source Directory`. 166 167 :term:`AS` 168 Minimal command and arguments needed to run the assembler. 169 170 :term:`ASSUME_PROVIDED` 171 Lists recipe names (:term:`PN` values) BitBake does not 172 attempt to build. Instead, BitBake assumes these recipes have already 173 been built. 174 175 In OpenEmbedded-Core, :term:`ASSUME_PROVIDED` mostly specifies native 176 tools that should not be built. An example is ``git-native``, which 177 when specified, allows for the Git binary from the host to be used 178 rather than building ``git-native``. 179 180 :term:`ASSUME_SHLIBS` 181 Provides additional ``shlibs`` provider mapping information, which 182 adds to or overwrites the information provided automatically by the 183 system. Separate multiple entries using spaces. 184 185 As an example, use the following form to add an ``shlib`` provider of 186 shlibname in packagename with the optional version:: 187 188 shlibname:packagename[_version] 189 190 Here is an example that adds a shared library named ``libEGL.so.1`` 191 as being provided by the ``libegl-implementation`` package:: 192 193 ASSUME_SHLIBS = "libEGL.so.1:libegl-implementation" 194 195 :term:`AUTHOR` 196 The email address used to contact the original author or authors in 197 order to send patches and forward bugs. 198 199 :term:`AUTO_LIBNAME_PKGS` 200 When the :ref:`ref-classes-debian` class is inherited, 201 which is the default behavior, :term:`AUTO_LIBNAME_PKGS` specifies which 202 packages should be checked for libraries and renamed according to 203 Debian library package naming. 204 205 The default value is "${PACKAGES}", which causes the 206 :ref:`ref-classes-debian` class to act on all packages that are 207 explicitly generated by the recipe. 208 209 :term:`AUTOREV` 210 When :term:`SRCREV` is set to the value of this variable, it specifies to 211 use the latest source revision in the repository. Here is an example:: 212 213 SRCREV = "${AUTOREV}" 214 215 If you use the previous statement to retrieve the latest version of 216 software, you need to be sure :term:`PV` contains 217 ``${``\ :term:`SRCPV`\ ``}``. For example, suppose you have a kernel 218 recipe that inherits the :ref:`ref-classes-kernel` class and you 219 use the previous statement. In this example, ``${SRCPV}`` does not 220 automatically get into :term:`PV`. Consequently, you need to change 221 :term:`PV` in your recipe so that it does contain ``${SRCPV}``. 222 223 For more information see the 224 ":ref:`dev-manual/packages:automatically incrementing a package version number`" 225 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 226 227 :term:`AUTO_SYSLINUXMENU` 228 Enables creating an automatic menu for the syslinux bootloader. You 229 must set this variable in your recipe. The 230 :ref:`ref-classes-syslinux` class checks this variable. 231 232 :term:`AVAILTUNES` 233 The list of defined CPU and Application Binary Interface (ABI) 234 tunings (i.e. "tunes") available for use by the OpenEmbedded build 235 system. 236 237 The list simply presents the tunes that are available. Not all tunes 238 may be compatible with a particular machine configuration, or with 239 each other in a 240 :ref:`Multilib <dev-manual/libraries:combining multiple versions of library files into one image>` 241 configuration. 242 243 To add a tune to the list, be sure to append it with spaces using the 244 "+=" BitBake operator. Do not simply replace the list by using the 245 "=" operator. See the 246 ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:basic syntax`" section in the BitBake 247 User Manual for more information. 248 249 :term:`AZ_SAS` 250 Azure Storage Shared Access Signature, when using the 251 :ref:`Azure Storage fetcher (az://) <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-fetching:fetchers>` 252 This variable can be defined to be used by the fetcher to authenticate 253 and gain access to non-public artifacts:: 254 255 AZ_SAS = ""se=2021-01-01&sp=r&sv=2018-11-09&sr=c&skoid=<skoid>&sig=<signature>"" 256 257 For more information see Microsoft's Azure Storage documentation at 258 https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/storage-sas-overview 259 260 :term:`B` 261 The directory within the :term:`Build Directory` in which the 262 OpenEmbedded build system places generated objects during a recipe's 263 build process. By default, this directory is the same as the 264 :term:`S` directory, which is defined as:: 265 266 S = "${WORKDIR}/${BP}" 267 268 You can separate the (:term:`S`) directory and the directory pointed to 269 by the :term:`B` variable. Most Autotools-based recipes support 270 separating these directories. The build system defaults to using 271 separate directories for ``gcc`` and some kernel recipes. 272 273 :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS` 274 Lists "recommended-only" packages to not install. Recommended-only 275 packages are packages installed only through the 276 :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variable. You can prevent any 277 of these "recommended" packages from being installed by listing them 278 with the :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS` variable:: 279 280 BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS = "package_name package_name package_name ..." 281 282 You can set this variable globally in your ``local.conf`` file or you 283 can attach it to a specific image recipe by using the recipe name 284 override:: 285 286 BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS:pn-target_image = "package_name" 287 288 It is important to realize that if you choose to not install packages 289 using this variable and some other packages are dependent on them 290 (i.e. listed in a recipe's :term:`RDEPENDS` 291 variable), the OpenEmbedded build system ignores your request and 292 will install the packages to avoid dependency errors. 293 294 This variable is supported only when using the IPK and RPM 295 packaging backends. DEB is not supported. 296 297 See the :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS` and the 298 :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` variables for related 299 information. 300 301 :term:`BASE_LIB` 302 The library directory name for the CPU or Application Binary 303 Interface (ABI) tune. The :term:`BASE_LIB` applies only in the Multilib 304 context. See the ":ref:`dev-manual/libraries:combining multiple versions of library files into one image`" 305 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for information 306 on Multilib. 307 308 The :term:`BASE_LIB` variable is defined in the machine include files in 309 the :term:`Source Directory`. If Multilib is not 310 being used, the value defaults to "lib". 311 312 :term:`BASE_WORKDIR` 313 Points to the base of the work directory for all recipes. The default 314 value is "${TMPDIR}/work". 315 316 :term:`BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS` 317 Specifies a space-delimited list of hosts that the fetcher is allowed 318 to use to obtain the required source code. Following are 319 considerations surrounding this variable: 320 321 - This host list is only used if :term:`BB_NO_NETWORK` is either not set 322 or set to "0". 323 324 - There is limited support for wildcard matching against the beginning of 325 host names. For example, the following setting matches 326 ``git.gnu.org``, ``ftp.gnu.org``, and ``foo.git.gnu.org``:: 327 328 BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS = "*.gnu.org" 329 330 .. note:: 331 332 The use of the "``*``" character only works at the beginning of 333 a host name and it must be isolated from the remainder of the 334 host name. You cannot use the wildcard character in any other 335 location of the name or combined with the front part of the 336 name. 337 338 For example, ``*.foo.bar`` is supported, while ``*aa.foo.bar`` 339 is not. 340 341 - Mirrors not in the host list are skipped and logged in debug. 342 343 - Attempts to access networks not in the host list cause a failure. 344 345 Using :term:`BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS` in conjunction with 346 :term:`PREMIRRORS` is very useful. Adding the host 347 you want to use to :term:`PREMIRRORS` results in the source code being 348 fetched from an allowed location and avoids raising an error when a 349 host that is not allowed is in a :term:`SRC_URI` 350 statement. This is because the fetcher does not attempt to use the 351 host listed in :term:`SRC_URI` after a successful fetch from the 352 :term:`PREMIRRORS` occurs. 353 354 :term:`BB_BASEHASH_IGNORE_VARS` 355 See :term:`bitbake:BB_BASEHASH_IGNORE_VARS` in the BitBake manual. 356 357 :term:`BB_CHECK_SSL_CERTS` 358 See :term:`bitbake:BB_CHECK_SSL_CERTS` in the BitBake manual. 359 360 :term:`BB_CONSOLELOG` 361 See :term:`bitbake:BB_CONSOLELOG` in the BitBake manual. 362 363 :term:`BB_CURRENTTASK` 364 See :term:`bitbake:BB_CURRENTTASK` in the BitBake manual. 365 366 :term:`BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY` 367 Defines how BitBake handles situations where an append file 368 (``.bbappend``) has no corresponding recipe file (``.bb``). This 369 condition often occurs when layers get out of sync (e.g. ``oe-core`` 370 bumps a recipe version and the old recipe no longer exists and the 371 other layer has not been updated to the new version of the recipe 372 yet). 373 374 The default fatal behavior is safest because it is the sane reaction 375 given something is out of sync. It is important to realize when your 376 changes are no longer being applied. 377 378 You can change the default behavior by setting this variable to "1", 379 "yes", or "true" in your ``local.conf`` file, which is located in the 380 :term:`Build Directory`: Here is an example:: 381 382 BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY = "1" 383 384 :term:`BB_DEFAULT_TASK` 385 See :term:`bitbake:BB_DEFAULT_TASK` in the BitBake manual. 386 387 :term:`BB_DEFAULT_UMASK` 388 See :term:`bitbake:BB_DEFAULT_UMASK` in the BitBake manual. 389 390 :term:`BB_DISKMON_DIRS` 391 Monitors disk space and available inodes during the build and allows 392 you to control the build based on these parameters. 393 394 Disk space monitoring is disabled by default. To enable monitoring, 395 add the :term:`BB_DISKMON_DIRS` variable to your ``conf/local.conf`` file 396 found in the :term:`Build Directory`. Use the 397 following form: 398 399 .. code-block:: none 400 401 BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "action,dir,threshold [...]" 402 403 where: 404 405 action is: 406 ABORT: Immediately stop the build when 407 a threshold is broken. 408 STOPTASKS: Stop the build after the currently 409 executing tasks have finished when 410 a threshold is broken. 411 WARN: Issue a warning but continue the 412 build when a threshold is broken. 413 Subsequent warnings are issued as 414 defined by the BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL 415 variable, which must be defined in 416 the conf/local.conf file. 417 418 dir is: 419 Any directory you choose. You can specify one or 420 more directories to monitor by separating the 421 groupings with a space. If two directories are 422 on the same device, only the first directory 423 is monitored. 424 425 threshold is: 426 Either the minimum available disk space, 427 the minimum number of free inodes, or 428 both. You must specify at least one. To 429 omit one or the other, simply omit the value. 430 Specify the threshold using G, M, K for Gbytes, 431 Mbytes, and Kbytes, respectively. If you do 432 not specify G, M, or K, Kbytes is assumed by 433 default. Do not use GB, MB, or KB. 434 435 Here are some examples:: 436 437 BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "ABORT,${TMPDIR},1G,100K WARN,${SSTATE_DIR},1G,100K" 438 BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "STOPTASKS,${TMPDIR},1G" 439 BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "ABORT,${TMPDIR},,100K" 440 441 The first example works only if you also provide the 442 :term:`BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL` 443 variable in the ``conf/local.conf``. This example causes the build 444 system to immediately stop when either the disk space in 445 ``${TMPDIR}`` drops below 1 Gbyte or the available free inodes drops 446 below 100 Kbytes. Because two directories are provided with the 447 variable, the build system also issue a warning when the disk space 448 in the ``${SSTATE_DIR}`` directory drops below 1 Gbyte or the number 449 of free inodes drops below 100 Kbytes. Subsequent warnings are issued 450 during intervals as defined by the :term:`BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL` 451 variable. 452 453 The second example stops the build after all currently executing 454 tasks complete when the minimum disk space in the ``${TMPDIR}`` 455 directory drops below 1 Gbyte. No disk monitoring occurs for the free 456 inodes in this case. 457 458 The final example immediately stops the build when the number of 459 free inodes in the ``${TMPDIR}`` directory drops below 100 Kbytes. No 460 disk space monitoring for the directory itself occurs in this case. 461 462 :term:`BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL` 463 Defines the disk space and free inode warning intervals. To set these 464 intervals, define the variable in your ``conf/local.conf`` file in 465 the :term:`Build Directory`. 466 467 If you are going to use the :term:`BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL` variable, you 468 must also use the :term:`BB_DISKMON_DIRS` 469 variable and define its action as "WARN". During the build, 470 subsequent warnings are issued each time disk space or number of free 471 inodes further reduces by the respective interval. 472 473 If you do not provide a :term:`BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL` variable and you 474 do use :term:`BB_DISKMON_DIRS` with the "WARN" action, the disk 475 monitoring interval defaults to the following:: 476 477 BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "50M,5K" 478 479 When specifying the variable in your configuration file, use the 480 following form: 481 482 .. code-block:: none 483 484 BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "disk_space_interval,disk_inode_interval" 485 486 where: 487 488 disk_space_interval is: 489 An interval of memory expressed in either 490 G, M, or K for Gbytes, Mbytes, or Kbytes, 491 respectively. You cannot use GB, MB, or KB. 492 493 disk_inode_interval is: 494 An interval of free inodes expressed in either 495 G, M, or K for Gbytes, Mbytes, or Kbytes, 496 respectively. You cannot use GB, MB, or KB. 497 498 Here is an example:: 499 500 BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "WARN,${SSTATE_DIR},1G,100K" 501 BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "50M,5K" 502 503 These variables cause the 504 OpenEmbedded build system to issue subsequent warnings each time the 505 available disk space further reduces by 50 Mbytes or the number of 506 free inodes further reduces by 5 Kbytes in the ``${SSTATE_DIR}`` 507 directory. Subsequent warnings based on the interval occur each time 508 a respective interval is reached beyond the initial warning (i.e. 1 509 Gbytes and 100 Kbytes). 510 511 :term:`BB_ENV_PASSTHROUGH` 512 See :term:`bitbake:BB_ENV_PASSTHROUGH` in the BitBake manual. 513 514 :term:`BB_ENV_PASSTHROUGH_ADDITIONS` 515 See :term:`bitbake:BB_ENV_PASSTHROUGH_ADDITIONS` in the BitBake manual. 516 517 :term:`BB_FETCH_PREMIRRORONLY` 518 See :term:`bitbake:BB_FETCH_PREMIRRORONLY` in the BitBake manual. 519 520 :term:`BB_FILENAME` 521 See :term:`bitbake:BB_FILENAME` in the BitBake manual. 522 523 :term:`BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS` 524 Causes tarballs of the source control repositories (e.g. Git 525 repositories), including metadata, to be placed in the 526 :term:`DL_DIR` directory. 527 528 For performance reasons, creating and placing tarballs of these 529 repositories is not the default action by the OpenEmbedded build 530 system:: 531 532 BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS = "1" 533 534 Set this variable in your 535 ``local.conf`` file in the :term:`Build Directory`. 536 537 Once you have the tarballs containing your source files, you can 538 clean up your :term:`DL_DIR` directory by deleting any Git or other 539 source control work directories. 540 541 :term:`BB_GENERATE_SHALLOW_TARBALLS` 542 See :term:`bitbake:BB_GENERATE_SHALLOW_TARBALLS` in the BitBake manual. 543 544 :term:`BB_GIT_SHALLOW` 545 See :term:`bitbake:BB_GIT_SHALLOW` in the BitBake manual. 546 547 :term:`BB_GIT_SHALLOW_DEPTH` 548 See :term:`bitbake:BB_GIT_SHALLOW_DEPTH` in the BitBake manual. 549 550 :term:`BB_HASHCHECK_FUNCTION` 551 See :term:`bitbake:BB_HASHCHECK_FUNCTION` in the BitBake manual. 552 553 :term:`BB_HASHCONFIG_IGNORE_VARS` 554 See :term:`bitbake:BB_HASHCONFIG_IGNORE_VARS` in the BitBake manual. 555 556 :term:`BB_HASHSERVE` 557 See :term:`bitbake:BB_HASHSERVE` in the BitBake manual. 558 559 :term:`BB_HASHSERVE_UPSTREAM` 560 See :term:`bitbake:BB_HASHSERVE_UPSTREAM` in the BitBake manual. 561 562 :term:`BB_INVALIDCONF` 563 See :term:`bitbake:BB_INVALIDCONF` in the BitBake manual. 564 565 :term:`BB_LOGCONFIG` 566 See :term:`bitbake:BB_LOGCONFIG` in the BitBake manual. 567 568 :term:`BB_LOGFMT` 569 See :term:`bitbake:BB_LOGFMT` in the BitBake manual. 570 571 :term:`BB_MULTI_PROVIDER_ALLOWED` 572 See :term:`bitbake:BB_MULTI_PROVIDER_ALLOWED` in the BitBake manual. 573 574 :term:`BB_NICE_LEVEL` 575 See :term:`bitbake:BB_NICE_LEVEL` in the BitBake manual. 576 577 :term:`BB_NO_NETWORK` 578 See :term:`bitbake:BB_NO_NETWORK` in the BitBake manual. 579 580 :term:`BB_NUMBER_PARSE_THREADS` 581 See :term:`bitbake:BB_NUMBER_PARSE_THREADS` in the BitBake manual. 582 583 :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS` 584 The maximum number of tasks BitBake should run in parallel at any one 585 time. The OpenEmbedded build system automatically configures this 586 variable to be equal to the number of cores on the build system. For 587 example, a system with a dual core processor that also uses 588 hyper-threading causes the :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS` variable to default 589 to "4". 590 591 For single socket systems (i.e. one CPU), you should not have to 592 override this variable to gain optimal parallelism during builds. 593 However, if you have very large systems that employ multiple physical 594 CPUs, you might want to make sure the :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS` variable 595 is not set higher than "20". 596 597 For more information on speeding up builds, see the 598 ":ref:`dev-manual/speeding-up-build:speeding up a build`" 599 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 600 601 On the other hand, if your goal is to limit the amount of system 602 resources consumed by BitBake tasks, setting :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS` 603 to a number lower than the number of CPU threads in your machine 604 won't be sufficient. That's because each package will still be built 605 and installed through a number of parallel jobs specified by the 606 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` variable, which is by default the number of CPU 607 threads in your system, and is not impacted by the 608 :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS` value. 609 610 So, if you set :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS` to "1" but don't set 611 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE`, most of your system resources will be consumed 612 anyway. 613 614 Therefore, if you intend to reduce the load of your build system by 615 setting :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS` to a relatively low value compared 616 to the number of CPU threads on your system, you should also set 617 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` to a similarly low value. 618 619 An alternative to using :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS` to keep the usage 620 of build system resources under control is to use the smarter 621 :term:`BB_PRESSURE_MAX_CPU`, :term:`BB_PRESSURE_MAX_IO` or 622 :term:`BB_PRESSURE_MAX_MEMORY` controls. They will prevent BitBake 623 from starting new tasks as long as thresholds are exceeded. Anyway, 624 as with :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS`, such controls won't prevent the 625 tasks already being run from using all CPU threads on the system 626 if :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` is not set to a low value. 627 628 :term:`BB_ORIGENV` 629 See :term:`bitbake:BB_ORIGENV` in the BitBake manual. 630 631 :term:`BB_PRESERVE_ENV` 632 See :term:`bitbake:BB_PRESERVE_ENV` in the BitBake manual. 633 634 :term:`BB_PRESSURE_MAX_CPU` 635 See :term:`bitbake:BB_PRESSURE_MAX_CPU` in the BitBake manual. 636 637 :term:`BB_PRESSURE_MAX_IO` 638 See :term:`bitbake:BB_PRESSURE_MAX_IO` in the BitBake manual. 639 640 :term:`BB_PRESSURE_MAX_MEMORY` 641 See :term:`bitbake:BB_PRESSURE_MAX_MEMORY` in the BitBake manual. 642 643 :term:`BB_RUNFMT` 644 See :term:`bitbake:BB_RUNFMT` in the BitBake manual. 645 646 :term:`BB_RUNTASK` 647 See :term:`bitbake:BB_RUNTASK` in the BitBake manual. 648 649 :term:`BB_SCHEDULER` 650 See :term:`bitbake:BB_SCHEDULER` in the BitBake manual. 651 652 :term:`BB_SCHEDULERS` 653 See :term:`bitbake:BB_SCHEDULERS` in the BitBake manual. 654 655 :term:`BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT` 656 Specifies the time (in seconds) after which to unload the BitBake 657 server due to inactivity. Set :term:`BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT` to determine how 658 long the BitBake server stays resident between invocations. 659 660 For example, the following statement in your ``local.conf`` file 661 instructs the server to be unloaded after 20 seconds of inactivity:: 662 663 BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT = "20" 664 665 If you want the server to never be unloaded, 666 set :term:`BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT` to "-1". 667 668 :term:`BB_SETSCENE_DEPVALID` 669 See :term:`bitbake:BB_SETSCENE_DEPVALID` in the BitBake manual. 670 671 :term:`BB_SIGNATURE_EXCLUDE_FLAGS` 672 See :term:`bitbake:BB_SIGNATURE_EXCLUDE_FLAGS` in the BitBake manual. 673 674 :term:`BB_SIGNATURE_HANDLER` 675 See :term:`bitbake:BB_SIGNATURE_HANDLER` in the BitBake manual. 676 677 :term:`BB_SRCREV_POLICY` 678 See :term:`bitbake:BB_SRCREV_POLICY` in the BitBake manual. 679 680 :term:`BB_STRICT_CHECKSUM` 681 See :term:`bitbake:BB_STRICT_CHECKSUM` in the BitBake manual. 682 683 :term:`BB_TASK_IONICE_LEVEL` 684 See :term:`bitbake:BB_TASK_IONICE_LEVEL` in the BitBake manual. 685 686 :term:`BB_TASK_NICE_LEVEL` 687 See :term:`bitbake:BB_TASK_NICE_LEVEL` in the BitBake manual. 688 689 :term:`BB_TASKHASH` 690 See :term:`bitbake:BB_TASKHASH` in the BitBake manual. 691 692 :term:`BB_VERBOSE_LOGS` 693 See :term:`bitbake:BB_VERBOSE_LOGS` in the BitBake manual. 694 695 :term:`BB_WORKERCONTEXT` 696 See :term:`bitbake:BB_WORKERCONTEXT` in the BitBake manual. 697 698 :term:`BBCLASSEXTEND` 699 Allows you to extend a recipe so that it builds variants of the 700 software. There are common variants for recipes as "natives" like 701 ``quilt-native``, which is a copy of Quilt built to run on the build 702 system; "crosses" such as ``gcc-cross``, which is a compiler built to 703 run on the build machine but produces binaries that run on the target 704 :term:`MACHINE`; ":ref:`ref-classes-nativesdk`", which 705 targets the SDK machine instead of :term:`MACHINE`; and "mulitlibs" in 706 the form "``multilib:``\ multilib_name". 707 708 To build a different variant of the recipe with a minimal amount of 709 code, it usually is as simple as adding the following to your recipe:: 710 711 BBCLASSEXTEND =+ "native nativesdk" 712 BBCLASSEXTEND =+ "multilib:multilib_name" 713 714 .. note:: 715 716 Internally, the :term:`BBCLASSEXTEND` mechanism generates recipe 717 variants by rewriting variable values and applying overrides such 718 as ``:class-native``. For example, to generate a native version of 719 a recipe, a :term:`DEPENDS` on "foo" is rewritten 720 to a :term:`DEPENDS` on "foo-native". 721 722 Even when using :term:`BBCLASSEXTEND`, the recipe is only parsed once. 723 Parsing once adds some limitations. For example, it is not 724 possible to include a different file depending on the variant, 725 since ``include`` statements are processed when the recipe is 726 parsed. 727 728 :term:`BBDEBUG` 729 See :term:`bitbake:BBDEBUG` in the BitBake manual. 730 731 :term:`BBFILE_COLLECTIONS` 732 Lists the names of configured layers. These names are used to find 733 the other ``BBFILE_*`` variables. Typically, each layer will append 734 its name to this variable in its ``conf/layer.conf`` file. 735 736 :term:`BBFILE_PATTERN` 737 Variable that expands to match files from 738 :term:`BBFILES` in a particular layer. This variable 739 is used in the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be suffixed with the 740 name of the specific layer (e.g. ``BBFILE_PATTERN_emenlow``). 741 742 :term:`BBFILE_PRIORITY` 743 Assigns the priority for recipe files in each layer. 744 745 This variable is useful in situations where the same recipe appears 746 in more than one layer. Setting this variable allows you to 747 prioritize a layer against other layers that contain the same recipe 748 --- effectively letting you control the precedence for the multiple 749 layers. The precedence established through this variable stands 750 regardless of a recipe's version (:term:`PV` variable). For 751 example, a layer that has a recipe with a higher :term:`PV` value but for 752 which the :term:`BBFILE_PRIORITY` is set to have a lower precedence still 753 has a lower precedence. 754 755 A larger value for the :term:`BBFILE_PRIORITY` variable results in a 756 higher precedence. For example, the value 6 has a higher precedence 757 than the value 5. If not specified, the :term:`BBFILE_PRIORITY` variable 758 is set based on layer dependencies (see the :term:`LAYERDEPENDS` variable 759 for more information. The default priority, if unspecified for a 760 layer with no dependencies, is the lowest defined priority + 1 (or 1 761 if no priorities are defined). 762 763 .. tip:: 764 765 You can use the command ``bitbake-layers show-layers`` 766 to list all configured layers along with their priorities. 767 768 :term:`BBFILES` 769 A space-separated list of recipe files BitBake uses to build 770 software. 771 772 When specifying recipe files, you can pattern match using Python's 773 `glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`__ syntax. 774 For details on the syntax, see the documentation by following the 775 previous link. 776 777 :term:`BBFILES_DYNAMIC` 778 Activates content when identified layers are present. You identify 779 the layers by the collections that the layers define. 780 781 Use the :term:`BBFILES_DYNAMIC` variable to avoid ``.bbappend`` files 782 whose corresponding ``.bb`` file is in a layer that attempts to 783 modify other layers through ``.bbappend`` but does not want to 784 introduce a hard dependency on those other layers. 785 786 Use the following form for :term:`BBFILES_DYNAMIC`: 787 ``collection_name:filename_pattern``. 788 789 The following example identifies two collection names and two 790 filename patterns:: 791 792 BBFILES_DYNAMIC += " \ 793 clang-layer:${LAYERDIR}/bbappends/meta-clang/*/*/*.bbappend \ 794 core:${LAYERDIR}/bbappends/openembedded-core/meta/*/*/*.bbappend \ 795 " 796 797 This next example shows an error message that occurs because invalid 798 entries are found, which cause parsing to fail: 799 800 .. code-block:: none 801 802 ERROR: BBFILES_DYNAMIC entries must be of the form <collection name>:<filename pattern>, not: 803 /work/my-layer/bbappends/meta-security-isafw/*/*/*.bbappend 804 /work/my-layer/bbappends/openembedded-core/meta/*/*/*.bbappend 805 806 :term:`BBINCLUDED` 807 See :term:`bitbake:BBINCLUDED` in the BitBake manual. 808 809 :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS` 810 Variable that controls how BitBake displays logs on build failure. 811 812 :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS_LINES` 813 If :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS` is set, specifies the 814 maximum number of lines from the task log file to print when 815 reporting a failed task. If you do not set :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS_LINES`, 816 the entire log is printed. 817 818 :term:`BBLAYERS` 819 Lists the layers to enable during the build. This variable is defined 820 in the ``bblayers.conf`` configuration file in the :term:`Build Directory`. 821 Here is an example:: 822 823 BBLAYERS = " \ 824 /home/scottrif/poky/meta \ 825 /home/scottrif/poky/meta-poky \ 826 /home/scottrif/poky/meta-yocto-bsp \ 827 /home/scottrif/poky/meta-mykernel \ 828 " 829 830 This example enables four layers, one of which is a custom, 831 user-defined layer named ``meta-mykernel``. 832 833 :term:`BBLAYERS_FETCH_DIR` 834 See :term:`bitbake:BBLAYERS_FETCH_DIR` in the BitBake manual. 835 836 :term:`BBMASK` 837 Prevents BitBake from processing recipes and recipe append files. 838 839 You can use the :term:`BBMASK` variable to "hide" these ``.bb`` and 840 ``.bbappend`` files. BitBake ignores any recipe or recipe append 841 files that match any of the expressions. It is as if BitBake does not 842 see them at all. Consequently, matching files are not parsed or 843 otherwise used by BitBake. 844 845 The values you provide are passed to Python's regular expression 846 compiler. Consequently, the syntax follows Python's Regular 847 Expression (re) syntax. The expressions are compared against the full 848 paths to the files. For complete syntax information, see Python's 849 documentation at https://docs.python.org/3/library/re.html#regular-expression-syntax. 850 851 The following example uses a complete regular expression to tell 852 BitBake to ignore all recipe and recipe append files in the 853 ``meta-ti/recipes-misc/`` directory:: 854 855 BBMASK = "meta-ti/recipes-misc/" 856 857 If you want to mask out multiple directories or recipes, you can 858 specify multiple regular expression fragments. This next example 859 masks out multiple directories and individual recipes:: 860 861 BBMASK += "/meta-ti/recipes-misc/ meta-ti/recipes-ti/packagegroup/" 862 BBMASK += "/meta-oe/recipes-support/" 863 BBMASK += "/meta-foo/.*/openldap" 864 BBMASK += "opencv.*\.bbappend" 865 BBMASK += "lzma" 866 867 .. note:: 868 869 When specifying a directory name, use the trailing slash character 870 to ensure you match just that directory name. 871 872 :term:`BBMULTICONFIG` 873 Specifies each additional separate configuration when you are 874 building targets with multiple configurations. Use this variable in 875 your ``conf/local.conf`` configuration file. Specify a 876 multiconfigname for each configuration file you are using. For 877 example, the following line specifies three configuration files:: 878 879 BBMULTICONFIG = "configA configB configC" 880 881 Each configuration file you use must reside in a ``multiconfig`` 882 subdirectory of a configuration directory within a layer, or 883 within the :term:`Build Directory` (e.g. 884 ``build_directory/conf/multiconfig/configA.conf`` or 885 ``mylayer/conf/multiconfig/configB.conf``). 886 887 For information on how to use :term:`BBMULTICONFIG` in an environment 888 that supports building targets with multiple configurations, see the 889 ":ref:`dev-manual/building:building images for multiple targets using multiple configurations`" 890 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 891 892 :term:`BBPATH` 893 See :term:`bitbake:BBPATH` in the BitBake manual. 894 895 :term:`BBSERVER` 896 If defined in the BitBake environment, :term:`BBSERVER` points to the 897 BitBake remote server. 898 899 Use the following format to export the variable to the BitBake 900 environment:: 901 902 export BBSERVER=localhost:$port 903 904 By default, :term:`BBSERVER` also appears in :term:`BB_BASEHASH_IGNORE_VARS`. 905 Consequently, :term:`BBSERVER` is excluded from checksum and dependency 906 data. 907 908 :term:`BBTARGETS` 909 See :term:`bitbake:BBTARGETS` in the BitBake manual. 910 911 :term:`BINCONFIG` 912 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-binconfig-disabled` class, this 913 variable specifies binary configuration scripts to disable in favor of 914 using ``pkg-config`` to query the information. The 915 :ref:`ref-classes-binconfig-disabled` class will modify the specified 916 scripts to return an error so that calls to them can be easily found 917 and replaced. 918 919 To add multiple scripts, separate them by spaces. Here is an example 920 from the ``libpng`` recipe:: 921 922 BINCONFIG = "${bindir}/libpng-config ${bindir}/libpng16-config" 923 924 :term:`BINCONFIG_GLOB` 925 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-binconfig` class, 926 this variable specifies a wildcard for configuration scripts that 927 need editing. The scripts are edited to correct any paths that have 928 been set up during compilation so that they are correct for use when 929 installed into the sysroot and called by the build processes of other 930 recipes. 931 932 .. note:: 933 934 The :term:`BINCONFIG_GLOB` variable uses 935 `shell globbing <https://tldp.org/LDP/abs/html/globbingref.html>`__, 936 which is recognition and expansion of wildcards during pattern 937 matching. Shell globbing is very similar to 938 `fnmatch <https://docs.python.org/3/library/fnmatch.html#module-fnmatch>`__ 939 and `glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`__. 940 941 For more information on how this variable works, see 942 ``meta/classes-recipe/binconfig.bbclass`` in the :term:`Source Directory`. 943 You can also find general 944 information on the class in the 945 ":ref:`ref-classes-binconfig`" section. 946 947 :term:`BITBAKE_UI` 948 See :term:`bitbake:BITBAKE_UI` in the BitBake manual. 949 950 :term:`BP` 951 The base recipe name and version but without any special recipe name 952 suffix (i.e. ``-native``, ``lib64-``, and so forth). :term:`BP` is 953 comprised of the following:: 954 955 ${BPN}-${PV} 956 957 :term:`BPN` 958 This variable is a version of the :term:`PN` variable with 959 common prefixes and suffixes removed, such as ``nativesdk-``, 960 ``-cross``, ``-native``, and multilib's ``lib64-`` and ``lib32-``. 961 The exact lists of prefixes and suffixes removed are specified by the 962 :term:`MLPREFIX` and 963 :term:`SPECIAL_PKGSUFFIX` variables, 964 respectively. 965 966 :term:`BUGTRACKER` 967 Specifies a URL for an upstream bug tracking website for a recipe. 968 The OpenEmbedded build system does not use this variable. Rather, the 969 variable is a useful pointer in case a bug in the software being 970 built needs to be manually reported. 971 972 :term:`BUILD_ARCH` 973 Specifies the architecture of the build host (e.g. ``i686``). The 974 OpenEmbedded build system sets the value of :term:`BUILD_ARCH` from the 975 machine name reported by the ``uname`` command. 976 977 :term:`BUILD_AS_ARCH` 978 Specifies the architecture-specific assembler flags for the build 979 host. By default, the value of :term:`BUILD_AS_ARCH` is empty. 980 981 :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH` 982 Specifies the architecture-specific C compiler flags for the build 983 host. By default, the value of :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH` is empty. 984 985 :term:`BUILD_CCLD` 986 Specifies the linker command to be used for the build host when the C 987 compiler is being used as the linker. By default, :term:`BUILD_CCLD` 988 points to GCC and passes as arguments the value of 989 :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH`, assuming 990 :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH` is set. 991 992 :term:`BUILD_CFLAGS` 993 Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building for the 994 build host. When building in the ``-native`` context, 995 :term:`CFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable by 996 default. 997 998 :term:`BUILD_CPPFLAGS` 999 Specifies the flags to pass to the C preprocessor (i.e. to both the C 1000 and the C++ compilers) when building for the build host. When 1001 building in the ``-native`` context, :term:`CPPFLAGS` 1002 is set to the value of this variable by default. 1003 1004 :term:`BUILD_CXXFLAGS` 1005 Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when building for the 1006 build host. When building in the ``-native`` context, 1007 :term:`CXXFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable 1008 by default. 1009 1010 :term:`BUILD_FC` 1011 Specifies the Fortran compiler command for the build host. By 1012 default, :term:`BUILD_FC` points to Gfortran and passes as arguments the 1013 value of :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH`, assuming 1014 :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH` is set. 1015 1016 :term:`BUILD_LD` 1017 Specifies the linker command for the build host. By default, 1018 :term:`BUILD_LD` points to the GNU linker (ld) and passes as arguments 1019 the value of :term:`BUILD_LD_ARCH`, assuming 1020 :term:`BUILD_LD_ARCH` is set. 1021 1022 :term:`BUILD_LD_ARCH` 1023 Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the build host. By 1024 default, the value of :term:`BUILD_LD_ARCH` is empty. 1025 1026 :term:`BUILD_LDFLAGS` 1027 Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building for the build 1028 host. When building in the ``-native`` context, 1029 :term:`LDFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable 1030 by default. 1031 1032 :term:`BUILD_OPTIMIZATION` 1033 Specifies the optimization flags passed to the C compiler when 1034 building for the build host or the SDK. The flags are passed through 1035 the :term:`BUILD_CFLAGS` and 1036 :term:`BUILDSDK_CFLAGS` default values. 1037 1038 The default value of the :term:`BUILD_OPTIMIZATION` variable is "-O2 1039 -pipe". 1040 1041 :term:`BUILD_OS` 1042 Specifies the operating system in use on the build host (e.g. 1043 "linux"). The OpenEmbedded build system sets the value of 1044 :term:`BUILD_OS` from the OS reported by the ``uname`` command --- the 1045 first word, converted to lower-case characters. 1046 1047 :term:`BUILD_PREFIX` 1048 The toolchain binary prefix used for native recipes. The OpenEmbedded 1049 build system uses the :term:`BUILD_PREFIX` value to set the 1050 :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` when building for :ref:`ref-classes-native` recipes. 1051 1052 :term:`BUILD_STRIP` 1053 Specifies the command to be used to strip debugging symbols from 1054 binaries produced for the build host. By default, :term:`BUILD_STRIP` 1055 points to 1056 ``${``\ :term:`BUILD_PREFIX`\ ``}strip``. 1057 1058 :term:`BUILD_SYS` 1059 Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating 1060 system, to use when building for the build host (i.e. when building 1061 :ref:`ref-classes-native` recipes). 1062 1063 The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based 1064 on :term:`BUILD_ARCH`, 1065 :term:`BUILD_VENDOR`, and 1066 :term:`BUILD_OS`. You do not need to set the 1067 :term:`BUILD_SYS` variable yourself. 1068 1069 :term:`BUILD_VENDOR` 1070 Specifies the vendor name to use when building for the build host. 1071 The default value is an empty string (""). 1072 1073 :term:`BUILDDIR` 1074 Points to the location of the :term:`Build Directory`. You can define 1075 this directory indirectly through the :ref:`structure-core-script` script 1076 by passing in a :term:`Build Directory` path when you run the script. If 1077 you run the script and do not provide a :term:`Build Directory` path, the 1078 :term:`BUILDDIR` defaults to ``build`` in the current directory. 1079 1080 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT` 1081 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-buildhistory` class, this variable 1082 specifies whether or not to commit the build history output in a local 1083 Git repository. If set to "1", this local repository will be maintained 1084 automatically by the :ref:`ref-classes-buildhistory` class and a commit 1085 will be created on every build for changes to each top-level subdirectory 1086 of the build history output (images, packages, and sdk). If you want to 1087 track changes to build history over time, you should set this value to 1088 "1". 1089 1090 By default, the :ref:`ref-classes-buildhistory` class 1091 enables committing the buildhistory output in a local Git repository:: 1092 1093 BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT ?= "1" 1094 1095 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR` 1096 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-buildhistory` 1097 class, this variable specifies the author to use for each Git commit. 1098 In order for the :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR` variable to work, the 1099 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT` variable must 1100 be set to "1". 1101 1102 Git requires that the value you provide for the 1103 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR` variable takes the form of "name 1104 email@host". Providing an email address or host that is not valid 1105 does not produce an error. 1106 1107 By default, the :ref:`ref-classes-buildhistory` class sets the variable 1108 as follows:: 1109 1110 BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR ?= "buildhistory <buildhistory@${DISTRO}>" 1111 1112 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_DIR` 1113 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-buildhistory` 1114 class, this variable specifies the directory in which build history 1115 information is kept. For more information on how the variable works, 1116 see the :ref:`ref-classes-buildhistory` class. 1117 1118 By default, the :ref:`ref-classes-buildhistory` class sets the directory 1119 as follows:: 1120 1121 BUILDHISTORY_DIR ?= "${TOPDIR}/buildhistory" 1122 1123 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_FEATURES` 1124 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-buildhistory` 1125 class, this variable specifies the build history features to be 1126 enabled. For more information on how build history works, see the 1127 ":ref:`dev-manual/build-quality:maintaining build output quality`" 1128 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 1129 1130 You can specify these features in the form of a space-separated list: 1131 1132 - *image:* Analysis of the contents of images, which includes the 1133 list of installed packages among other things. 1134 1135 - *package:* Analysis of the contents of individual packages. 1136 1137 - *sdk:* Analysis of the contents of the software development kit 1138 (SDK). 1139 1140 - *task:* Save output file signatures for 1141 :ref:`shared state <overview-manual/concepts:shared state cache>` 1142 (sstate) tasks. 1143 This saves one file per task and lists the SHA-256 checksums for 1144 each file staged (i.e. the output of the task). 1145 1146 By default, the :ref:`ref-classes-buildhistory` class enables the 1147 following features:: 1148 1149 BUILDHISTORY_FEATURES ?= "image package sdk" 1150 1151 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_IMAGE_FILES` 1152 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-buildhistory` 1153 class, this variable specifies a list of paths to files copied from 1154 the image contents into the build history directory under an 1155 "image-files" directory in the directory for the image, so that you 1156 can track the contents of each file. The default is to copy 1157 ``/etc/passwd`` and ``/etc/group``, which allows you to monitor for 1158 changes in user and group entries. You can modify the list to include 1159 any file. Specifying an invalid path does not produce an error. 1160 Consequently, you can include files that might not always be present. 1161 1162 By default, the :ref:`ref-classes-buildhistory` class provides paths to 1163 the following files:: 1164 1165 BUILDHISTORY_IMAGE_FILES ?= "/etc/passwd /etc/group" 1166 1167 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_PATH_PREFIX_STRIP` 1168 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-buildhistory` 1169 class, this variable specifies a common path prefix that should be 1170 stripped off the beginning of paths in the task signature list when the 1171 ``task`` feature is active in :term:`BUILDHISTORY_FEATURES`. This can be 1172 useful when build history is populated from multiple sources that may not 1173 all use the same top level directory. 1174 1175 By default, the :ref:`ref-classes-buildhistory` class sets the variable 1176 as follows:: 1177 1178 BUILDHISTORY_PATH_PREFIX_STRIP ?= "" 1179 1180 In this case, no prefixes will be stripped. 1181 1182 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO` 1183 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-buildhistory` class, this variable 1184 optionally specifies a remote repository to which build history pushes 1185 Git changes. In order for :term:`BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO` to work, 1186 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT` must be set to "1". 1187 1188 The repository should correspond to a remote address that specifies a 1189 repository as understood by Git, or alternatively to a remote name 1190 that you have set up manually using ``git remote`` within the local 1191 repository. 1192 1193 By default, the :ref:`ref-classes-buildhistory` class sets the variable 1194 as follows:: 1195 1196 BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO ?= "" 1197 1198 :term:`BUILDNAME` 1199 See :term:`bitbake:BUILDNAME` in the BitBake manual. 1200 1201 :term:`BUILDSDK_CFLAGS` 1202 Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building for the 1203 SDK. When building in the ``nativesdk-`` context, 1204 :term:`CFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable by 1205 default. 1206 1207 :term:`BUILDSDK_CPPFLAGS` 1208 Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor (i.e. to both the 1209 C and the C++ compilers) when building for the SDK. When building in 1210 the ``nativesdk-`` context, :term:`CPPFLAGS` is set 1211 to the value of this variable by default. 1212 1213 :term:`BUILDSDK_CXXFLAGS` 1214 Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when building for the 1215 SDK. When building in the ``nativesdk-`` context, 1216 :term:`CXXFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable 1217 by default. 1218 1219 :term:`BUILDSDK_LDFLAGS` 1220 Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building for the SDK. 1221 When building in the ``nativesdk-`` context, 1222 :term:`LDFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable 1223 by default. 1224 1225 :term:`BUILDSTATS_BASE` 1226 Points to the location of the directory that holds build statistics 1227 when you use and enable the :ref:`ref-classes-buildstats` class. The 1228 :term:`BUILDSTATS_BASE` directory defaults to 1229 ``${``\ :term:`TMPDIR`\ ``}/buildstats/``. 1230 1231 :term:`BUSYBOX_SPLIT_SUID` 1232 For the BusyBox recipe, specifies whether to split the output 1233 executable file into two parts: one for features that require 1234 ``setuid root``, and one for the remaining features (i.e. those that 1235 do not require ``setuid root``). 1236 1237 The :term:`BUSYBOX_SPLIT_SUID` variable defaults to "1", which results in 1238 splitting the output executable file. Set the variable to "0" to get 1239 a single output executable file. 1240 1241 :term:`BZRDIR` 1242 See :term:`bitbake:BZRDIR` in the BitBake manual. 1243 1244 :term:`CACHE` 1245 Specifies the directory BitBake uses to store a cache of the 1246 :term:`Metadata` so it does not need to be parsed every time 1247 BitBake is started. 1248 1249 :term:`CC` 1250 The minimal command and arguments used to run the C compiler. 1251 1252 :term:`CFLAGS` 1253 Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler. This variable is 1254 exported to an environment variable and thus made visible to the 1255 software being built during the compilation step. 1256 1257 Default initialization for :term:`CFLAGS` varies depending on what is 1258 being built: 1259 1260 - :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` when building for the 1261 target 1262 1263 - :term:`BUILD_CFLAGS` when building for the 1264 build host (i.e. ``-native``) 1265 1266 - :term:`BUILDSDK_CFLAGS` when building for 1267 an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``) 1268 1269 :term:`CLASSOVERRIDE` 1270 An internal variable specifying the special class override that 1271 should currently apply (e.g. "class-target", "class-native", and so 1272 forth). The classes that use this variable (e.g. 1273 :ref:`ref-classes-native`, :ref:`ref-classes-nativesdk`, and so forth) 1274 set the variable to appropriate values. 1275 1276 .. note:: 1277 1278 :term:`CLASSOVERRIDE` gets its default "class-target" value from the 1279 ``bitbake.conf`` file. 1280 1281 As an example, the following override allows you to install extra 1282 files, but only when building for the target:: 1283 1284 do_install:append:class-target() { 1285 install my-extra-file ${D}${sysconfdir} 1286 } 1287 1288 Here is an example where ``FOO`` is set to 1289 "native" when building for the build host, and to "other" when not 1290 building for the build host:: 1291 1292 FOO:class-native = "native" 1293 FOO = "other" 1294 1295 The underlying mechanism behind :term:`CLASSOVERRIDE` is simply 1296 that it is included in the default value of 1297 :term:`OVERRIDES`. 1298 1299 :term:`CLEANBROKEN` 1300 If set to "1" within a recipe, :term:`CLEANBROKEN` specifies that the 1301 ``make clean`` command does not work for the software being built. 1302 Consequently, the OpenEmbedded build system will not try to run 1303 ``make clean`` during the :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` 1304 task, which is the default behavior. 1305 1306 :term:`COMBINED_FEATURES` 1307 Provides a list of hardware features that are enabled in both 1308 :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES` and 1309 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`. This select list of 1310 features contains features that make sense to be controlled both at 1311 the machine and distribution configuration level. For example, the 1312 "bluetooth" feature requires hardware support but should also be 1313 optional at the distribution level, in case the hardware supports 1314 Bluetooth but you do not ever intend to use it. 1315 1316 :term:`COMMERCIAL_AUDIO_PLUGINS` 1317 This variable is specific to the :yocto_git:`GStreamer recipes 1318 </poky/tree/meta/recipes-multimedia/gstreamer/gstreamer1.0-meta-base.bb>`. 1319 It allows to build the GStreamer `"ugly" 1320 <https://github.com/GStreamer/gst-plugins-ugly>`__ and 1321 `"bad" <https://github.com/GStreamer/gst-plugins-bad>`__ audio plugins. 1322 1323 See the :ref:`dev-manual/licenses:other variables related to commercial licenses` 1324 section for usage details. 1325 1326 :term:`COMMERCIAL_VIDEO_PLUGINS` 1327 This variable is specific to the :yocto_git:`GStreamer recipes 1328 </poky/tree/meta/recipes-multimedia/gstreamer/gstreamer1.0-meta-base.bb>`. 1329 It allows to build the GStreamer `"ugly" 1330 <https://github.com/GStreamer/gst-plugins-ugly>`__ and 1331 `"bad" <https://github.com/GStreamer/gst-plugins-bad>`__ video plugins. 1332 1333 See the :ref:`dev-manual/licenses:other variables related to commercial licenses` 1334 section for usage details. 1335 1336 :term:`COMMON_LICENSE_DIR` 1337 Points to ``meta/files/common-licenses`` in the 1338 :term:`Source Directory`, which is where generic license 1339 files reside. 1340 1341 :term:`COMPATIBLE_HOST` 1342 A regular expression that resolves to one or more hosts (when the 1343 recipe is native) or one or more targets (when the recipe is 1344 non-native) with which a recipe is compatible. The regular expression 1345 is matched against :term:`HOST_SYS`. You can use the 1346 variable to stop recipes from being built for classes of systems with 1347 which the recipes are not compatible. Stopping these builds is 1348 particularly useful with kernels. The variable also helps to increase 1349 parsing speed since the build system skips parsing recipes not 1350 compatible with the current system. 1351 1352 :term:`COMPATIBLE_MACHINE` 1353 A regular expression that resolves to one or more target machines 1354 with which a recipe is compatible. The regular expression is matched 1355 against :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`. You can use 1356 the variable to stop recipes from being built for machines with which 1357 the recipes are not compatible. Stopping these builds is particularly 1358 useful with kernels. The variable also helps to increase parsing 1359 speed since the build system skips parsing recipes not compatible 1360 with the current machine. 1361 1362 :term:`COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB` 1363 Defines wildcards to match when installing a list of complementary 1364 packages for all the packages explicitly (or implicitly) installed in 1365 an image. 1366 1367 The :term:`COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB` variable uses Unix filename pattern matching 1368 (`fnmatch <https://docs.python.org/3/library/fnmatch.html#module-fnmatch>`__), 1369 which is similar to the Unix style pathname pattern expansion 1370 (`glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`__). 1371 1372 The resulting list of complementary packages is associated with an 1373 item that can be added to 1374 :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`. An example usage of 1375 this is the "dev-pkgs" item that when added to :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` 1376 will install -dev packages (containing headers and other development 1377 files) for every package in the image. 1378 1379 To add a new feature item pointing to a wildcard, use a variable flag 1380 to specify the feature item name and use the value to specify the 1381 wildcard. Here is an example:: 1382 1383 COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB[dev-pkgs] = '*-dev' 1384 1385 .. note:: 1386 1387 When installing complementary packages, recommends relationships 1388 (set via :term:`RRECOMMENDS`) are always ignored. 1389 1390 :term:`COMPONENTS_DIR` 1391 Stores sysroot components for each recipe. The OpenEmbedded build 1392 system uses :term:`COMPONENTS_DIR` when constructing recipe-specific 1393 sysroots for other recipes. 1394 1395 The default is 1396 "``${``\ :term:`STAGING_DIR`\ ``}-components``." 1397 (i.e. 1398 "``${``\ :term:`TMPDIR`\ ``}/sysroots-components``"). 1399 1400 :term:`CONF_VERSION` 1401 Tracks the version of the local configuration file (i.e. 1402 ``local.conf``). The value for :term:`CONF_VERSION` increments each time 1403 ``build/conf/`` compatibility changes. 1404 1405 :term:`CONFFILES` 1406 Identifies editable or configurable files that are part of a package. 1407 If the Package Management System (PMS) is being used to update 1408 packages on the target system, it is possible that configuration 1409 files you have changed after the original installation and that you 1410 now want to remain unchanged are overwritten. In other words, 1411 editable files might exist in the package that you do not want reset 1412 as part of the package update process. You can use the :term:`CONFFILES` 1413 variable to list the files in the package that you wish to prevent 1414 the PMS from overwriting during this update process. 1415 1416 To use the :term:`CONFFILES` variable, provide a package name override 1417 that identifies the resulting package. Then, provide a 1418 space-separated list of files. Here is an example:: 1419 1420 CONFFILES:${PN} += "${sysconfdir}/file1 \ 1421 ${sysconfdir}/file2 ${sysconfdir}/file3" 1422 1423 There is a relationship between the :term:`CONFFILES` and :term:`FILES` 1424 variables. The files listed within :term:`CONFFILES` must be a subset of 1425 the files listed within :term:`FILES`. Because the configuration files 1426 you provide with :term:`CONFFILES` are simply being identified so that 1427 the PMS will not overwrite them, it makes sense that the files must 1428 already be included as part of the package through the :term:`FILES` 1429 variable. 1430 1431 .. note:: 1432 1433 When specifying paths as part of the :term:`CONFFILES` variable, it is 1434 good practice to use appropriate path variables. 1435 For example, ``${sysconfdir}`` rather than ``/etc`` or ``${bindir}`` 1436 rather than ``/usr/bin``. You can find a list of these variables at 1437 the top of the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file in the 1438 :term:`Source Directory`. 1439 1440 :term:`CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE` 1441 Identifies the initial RAM filesystem (:term:`Initramfs`) source files. The 1442 OpenEmbedded build system receives and uses this kernel Kconfig 1443 variable as an environment variable. By default, the variable is set 1444 to null (""). 1445 1446 The :term:`CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE` can be either a single cpio archive 1447 with a ``.cpio`` suffix or a space-separated list of directories and 1448 files for building the :term:`Initramfs` image. A cpio archive should contain 1449 a filesystem archive to be used as an :term:`Initramfs` image. Directories 1450 should contain a filesystem layout to be included in the :term:`Initramfs` 1451 image. Files should contain entries according to the format described 1452 by the ``usr/gen_init_cpio`` program in the kernel tree. 1453 1454 If you specify multiple directories and files, the :term:`Initramfs` image 1455 will be the aggregate of all of them. 1456 1457 For information on creating an :term:`Initramfs`, see the 1458 ":ref:`dev-manual/building:building an initial ram filesystem (Initramfs) image`" section 1459 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 1460 1461 :term:`CONFIG_SITE` 1462 A list of files that contains ``autoconf`` test results relevant to 1463 the current build. This variable is used by the Autotools utilities 1464 when running ``configure``. 1465 1466 :term:`CONFIGURE_FLAGS` 1467 The minimal arguments for GNU configure. 1468 1469 :term:`CONFLICT_DISTRO_FEATURES` 1470 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-features_check` 1471 class, this variable identifies distribution features that would be 1472 in conflict should the recipe be built. In other words, if the 1473 :term:`CONFLICT_DISTRO_FEATURES` variable lists a feature that also 1474 appears in :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` within the current configuration, then 1475 the recipe will be skipped, and if the build system attempts to build 1476 the recipe then an error will be triggered. 1477 1478 :term:`CONVERSION_CMD` 1479 This variable is used for storing image conversion commands. 1480 Image conversion can convert an image into different objects like: 1481 1482 - Compressed version of the image 1483 1484 - Checksums for the image 1485 1486 An example of :term:`CONVERSION_CMD` from :ref:`ref-classes-image_types` 1487 class is:: 1488 1489 CONVERSION_CMD:lzo = "lzop -9 ${IMAGE_NAME}${IMAGE_NAME_SUFFIX}.${type}" 1490 1491 :term:`COPY_LIC_DIRS` 1492 If set to "1" along with the 1493 :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST` variable, the 1494 OpenEmbedded build system copies into the image the license files, 1495 which are located in ``/usr/share/common-licenses``, for each 1496 package. The license files are placed in directories within the image 1497 itself during build time. 1498 1499 .. note:: 1500 1501 The :term:`COPY_LIC_DIRS` does not offer a path for adding licenses for 1502 newly installed packages to an image, which might be most suitable for 1503 read-only filesystems that cannot be upgraded. See the 1504 :term:`LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE` variable for additional information. 1505 You can also reference the ":ref:`dev-manual/licenses:providing license text`" 1506 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for 1507 information on providing license text. 1508 1509 :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST` 1510 If set to "1", the OpenEmbedded build system copies the license 1511 manifest for the image to 1512 ``/usr/share/common-licenses/license.manifest`` within the image 1513 itself during build time. 1514 1515 .. note:: 1516 1517 The :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST` does not offer a path for adding licenses for 1518 newly installed packages to an image, which might be most suitable for 1519 read-only filesystems that cannot be upgraded. See the 1520 :term:`LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE` variable for additional information. 1521 You can also reference the ":ref:`dev-manual/licenses:providing license text`" 1522 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for 1523 information on providing license text. 1524 1525 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE` 1526 A space-separated list of licenses to exclude from the source archived by 1527 the :ref:`ref-classes-archiver` class. In other words, if a license in a 1528 recipe's :term:`LICENSE` value is in the value of 1529 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE`, then its source is not archived by the 1530 class. 1531 1532 .. note:: 1533 1534 The :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE` variable takes precedence over the 1535 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE` variable. 1536 1537 The default value, which is "CLOSED Proprietary", for 1538 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE` is set by the 1539 :ref:`ref-classes-copyleft_filter` class, which 1540 is inherited by the :ref:`ref-classes-archiver` class. 1541 1542 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE` 1543 A space-separated list of licenses to include in the source archived 1544 by the :ref:`ref-classes-archiver` class. In other 1545 words, if a license in a recipe's :term:`LICENSE` 1546 value is in the value of :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE`, then its 1547 source is archived by the class. 1548 1549 The default value is set by the :ref:`ref-classes-copyleft_filter` class, 1550 which is inherited by the :ref:`ref-classes-archiver` class. The default 1551 value includes "GPL*", "LGPL*", and "AGPL*". 1552 1553 :term:`COPYLEFT_PN_EXCLUDE` 1554 A list of recipes to exclude in the source archived by the 1555 :ref:`ref-classes-archiver` class. The :term:`COPYLEFT_PN_EXCLUDE` 1556 variable overrides the license inclusion and exclusion caused through the 1557 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE` and :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE` 1558 variables, respectively. 1559 1560 The default value, which is "" indicating to not explicitly exclude 1561 any recipes by name, for :term:`COPYLEFT_PN_EXCLUDE` is set by the 1562 :ref:`ref-classes-copyleft_filter` class, which is inherited by the 1563 :ref:`ref-classes-archiver` class. 1564 1565 :term:`COPYLEFT_PN_INCLUDE` 1566 A list of recipes to include in the source archived by the 1567 :ref:`ref-classes-archiver` class. The :term:`COPYLEFT_PN_INCLUDE` 1568 variable overrides the license inclusion and exclusion caused through the 1569 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE` and :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE` 1570 variables, respectively. 1571 1572 The default value, which is "" indicating to not explicitly include 1573 any recipes by name, for :term:`COPYLEFT_PN_INCLUDE` is set by the 1574 :ref:`ref-classes-copyleft_filter` class, which is inherited by the 1575 :ref:`ref-classes-archiver` class. 1576 1577 :term:`COPYLEFT_RECIPE_TYPES` 1578 A space-separated list of recipe types to include in the source 1579 archived by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. 1580 Recipe types are ``target``, :ref:`ref-classes-native`, 1581 :ref:`ref-classes-nativesdk`, :ref:`ref-classes-cross`, 1582 :ref:`ref-classes-crosssdk`, and :ref:`ref-classes-cross-canadian`. 1583 1584 The default value, which is "target*", for :term:`COPYLEFT_RECIPE_TYPES` 1585 is set by the :ref:`ref-classes-copyleft_filter` class, which is 1586 inherited by the :ref:`ref-classes-archiver` class. 1587 1588 :term:`CORE_IMAGE_EXTRA_INSTALL` 1589 Specifies the list of packages to be added to the image. You should 1590 only set this variable in the ``local.conf`` configuration file found 1591 in the :term:`Build Directory`. 1592 1593 This variable replaces ``POKY_EXTRA_INSTALL``, which is no longer 1594 supported. 1595 1596 :term:`COREBASE` 1597 Specifies the parent directory of the OpenEmbedded-Core Metadata 1598 layer (i.e. ``meta``). 1599 1600 It is an important distinction that :term:`COREBASE` points to the parent 1601 of this layer and not the layer itself. Consider an example where you 1602 have cloned the Poky Git repository and retained the ``poky`` name 1603 for your local copy of the repository. In this case, :term:`COREBASE` 1604 points to the ``poky`` folder because it is the parent directory of 1605 the ``poky/meta`` layer. 1606 1607 :term:`COREBASE_FILES` 1608 Lists files from the :term:`COREBASE` directory that 1609 should be copied other than the layers listed in the 1610 ``bblayers.conf`` file. The :term:`COREBASE_FILES` variable allows 1611 to copy metadata from the OpenEmbedded build system 1612 into the extensible SDK. 1613 1614 Explicitly listing files in :term:`COREBASE` is needed because it 1615 typically contains build directories and other files that should not 1616 normally be copied into the extensible SDK. Consequently, the value 1617 of :term:`COREBASE_FILES` is used in order to only copy the files that 1618 are actually needed. 1619 1620 :term:`CPP` 1621 The minimal command and arguments used to run the C preprocessor. 1622 1623 :term:`CPPFLAGS` 1624 Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor (i.e. to both the 1625 C and the C++ compilers). This variable is exported to an environment 1626 variable and thus made visible to the software being built during the 1627 compilation step. 1628 1629 Default initialization for :term:`CPPFLAGS` varies depending on what is 1630 being built: 1631 1632 - :term:`TARGET_CPPFLAGS` when building for 1633 the target 1634 1635 - :term:`BUILD_CPPFLAGS` when building for the 1636 build host (i.e. ``-native``) 1637 1638 - :term:`BUILDSDK_CPPFLAGS` when building 1639 for an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``) 1640 1641 :term:`CROSS_COMPILE` 1642 The toolchain binary prefix for the target tools. The 1643 :term:`CROSS_COMPILE` variable is the same as the 1644 :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` variable. 1645 1646 .. note:: 1647 1648 The OpenEmbedded build system sets the :term:`CROSS_COMPILE` 1649 variable only in certain contexts (e.g. when building for kernel 1650 and kernel module recipes). 1651 1652 :term:`CVE_CHECK_IGNORE` 1653 The list of CVE IDs which are ignored. Here is 1654 an example from the :oe_layerindex:`Python3 recipe</layerindex/recipe/23823>`:: 1655 1656 # This is windows only issue. 1657 CVE_CHECK_IGNORE += "CVE-2020-15523" 1658 1659 :term:`CVE_CHECK_SHOW_WARNINGS` 1660 Specifies whether or not the :ref:`ref-classes-cve-check` 1661 class should generate warning messages on the console when unpatched 1662 CVEs are found. The default is "1", but you may wish to set it to "0" if 1663 you are already examining/processing the logs after the build has 1664 completed and thus do not need the warning messages. 1665 1666 :term:`CVE_CHECK_SKIP_RECIPE` 1667 The list of package names (:term:`PN`) for which 1668 CVEs (Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures) are ignored. 1669 1670 :term:`CVE_DB_UPDATE_INTERVAL` 1671 Specifies the CVE database update interval in seconds, as used by 1672 ``cve-update-db-native``. The default value is "86400" i.e. once a day 1673 (24*60*60). If the value is set to "0" then the update will be forced 1674 every time. Alternatively, a negative value e.g. "-1" will disable 1675 updates entirely. 1676 1677 :term:`CVE_PRODUCT` 1678 In a recipe, defines the name used to match the recipe name 1679 against the name in the upstream `NIST CVE database <https://nvd.nist.gov/>`__. 1680 1681 The default is ${:term:`BPN`} (except for recipes that inherit the 1682 :ref:`ref-classes-pypi` class where it is set based upon 1683 :term:`PYPI_PACKAGE`). If it does not match the name in the NIST CVE 1684 database or matches with multiple entries in the database, the default 1685 value needs to be changed. 1686 1687 Here is an example from the :oe_layerindex:`Berkeley DB recipe </layerindex/recipe/544>`:: 1688 1689 CVE_PRODUCT = "oracle_berkeley_db berkeley_db" 1690 1691 Sometimes the product name is not specific enough, for example 1692 "tar" has been matching CVEs for the GNU ``tar`` package and also 1693 the ``node-tar`` node.js extension. To avoid this problem, use the 1694 vendor name as a prefix. The syntax for this is:: 1695 1696 CVE_PRODUCT = "vendor:package" 1697 1698 :term:`CVE_VERSION` 1699 In a recipe, defines the version used to match the recipe version 1700 against the version in the `NIST CVE database <https://nvd.nist.gov/>`__ 1701 when usign :ref:`ref-classes-cve-check`. 1702 1703 The default is ${:term:`PV`} but if recipes use custom version numbers 1704 which do not map to upstream software component release versions and the versions 1705 used in the CVE database, then this variable can be used to set the 1706 version number for :ref:`ref-classes-cve-check`. Example:: 1707 1708 CVE_VERSION = "2.39" 1709 1710 :term:`CVSDIR` 1711 The directory in which files checked out under the CVS system are 1712 stored. 1713 1714 :term:`CXX` 1715 The minimal command and arguments used to run the C++ compiler. 1716 1717 :term:`CXXFLAGS` 1718 Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler. This variable is 1719 exported to an environment variable and thus made visible to the 1720 software being built during the compilation step. 1721 1722 Default initialization for :term:`CXXFLAGS` varies depending on what is 1723 being built: 1724 1725 - :term:`TARGET_CXXFLAGS` when building for 1726 the target 1727 1728 - :term:`BUILD_CXXFLAGS` when building for the 1729 build host (i.e. ``-native``) 1730 1731 - :term:`BUILDSDK_CXXFLAGS` when building 1732 for an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``) 1733 1734 :term:`D` 1735 The destination directory. The location in the :term:`Build Directory` 1736 where components are installed by the 1737 :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task. This location defaults 1738 to:: 1739 1740 ${WORKDIR}/image 1741 1742 .. note:: 1743 1744 Tasks that read from or write to this directory should run under 1745 :ref:`fakeroot <overview-manual/concepts:fakeroot and pseudo>`. 1746 1747 :term:`DATE` 1748 The date the build was started. Dates appear using the year, month, 1749 and day (YMD) format (e.g. "20150209" for February 9th, 2015). 1750 1751 :term:`DATETIME` 1752 The date and time on which the current build started. The format is 1753 suitable for timestamps. 1754 1755 :term:`DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME` 1756 When the :ref:`ref-classes-debian` class is inherited, 1757 which is the default behavior, :term:`DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME` specifies a 1758 particular package should not be renamed according to Debian library 1759 package naming. You must use the package name as an override when you 1760 set this variable. Here is an example from the ``fontconfig`` recipe:: 1761 1762 DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME:fontconfig-utils = "1" 1763 1764 :term:`DEBIANNAME` 1765 When the :ref:`ref-classes-debian` class is inherited, 1766 which is the default behavior, :term:`DEBIANNAME` allows you to override 1767 the library name for an individual package. Overriding the library 1768 name in these cases is rare. You must use the package name as an 1769 override when you set this variable. Here is an example from the 1770 ``dbus`` recipe:: 1771 1772 DEBIANNAME:${PN} = "dbus-1" 1773 1774 :term:`DEBUG_BUILD` 1775 Specifies to build packages with debugging information. This 1776 influences the value of the :term:`SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION` variable. 1777 1778 :term:`DEBUG_OPTIMIZATION` 1779 The options to pass in :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` and :term:`CFLAGS` when 1780 compiling a system for debugging. This variable defaults to "-O 1781 -fno-omit-frame-pointer ${DEBUG_FLAGS} -pipe". 1782 1783 :term:`DEBUG_PREFIX_MAP` 1784 Allows to set C compiler options, such as ``-fdebug-prefix-map``, 1785 ``-fmacro-prefix-map``, and ``-ffile-prefix-map``, which allow to 1786 replace build-time paths by install-time ones in the debugging sections 1787 of binaries. This makes compiler output files location independent, 1788 at the cost of having to pass an extra command to tell the debugger 1789 where source files are. 1790 1791 This is used by the Yocto Project to guarantee 1792 :doc:`/test-manual/reproducible-builds` even when the source code of 1793 a package uses the ``__FILE__`` or ``assert()`` macros. See the 1794 `reproducible-builds.org <https://reproducible-builds.org/docs/build-path/>`__ 1795 website for details. 1796 1797 This variable is set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file. It is 1798 not intended to be user-configurable. 1799 1800 :term:`DEFAULT_PREFERENCE` 1801 Specifies a weak bias for recipe selection priority. 1802 1803 The most common usage of this is variable is to set it to "-1" within 1804 a recipe for a development version of a piece of software. Using the 1805 variable in this way causes the stable version of the recipe to build 1806 by default in the absence of :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION` being used to 1807 build the development version. 1808 1809 .. note:: 1810 1811 The bias provided by :term:`DEFAULT_PREFERENCE` is weak and is overridden 1812 by :term:`BBFILE_PRIORITY` if that variable is different between two 1813 layers that contain different versions of the same recipe. 1814 1815 :term:`DEFAULTTUNE` 1816 The default CPU and Application Binary Interface (ABI) tunings (i.e. 1817 the "tune") used by the OpenEmbedded build system. The 1818 :term:`DEFAULTTUNE` helps define 1819 :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`. 1820 1821 The default tune is either implicitly or explicitly set by the 1822 machine (:term:`MACHINE`). However, you can override 1823 the setting using available tunes as defined with 1824 :term:`AVAILTUNES`. 1825 1826 :term:`DEPENDS` 1827 Lists a recipe's build-time dependencies. These are dependencies on 1828 other recipes whose contents (e.g. headers and shared libraries) are 1829 needed by the recipe at build time. 1830 1831 As an example, consider a recipe ``foo`` that contains the following 1832 assignment:: 1833 1834 DEPENDS = "bar" 1835 1836 The practical effect of the previous 1837 assignment is that all files installed by bar will be available in 1838 the appropriate staging sysroot, given by the 1839 :term:`STAGING_DIR* <STAGING_DIR>` variables, by the time the 1840 :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task for ``foo`` runs. 1841 This mechanism is implemented by having :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` depend on 1842 the :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task of 1843 each recipe listed in :term:`DEPENDS`, through a 1844 ``[``\ :ref:`deptask <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:variable flags>`\ ``]`` 1845 declaration in the :ref:`ref-classes-base` class. 1846 1847 .. note:: 1848 1849 It seldom is necessary to reference, for example, :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST` 1850 explicitly. The standard classes and build-related variables are 1851 configured to automatically use the appropriate staging sysroots. 1852 1853 As another example, :term:`DEPENDS` can also be used to add utilities 1854 that run on the build machine during the build. For example, a recipe 1855 that makes use of a code generator built by the recipe ``codegen`` 1856 might have the following:: 1857 1858 DEPENDS = "codegen-native" 1859 1860 For more 1861 information, see the :ref:`ref-classes-native` class and 1862 the :term:`EXTRANATIVEPATH` variable. 1863 1864 .. note:: 1865 1866 - :term:`DEPENDS` is a list of recipe names. Or, to be more precise, 1867 it is a list of :term:`PROVIDES` names, which 1868 usually match recipe names. Putting a package name such as 1869 "foo-dev" in :term:`DEPENDS` does not make sense. Use "foo" 1870 instead, as this will put files from all the packages that make 1871 up ``foo``, which includes those from ``foo-dev``, into the 1872 sysroot. 1873 1874 - One recipe having another recipe in :term:`DEPENDS` does not by 1875 itself add any runtime dependencies between the packages 1876 produced by the two recipes. However, as explained in the 1877 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`" 1878 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual, 1879 runtime dependencies will often be added automatically, meaning 1880 :term:`DEPENDS` alone is sufficient for most recipes. 1881 1882 - Counterintuitively, :term:`DEPENDS` is often necessary even for 1883 recipes that install precompiled components. For example, if 1884 ``libfoo`` is a precompiled library that links against 1885 ``libbar``, then linking against ``libfoo`` requires both 1886 ``libfoo`` and ``libbar`` to be available in the sysroot. 1887 Without a :term:`DEPENDS` from the recipe that installs ``libfoo`` 1888 to the recipe that installs ``libbar``, other recipes might 1889 fail to link against ``libfoo``. 1890 1891 For information on runtime dependencies, see the 1892 :term:`RDEPENDS` variable. You can also see the 1893 ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:tasks`" and 1894 ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution:dependencies`" sections in the 1895 BitBake User Manual for additional information on tasks and 1896 dependencies. 1897 1898 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR` 1899 Points to the general area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to 1900 place images, packages, SDKs, and other output files that are ready 1901 to be used outside of the build system. By default, this directory 1902 resides within the :term:`Build Directory` as ``${TMPDIR}/deploy``. 1903 1904 For more information on the structure of the Build Directory, see 1905 ":ref:`ref-manual/structure:the build directory --- \`\`build/\`\``" section. 1906 For more detail on the contents of the ``deploy`` directory, see the 1907 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:images`", 1908 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`", and 1909 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:application development sdk`" sections all in the 1910 Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. 1911 1912 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_DEB` 1913 Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place 1914 Debian packages that are ready to be used outside of the build 1915 system. This variable applies only when :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains 1916 ":ref:`ref-classes-package_deb`". 1917 1918 The BitBake configuration file initially defines the 1919 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_DEB` variable as a sub-folder of 1920 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`:: 1921 1922 DEPLOY_DIR_DEB = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/deb" 1923 1924 The :ref:`ref-classes-package_deb` class uses the 1925 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_DEB` variable to make sure the 1926 :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_deb` task 1927 writes Debian packages into the appropriate folder. For more 1928 information on how packaging works, see the 1929 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`" section 1930 in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. 1931 1932 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE` 1933 Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place 1934 images and other associated output files that are ready to be 1935 deployed onto the target machine. The directory is machine-specific 1936 as it contains the ``${MACHINE}`` name. By default, this directory 1937 resides within the :term:`Build Directory` as 1938 ``${DEPLOY_DIR}/images/${MACHINE}/``. 1939 1940 It must not be used directly in recipes when deploying files. Instead, 1941 it's only useful when a recipe needs to "read" a file already deployed 1942 by a dependency. So, it should be filled with the contents of 1943 :term:`DEPLOYDIR` by the :ref:`ref-classes-deploy` class or with the 1944 contents of :term:`IMGDEPLOYDIR` by the :ref:`ref-classes-image` class. 1945 1946 For more information on the structure of the :term:`Build Directory`, see 1947 ":ref:`ref-manual/structure:the build directory --- \`\`build/\`\``" section. 1948 For more detail on the contents of the ``deploy`` directory, see the 1949 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:images`" and 1950 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:application development sdk`" sections both in 1951 the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. 1952 1953 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IPK` 1954 Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place 1955 IPK packages that are ready to be used outside of the build system. 1956 This variable applies only when :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains 1957 ":ref:`ref-classes-package_ipk`". 1958 1959 The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a 1960 sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`:: 1961 1962 DEPLOY_DIR_IPK = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/ipk" 1963 1964 The :ref:`ref-classes-package_ipk` class uses the :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IPK` 1965 variable to make sure the :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_ipk` task 1966 writes IPK packages into the appropriate folder. For more information 1967 on how packaging works, see the 1968 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`" section 1969 in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. 1970 1971 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_RPM` 1972 Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place 1973 RPM packages that are ready to be used outside of the build system. 1974 This variable applies only when :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains 1975 ":ref:`ref-classes-package_rpm`". 1976 1977 The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a 1978 sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`:: 1979 1980 DEPLOY_DIR_RPM = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/rpm" 1981 1982 The :ref:`ref-classes-package_rpm` class uses the 1983 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_RPM` variable to make sure the 1984 :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_rpm` task 1985 writes RPM packages into the appropriate folder. For more information 1986 on how packaging works, see the 1987 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`" section 1988 in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. 1989 1990 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_TAR` 1991 Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place 1992 tarballs that are ready to be used outside of the build system. This 1993 variable applies only when :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains 1994 ":ref:`ref-classes-package_tar`". 1995 1996 The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a 1997 sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`:: 1998 1999 DEPLOY_DIR_TAR = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/tar" 2000 2001 The :ref:`ref-classes-package_tar` class uses the 2002 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_TAR` variable to make sure the 2003 :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_tar` task 2004 writes TAR packages into the appropriate folder. For more information 2005 on how packaging works, see the 2006 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`" section 2007 in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. 2008 2009 :term:`DEPLOYDIR` 2010 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-deploy` class, the 2011 :term:`DEPLOYDIR` points to a temporary work area for deployed files that 2012 is set in the :ref:`ref-classes-deploy` class as follows:: 2013 2014 DEPLOYDIR = "${WORKDIR}/deploy-${PN}" 2015 2016 Recipes inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-deploy` class should copy files to be 2017 deployed into :term:`DEPLOYDIR`, and the class will take care of copying 2018 them into :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE` 2019 afterwards. 2020 2021 :term:`DESCRIPTION` 2022 The package description used by package managers. If not set, 2023 :term:`DESCRIPTION` takes the value of the :term:`SUMMARY` 2024 variable. 2025 2026 :term:`DEV_PKG_DEPENDENCY` 2027 Provides an easy way for recipes to disable or adjust the runtime recommendation 2028 (:term:`RRECOMMENDS`) of the ``${PN}-dev`` package on the main 2029 (``${PN}``) package. 2030 2031 :term:`DISABLE_STATIC` 2032 Used in order to disable static linking by default (in order to save 2033 space, since static libraries are often unused in embedded systems.) 2034 The default value is " --disable-static", however it can be set to "" 2035 in order to enable static linking if desired. Certain recipes do this 2036 individually, and also there is a 2037 ``meta/conf/distro/include/no-static-libs.inc`` include file that 2038 disables static linking for a number of recipes. Some software 2039 packages or build tools (such as CMake) have explicit support for 2040 enabling / disabling static linking, and in those cases 2041 :term:`DISABLE_STATIC` is not used. 2042 2043 :term:`DISTRO` 2044 The short name of the distribution. For information on the long name 2045 of the distribution, see the :term:`DISTRO_NAME` 2046 variable. 2047 2048 The :term:`DISTRO` variable corresponds to a distribution configuration 2049 file whose root name is the same as the variable's argument and whose 2050 filename extension is ``.conf``. For example, the distribution 2051 configuration file for the Poky distribution is named ``poky.conf`` 2052 and resides in the ``meta-poky/conf/distro`` directory of the 2053 :term:`Source Directory`. 2054 2055 Within that ``poky.conf`` file, the :term:`DISTRO` variable is set as 2056 follows:: 2057 2058 DISTRO = "poky" 2059 2060 Distribution configuration files are located in a ``conf/distro`` 2061 directory within the :term:`Metadata` that contains the 2062 distribution configuration. The value for :term:`DISTRO` must not contain 2063 spaces, and is typically all lower-case. 2064 2065 .. note:: 2066 2067 If the :term:`DISTRO` variable is blank, a set of default configurations 2068 are used, which are specified within 2069 ``meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf`` also in the Source Directory. 2070 2071 :term:`DISTRO_CODENAME` 2072 Specifies a codename for the distribution being built. 2073 2074 :term:`DISTRO_EXTRA_RDEPENDS` 2075 Specifies a list of distro-specific packages to add to all images. 2076 This variable takes effect through ``packagegroup-base`` so the 2077 variable only really applies to the more full-featured images that 2078 include ``packagegroup-base``. You can use this variable to keep 2079 distro policy out of generic images. As with all other distro 2080 variables, you set this variable in the distro ``.conf`` file. 2081 2082 :term:`DISTRO_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS` 2083 Specifies a list of distro-specific packages to add to all images if 2084 the packages exist. The packages might not exist or be empty (e.g. 2085 kernel modules). The list of packages are automatically installed but 2086 you can remove them. 2087 2088 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` 2089 The software support you want in your distribution for various 2090 features. You define your distribution features in the distribution 2091 configuration file. 2092 2093 In most cases, the presence or absence of a feature in 2094 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` is translated to the appropriate option supplied 2095 to the configure script during the 2096 :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task for recipes that 2097 optionally support the feature. For example, specifying "x11" in 2098 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`, causes every piece of software built for the 2099 target that can optionally support X11 to have its X11 support 2100 enabled. 2101 2102 .. note:: 2103 2104 Just enabling :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` alone doesn't 2105 enable feature support for packages. Mechanisms such as making 2106 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` track :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` are used 2107 to enable/disable package features. 2108 2109 Two more examples are Bluetooth and NFS support. For a more complete 2110 list of features that ships with the Yocto Project and that you can 2111 provide with this variable, see the ":ref:`ref-features-distro`" section. 2112 2113 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL` 2114 Features to be added to :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` if not also present in 2115 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED`. 2116 2117 This variable is set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file. It is 2118 not intended to be user-configurable. It is best to just reference 2119 the variable to see which distro features are being backfilled for 2120 all distro configurations. See the ":ref:`ref-features-backfill`" section 2121 for more information. 2122 2123 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED` 2124 Features from :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL` that should not be 2125 backfilled (i.e. added to :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`) during the build. See 2126 the ":ref:`ref-features-backfill`" section for more information. 2127 2128 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT` 2129 A convenience variable that gives you the default list of distro 2130 features with the exception of any features specific to the C library 2131 (``libc``). 2132 2133 When creating a custom distribution, you might find it useful to be 2134 able to reuse the default 2135 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` options without the 2136 need to write out the full set. Here is an example that uses 2137 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT` from a custom distro configuration file:: 2138 2139 DISTRO_FEATURES ?= "${DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT} myfeature" 2140 2141 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVE` 2142 Specifies a list of features that if present in the target 2143 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` value should be 2144 included in :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` when building native recipes. This 2145 variable is used in addition to the features filtered using the 2146 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVE` 2147 variable. 2148 2149 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVESDK` 2150 Specifies a list of features that if present in the target 2151 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` value should be included in 2152 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` when building :ref:`ref-classes-nativesdk` 2153 recipes. This variable is used in addition to the features filtered using 2154 the :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVESDK` variable. 2155 2156 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVE` 2157 Specifies a list of features that should be included in 2158 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` when building native 2159 recipes. This variable is used in addition to the features filtered 2160 using the 2161 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVE` 2162 variable. 2163 2164 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVESDK` 2165 Specifies a list of features that should be included in 2166 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` when building 2167 :ref:`ref-classes-nativesdk` recipes. This variable is used 2168 in addition to the features filtered using the 2169 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVESDK` variable. 2170 2171 :term:`DISTRO_NAME` 2172 The long name of the distribution. For information on the short name 2173 of the distribution, see the :term:`DISTRO` variable. 2174 2175 The :term:`DISTRO_NAME` variable corresponds to a distribution 2176 configuration file whose root name is the same as the variable's 2177 argument and whose filename extension is ``.conf``. For example, the 2178 distribution configuration file for the Poky distribution is named 2179 ``poky.conf`` and resides in the ``meta-poky/conf/distro`` directory 2180 of the :term:`Source Directory`. 2181 2182 Within that ``poky.conf`` file, the :term:`DISTRO_NAME` variable is set 2183 as follows:: 2184 2185 DISTRO_NAME = "Poky (Yocto Project Reference Distro)" 2186 2187 Distribution configuration files are located in a ``conf/distro`` 2188 directory within the :term:`Metadata` that contains the 2189 distribution configuration. 2190 2191 .. note:: 2192 2193 If the :term:`DISTRO_NAME` variable is blank, a set of default 2194 configurations are used, which are specified within 2195 ``meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf`` also in the Source Directory. 2196 2197 :term:`DISTRO_VERSION` 2198 The version of the distribution. 2199 2200 :term:`DISTROOVERRIDES` 2201 A colon-separated list of overrides specific to the current 2202 distribution. By default, this list includes the value of 2203 :term:`DISTRO`. 2204 2205 You can extend :term:`DISTROOVERRIDES` to add extra overrides that should 2206 apply to the distribution. 2207 2208 The underlying mechanism behind :term:`DISTROOVERRIDES` is simply that it 2209 is included in the default value of 2210 :term:`OVERRIDES`. 2211 2212 :term:`DL_DIR` 2213 The central download directory used by the build process to store 2214 downloads. By default, :term:`DL_DIR` gets files suitable for mirroring 2215 for everything except Git repositories. If you want tarballs of Git 2216 repositories, use the 2217 :term:`BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS` 2218 variable. 2219 2220 You can set this directory by defining the :term:`DL_DIR` variable in the 2221 ``conf/local.conf`` file. This directory is self-maintaining and you 2222 should not have to touch it. By default, the directory is 2223 ``downloads`` in the :term:`Build Directory`:: 2224 2225 #DL_DIR ?= "${TOPDIR}/downloads" 2226 2227 To specify a different download directory, 2228 simply remove the comment from the line and provide your directory. 2229 2230 During a first build, the system downloads many different source code 2231 tarballs from various upstream projects. Downloading can take a 2232 while, particularly if your network connection is slow. Tarballs are 2233 all stored in the directory defined by :term:`DL_DIR` and the build 2234 system looks there first to find source tarballs. 2235 2236 .. note:: 2237 2238 When wiping and rebuilding, you can preserve this directory to 2239 speed up this part of subsequent builds. 2240 2241 You can safely share this directory between multiple builds on the 2242 same development machine. For additional information on how the build 2243 process gets source files when working behind a firewall or proxy 2244 server, see this specific question in the ":doc:`faq`" 2245 chapter. You can also refer to the 2246 ":yocto_wiki:`Working Behind a Network Proxy </Working_Behind_a_Network_Proxy>`" 2247 Wiki page. 2248 2249 :term:`DOC_COMPRESS` 2250 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-compress_doc` 2251 class, this variable sets the compression policy used when the 2252 OpenEmbedded build system compresses man pages and info pages. By 2253 default, the compression method used is gz (gzip). Other policies 2254 available are xz and bz2. 2255 2256 For information on policies and on how to use this variable, see the 2257 comments in the ``meta/classes-recipe/compress_doc.bbclass`` file. 2258 2259 :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` 2260 When building bootable images (i.e. where ``hddimg``, ``iso``, or 2261 ``wic.vmdk`` is in :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`), the 2262 :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` variable specifies the EFI bootloader to use. The 2263 default is "grub-efi", but "systemd-boot" can be used instead. 2264 2265 See the :ref:`ref-classes-systemd-boot` and :ref:`ref-classes-image-live` 2266 classes for more information. 2267 2268 :term:`ENABLE_BINARY_LOCALE_GENERATION` 2269 Variable that controls which locales for ``glibc`` are generated 2270 during the build (useful if the target device has 64Mbytes of RAM or 2271 less). 2272 2273 :term:`ERR_REPORT_DIR` 2274 When used with the :ref:`ref-classes-report-error` class, specifies the 2275 path used for storing the debug files created by the :ref:`error reporting 2276 tool <dev-manual/error-reporting-tool:using the error reporting tool>`, 2277 which allows you to submit build errors you encounter to a central 2278 database. By default, the value of this variable is 2279 ``${``\ :term:`LOG_DIR`\ ``}/error-report``. 2280 2281 You can set :term:`ERR_REPORT_DIR` to the path you want the error 2282 reporting tool to store the debug files as follows in your 2283 ``local.conf`` file:: 2284 2285 ERR_REPORT_DIR = "path" 2286 2287 :term:`ERROR_QA` 2288 Specifies the quality assurance checks whose failures are reported as 2289 errors by the OpenEmbedded build system. You set this variable in 2290 your distribution configuration file. For a list of the checks you 2291 can control with this variable, see the 2292 ":ref:`ref-classes-insane`" section. 2293 2294 :term:`ESDK_CLASS_INHERIT_DISABLE` 2295 A list of classes to remove from the :term:`INHERIT` 2296 value globally within the extensible SDK configuration. The 2297 :ref:`populate-sdk-ext <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class sets the 2298 default value:: 2299 2300 ESDK_CLASS_INHERIT_DISABLE ?= "buildhistory icecc" 2301 2302 Some classes are not generally applicable within the extensible SDK 2303 context. You can use this variable to disable those classes. 2304 2305 For additional information on how to customize the extensible SDK's 2306 configuration, see the 2307 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:configuring the extensible sdk`" 2308 section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the 2309 Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual. 2310 2311 :term:`ESDK_LOCALCONF_ALLOW` 2312 A list of variables allowed through from the OpenEmbedded build 2313 system configuration into the extensible SDK configuration. By 2314 default, the list of variables is empty and is set in the 2315 :ref:`populate-sdk-ext <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class. 2316 2317 This list overrides the variables specified using the 2318 :term:`ESDK_LOCALCONF_REMOVE` variable as well as 2319 other variables automatically added due to the "/" character 2320 being found at the start of the 2321 value, which is usually indicative of being a path and thus might not 2322 be valid on the system where the SDK is installed. 2323 2324 For additional information on how to customize the extensible SDK's 2325 configuration, see the 2326 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:configuring the extensible sdk`" 2327 section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the 2328 Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual. 2329 2330 :term:`ESDK_LOCALCONF_REMOVE` 2331 A list of variables not allowed through from the OpenEmbedded build 2332 system configuration into the extensible SDK configuration. Usually, 2333 these are variables that are specific to the machine on which the 2334 build system is running and thus would be potentially problematic 2335 within the extensible SDK. 2336 2337 By default, :term:`ESDK_LOCALCONF_REMOVE` is set in the 2338 :ref:`populate-sdk-ext <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class and 2339 excludes the following variables: 2340 2341 - :term:`CONF_VERSION` 2342 - :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS` 2343 - :term:`BB_NUMBER_PARSE_THREADS` 2344 - :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` 2345 - :term:`PRSERV_HOST` 2346 - :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` :term:`DL_DIR` 2347 - :term:`SSTATE_DIR` :term:`TMPDIR` 2348 - :term:`BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT` 2349 2350 For additional information on how to customize the extensible SDK's 2351 configuration, see the 2352 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:configuring the extensible sdk`" 2353 section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the 2354 Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual. 2355 2356 :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS` 2357 Triggers the OpenEmbedded build system's shared libraries resolver to 2358 exclude an entire package when scanning for shared libraries. 2359 2360 .. note:: 2361 2362 The shared libraries resolver's functionality results in part from 2363 the internal function ``package_do_shlibs``, which is part of the 2364 :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task. You should be aware that the shared 2365 libraries resolver might implicitly define some dependencies between 2366 packages. 2367 2368 The :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS` variable is similar to the 2369 :term:`PRIVATE_LIBS` variable, which excludes a 2370 package's particular libraries only and not the whole package. 2371 2372 Use the :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS` variable by setting it to "1" for a 2373 particular package:: 2374 2375 EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS = "1" 2376 2377 :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD` 2378 Directs BitBake to exclude a recipe from world builds (i.e. 2379 ``bitbake world``). During world builds, BitBake locates, parses and 2380 builds all recipes found in every layer exposed in the 2381 ``bblayers.conf`` configuration file. 2382 2383 To exclude a recipe from a world build using this variable, set the 2384 variable to "1" in the recipe. 2385 2386 .. note:: 2387 2388 Recipes added to :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD` may still be built during a 2389 world build in order to satisfy dependencies of other recipes. Adding 2390 a recipe to :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD` only ensures that the recipe is not 2391 explicitly added to the list of build targets in a world build. 2392 2393 :term:`EXTENDPE` 2394 Used with file and pathnames to create a prefix for a recipe's 2395 version based on the recipe's :term:`PE` value. If :term:`PE` 2396 is set and greater than zero for a recipe, :term:`EXTENDPE` becomes that 2397 value (e.g if :term:`PE` is equal to "1" then :term:`EXTENDPE` becomes "1"). 2398 If a recipe's :term:`PE` is not set (the default) or is equal to zero, 2399 :term:`EXTENDPE` becomes "". 2400 2401 See the :term:`STAMP` variable for an example. 2402 2403 :term:`EXTENDPKGV` 2404 The full package version specification as it appears on the final 2405 packages produced by a recipe. The variable's value is normally used 2406 to fix a runtime dependency to the exact same version of another 2407 package in the same recipe:: 2408 2409 RDEPENDS:${PN}-additional-module = "${PN} (= ${EXTENDPKGV})" 2410 2411 The dependency relationships are intended to force the package 2412 manager to upgrade these types of packages in lock-step. 2413 2414 :term:`EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TOOLS` 2415 When set, the :term:`EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TOOLS` variable indicates that these 2416 tools are not in the source tree. 2417 2418 When kernel tools are available in the tree, they are preferred over 2419 any externally installed tools. Setting the :term:`EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TOOLS` 2420 variable tells the OpenEmbedded build system to prefer the installed 2421 external tools. See the :ref:`ref-classes-kernel-yocto` class in 2422 ``meta/classes-recipe`` to see how the variable is used. 2423 2424 :term:`EXTERNAL_TOOLCHAIN` 2425 When you intend to use an 2426 :ref:`external toolchain <dev-manual/external-toolchain:optionally using an external toolchain>`, 2427 this variable allows to specify the directory where this toolchain was 2428 installed. 2429 2430 :term:`EXTERNALSRC` 2431 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-externalsrc` 2432 class, this variable points to the source tree, which is outside of 2433 the OpenEmbedded build system. When set, this variable sets the 2434 :term:`S` variable, which is what the OpenEmbedded build 2435 system uses to locate unpacked recipe source code. 2436 2437 See the ":ref:`ref-classes-externalsrc`" section for details. You 2438 can also find information on how to use this variable in the 2439 ":ref:`dev-manual/building:building software from an external source`" 2440 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 2441 2442 :term:`EXTERNALSRC_BUILD` 2443 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-externalsrc` 2444 class, this variable points to the directory in which the recipe's 2445 source code is built, which is outside of the OpenEmbedded build 2446 system. When set, this variable sets the :term:`B` variable, 2447 which is what the OpenEmbedded build system uses to locate the 2448 :term:`Build Directory`. 2449 2450 See the ":ref:`ref-classes-externalsrc`" section for details. You 2451 can also find information on how to use this variable in the 2452 ":ref:`dev-manual/building:building software from an external source`" 2453 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 2454 2455 :term:`EXTRA_AUTORECONF` 2456 For recipes inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-autotools` 2457 class, you can use :term:`EXTRA_AUTORECONF` to specify extra options to 2458 pass to the ``autoreconf`` command that is executed during the 2459 :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task. 2460 2461 The default value is "--exclude=autopoint". 2462 2463 :term:`EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES` 2464 A list of additional features to include in an image. When listing 2465 more than one feature, separate them with a space. 2466 2467 Typically, you configure this variable in your ``local.conf`` file, 2468 which is found in the :term:`Build Directory`. Although you can use this 2469 variable from within a recipe, best practices dictate that you do not. 2470 2471 .. note:: 2472 2473 To enable primary features from within the image recipe, use the 2474 :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` variable. 2475 2476 Here are some examples of features you can add: 2477 2478 - "dbg-pkgs" --- adds -dbg packages for all installed packages including 2479 symbol information for debugging and profiling. 2480 2481 - "debug-tweaks" --- makes an image suitable for debugging. For example, allows root logins without passwords and 2482 enables post-installation logging. See the 'allow-empty-password' and 2483 'post-install-logging' features in the ":ref:`ref-features-image`" 2484 section for more information. 2485 - "dev-pkgs" --- adds -dev packages for all installed packages. This is 2486 useful if you want to develop against the libraries in the image. 2487 - "read-only-rootfs" --- creates an image whose root filesystem is 2488 read-only. See the 2489 ":ref:`dev-manual/read-only-rootfs:creating a read-only root filesystem`" 2490 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more 2491 information 2492 - "tools-debug" --- adds debugging tools such as gdb and strace. 2493 - "tools-sdk" --- adds development tools such as gcc, make, 2494 pkgconfig and so forth. 2495 - "tools-testapps" --- adds useful testing tools 2496 such as ts_print, aplay, arecord and so forth. 2497 2498 For a complete list of image features that ships with the Yocto 2499 Project, see the ":ref:`ref-features-image`" section. 2500 2501 For an example that shows how to customize your image by using this 2502 variable, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/customizing-images:customizing images using custom \`\`image_features\`\` and \`\`extra_image_features\`\``" 2503 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 2504 2505 :term:`EXTRA_IMAGECMD` 2506 Specifies additional options for the image creation command that has 2507 been specified in :term:`IMAGE_CMD`. When setting 2508 this variable, use an override for the associated image type. Here is 2509 an example:: 2510 2511 EXTRA_IMAGECMD:ext3 ?= "-i 4096" 2512 2513 :term:`EXTRA_IMAGEDEPENDS` 2514 A list of recipes to build that do not provide packages for 2515 installing into the root filesystem. 2516 2517 Sometimes a recipe is required to build the final image but is not 2518 needed in the root filesystem. You can use the :term:`EXTRA_IMAGEDEPENDS` 2519 variable to list these recipes and thus specify the dependencies. A 2520 typical example is a required bootloader in a machine configuration. 2521 2522 .. note:: 2523 2524 To add packages to the root filesystem, see the various 2525 :term:`RDEPENDS` and :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variables. 2526 2527 :term:`EXTRA_OECMAKE` 2528 Additional `CMake <https://cmake.org/overview/>`__ options. See the 2529 :ref:`ref-classes-cmake` class for additional information. 2530 2531 :term:`EXTRA_OECONF` 2532 Additional ``configure`` script options. See 2533 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS` for 2534 additional information on passing configure script options. 2535 2536 :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE` 2537 Additional GNU ``make`` options. 2538 2539 Because the :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE` defaults to "", you need to set the 2540 variable to specify any required GNU options. 2541 2542 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` and 2543 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKEINST` also make use of 2544 :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE` to pass the required flags. 2545 2546 :term:`EXTRA_OESCONS` 2547 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-scons` class, this 2548 variable specifies additional configuration options you want to pass 2549 to the ``scons`` command line. 2550 2551 :term:`EXTRA_OEMESON` 2552 Additional `Meson <https://mesonbuild.com/>`__ options. See the 2553 :ref:`ref-classes-meson` class for additional information. 2554 2555 In addition to standard Meson options, such options correspond to 2556 `Meson build options <https://mesonbuild.com/Build-options.html>`__ 2557 defined in the ``meson_options.txt`` file in the sources to build. 2558 Here is an example:: 2559 2560 EXTRA_OEMESON = "-Dpython=disabled -Dvalgrind=disabled" 2561 2562 Note that any custom value for the Meson ``--buildtype`` option 2563 should be set through the :term:`MESON_BUILDTYPE` variable. 2564 2565 :term:`EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS` 2566 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-extrausers` 2567 class, this variable provides image level user and group operations. 2568 This is a more global method of providing user and group 2569 configuration as compared to using the 2570 :ref:`ref-classes-useradd` class, which ties user and 2571 group configurations to a specific recipe. 2572 2573 The set list of commands you can configure using the 2574 :term:`EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS` is shown in the 2575 :ref:`ref-classes-extrausers` class. These commands map to the normal 2576 Unix commands of the same names:: 2577 2578 # EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS = "\ 2579 # useradd -p '' tester; \ 2580 # groupadd developers; \ 2581 # userdel nobody; \ 2582 # groupdel -g video; \ 2583 # groupmod -g 1020 developers; \ 2584 # usermod -s /bin/sh tester; \ 2585 # " 2586 2587 Hardcoded passwords are supported via the ``-p`` parameters for 2588 ``useradd`` or ``usermod``, but only hashed. 2589 2590 Here is an example that adds two users named "tester-jim" and "tester-sue" and assigns 2591 passwords. First on host, create the (escaped) password hash:: 2592 2593 printf "%q" $(mkpasswd -m sha256crypt tester01) 2594 2595 The resulting hash is set to a variable and used in ``useradd`` command parameters:: 2596 2597 inherit extrausers 2598 PASSWD = "\$X\$ABC123\$A-Long-Hash" 2599 EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS = "\ 2600 useradd -p '${PASSWD}' tester-jim; \ 2601 useradd -p '${PASSWD}' tester-sue; \ 2602 " 2603 2604 Finally, here is an example that sets the root password:: 2605 2606 inherit extrausers 2607 EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS = "\ 2608 usermod -p '${PASSWD}' root; \ 2609 " 2610 2611 .. note:: 2612 2613 From a security perspective, hardcoding a default password is not 2614 generally a good idea or even legal in some jurisdictions. It is 2615 recommended that you do not do this if you are building a production 2616 image. 2617 2618 Additionally there is a special ``passwd-expire`` command that will 2619 cause the password for a user to be expired and thus force changing it 2620 on first login, for example:: 2621 2622 EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS += " useradd myuser; passwd-expire myuser;" 2623 2624 .. note:: 2625 2626 At present, ``passwd-expire`` may only work for remote logins when 2627 using OpenSSH and not dropbear as an SSH server. 2628 2629 :term:`EXTRANATIVEPATH` 2630 A list of subdirectories of 2631 ``${``\ :term:`STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE`\ ``}`` 2632 added to the beginning of the environment variable ``PATH``. As an 2633 example, the following prepends 2634 "${STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE}/foo:${STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE}/bar:" to 2635 ``PATH``:: 2636 2637 EXTRANATIVEPATH = "foo bar" 2638 2639 :term:`FAKEROOT` 2640 See :term:`bitbake:FAKEROOT` in the BitBake manual. 2641 2642 :term:`FAKEROOTBASEENV` 2643 See :term:`bitbake:FAKEROOTBASEENV` in the BitBake manual. 2644 2645 :term:`FAKEROOTCMD` 2646 See :term:`bitbake:FAKEROOTCMD` in the BitBake manual. 2647 2648 :term:`FAKEROOTDIRS` 2649 See :term:`bitbake:FAKEROOTDIRS` in the BitBake manual. 2650 2651 :term:`FAKEROOTENV` 2652 See :term:`bitbake:FAKEROOTENV` in the BitBake manual. 2653 2654 :term:`FAKEROOTNOENV` 2655 See :term:`bitbake:FAKEROOTNOENV` in the BitBake manual. 2656 2657 :term:`FEATURE_PACKAGES` 2658 Defines one or more packages to include in an image when a specific 2659 item is included in :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`. 2660 When setting the value, :term:`FEATURE_PACKAGES` should have the name of 2661 the feature item as an override. Here is an example:: 2662 2663 FEATURE_PACKAGES_widget = "package1 package2" 2664 2665 In this example, if "widget" were added to :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`, 2666 package1 and package2 would be included in the image. 2667 2668 .. note:: 2669 2670 Packages installed by features defined through :term:`FEATURE_PACKAGES` 2671 are often package groups. While similarly named, you should not 2672 confuse the :term:`FEATURE_PACKAGES` variable with package groups, which 2673 are discussed elsewhere in the documentation. 2674 2675 :term:`FEED_DEPLOYDIR_BASE_URI` 2676 Points to the base URL of the server and location within the 2677 document-root that provides the metadata and packages required by 2678 OPKG to support runtime package management of IPK packages. You set 2679 this variable in your ``local.conf`` file. 2680 2681 Consider the following example:: 2682 2683 FEED_DEPLOYDIR_BASE_URI = "http://192.168.7.1/BOARD-dir" 2684 2685 This example assumes you are serving 2686 your packages over HTTP and your databases are located in a directory 2687 named ``BOARD-dir``, which is underneath your HTTP server's 2688 document-root. In this case, the OpenEmbedded build system generates 2689 a set of configuration files for you in your target that work with 2690 the feed. 2691 2692 :term:`FETCHCMD` 2693 See :term:`bitbake:FETCHCMD` in the BitBake manual. 2694 2695 :term:`FILE` 2696 See :term:`bitbake:FILE` in the BitBake manual. 2697 2698 :term:`FILES` 2699 The list of files and directories that are placed in a package. The 2700 :term:`PACKAGES` variable lists the packages 2701 generated by a recipe. 2702 2703 To use the :term:`FILES` variable, provide a package name override that 2704 identifies the resulting package. Then, provide a space-separated 2705 list of files or paths that identify the files you want included as 2706 part of the resulting package. Here is an example:: 2707 2708 FILES:${PN} += "${bindir}/mydir1 ${bindir}/mydir2/myfile" 2709 2710 .. note:: 2711 2712 - When specifying files or paths, you can pattern match using 2713 Python's 2714 `glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`__ 2715 syntax. For details on the syntax, see the documentation by 2716 following the previous link. 2717 2718 - When specifying paths as part of the :term:`FILES` variable, it is 2719 good practice to use appropriate path variables. For example, 2720 use ``${sysconfdir}`` rather than ``/etc``, or ``${bindir}`` 2721 rather than ``/usr/bin``. You can find a list of these 2722 variables at the top of the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file in 2723 the :term:`Source Directory`. You will also 2724 find the default values of the various ``FILES:*`` variables in 2725 this file. 2726 2727 If some of the files you provide with the :term:`FILES` variable are 2728 editable and you know they should not be overwritten during the 2729 package update process by the Package Management System (PMS), you 2730 can identify these files so that the PMS will not overwrite them. See 2731 the :term:`CONFFILES` variable for information on 2732 how to identify these files to the PMS. 2733 2734 :term:`FILES_SOLIBSDEV` 2735 Defines the file specification to match 2736 :term:`SOLIBSDEV`. In other words, 2737 :term:`FILES_SOLIBSDEV` defines the full path name of the development 2738 symbolic link (symlink) for shared libraries on the target platform. 2739 2740 The following statement from the ``bitbake.conf`` shows how it is 2741 set:: 2742 2743 FILES_SOLIBSDEV ?= "${base_libdir}/lib*${SOLIBSDEV} ${libdir}/lib*${SOLIBSDEV}" 2744 2745 :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS` 2746 Extends the search path the OpenEmbedded build system uses when 2747 looking for files and patches as it processes recipes and append 2748 files. The default directories BitBake uses when it processes recipes 2749 are initially defined by the :term:`FILESPATH` 2750 variable. You can extend :term:`FILESPATH` variable by using 2751 :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS`. 2752 2753 Best practices dictate that you accomplish this by using 2754 :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS` from within a ``.bbappend`` file and that you 2755 prepend paths as follows:: 2756 2757 FILESEXTRAPATHS:prepend := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:" 2758 2759 In the above example, the build system first 2760 looks for files in a directory that has the same name as the 2761 corresponding append file. 2762 2763 .. note:: 2764 2765 When extending :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS`, be sure to use the immediate 2766 expansion (``:=``) operator. Immediate expansion makes sure that 2767 BitBake evaluates :term:`THISDIR` at the time the 2768 directive is encountered rather than at some later time when 2769 expansion might result in a directory that does not contain the 2770 files you need. 2771 2772 Also, include the trailing separating colon character if you are 2773 prepending. The trailing colon character is necessary because you 2774 are directing BitBake to extend the path by prepending directories 2775 to the search path. 2776 2777 Here is another common use:: 2778 2779 FILESEXTRAPATHS:prepend := "${THISDIR}/files:" 2780 2781 In this example, the build system extends the 2782 :term:`FILESPATH` variable to include a directory named ``files`` that is 2783 in the same directory as the corresponding append file. 2784 2785 This next example specifically adds three paths:: 2786 2787 FILESEXTRAPATHS:prepend := "path_1:path_2:path_3:" 2788 2789 A final example shows how you can extend the search path and include 2790 a :term:`MACHINE`-specific override, which is useful 2791 in a BSP layer:: 2792 2793 FILESEXTRAPATHS:prepend:intel-x86-common := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:" 2794 2795 The previous statement appears in the 2796 ``linux-yocto-dev.bbappend`` file, which is found in the 2797 :ref:`overview-manual/development-environment:yocto project source repositories` in 2798 ``meta-intel/common/recipes-kernel/linux``. Here, the machine 2799 override is a special :term:`PACKAGE_ARCH` 2800 definition for multiple ``meta-intel`` machines. 2801 2802 .. note:: 2803 2804 For a layer that supports a single BSP, the override could just be 2805 the value of :term:`MACHINE`. 2806 2807 By prepending paths in ``.bbappend`` files, you allow multiple append 2808 files that reside in different layers but are used for the same 2809 recipe to correctly extend the path. 2810 2811 :term:`FILESOVERRIDES` 2812 A subset of :term:`OVERRIDES` used by the 2813 OpenEmbedded build system for creating 2814 :term:`FILESPATH`. The :term:`FILESOVERRIDES` variable 2815 uses overrides to automatically extend the 2816 :term:`FILESPATH` variable. For an example of how 2817 that works, see the :term:`FILESPATH` variable 2818 description. Additionally, you find more information on how overrides 2819 are handled in the 2820 ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:conditional syntax (overrides)`" 2821 section of the BitBake User Manual. 2822 2823 By default, the :term:`FILESOVERRIDES` variable is defined as:: 2824 2825 FILESOVERRIDES = "${TRANSLATED_TARGET_ARCH}:${MACHINEOVERRIDES}:${DISTROOVERRIDES}" 2826 2827 .. note:: 2828 2829 Do not hand-edit the :term:`FILESOVERRIDES` variable. The values match up 2830 with expected overrides and are used in an expected manner by the 2831 build system. 2832 2833 :term:`FILESPATH` 2834 The default set of directories the OpenEmbedded build system uses 2835 when searching for patches and files. 2836 2837 During the build process, BitBake searches each directory in 2838 :term:`FILESPATH` in the specified order when looking for files and 2839 patches specified by each ``file://`` URI in a recipe's 2840 :term:`SRC_URI` statements. 2841 2842 The default value for the :term:`FILESPATH` variable is defined in the 2843 :ref:`ref-classes-base` class found in ``meta/classes-global`` in the 2844 :term:`Source Directory`:: 2845 2846 FILESPATH = "${@base_set_filespath(["${FILE_DIRNAME}/${BP}", \ 2847 "${FILE_DIRNAME}/${BPN}", "${FILE_DIRNAME}/files"], d)}" 2848 2849 The 2850 :term:`FILESPATH` variable is automatically extended using the overrides 2851 from the :term:`FILESOVERRIDES` variable. 2852 2853 .. note:: 2854 2855 - Do not hand-edit the :term:`FILESPATH` variable. If you want the 2856 build system to look in directories other than the defaults, 2857 extend the :term:`FILESPATH` variable by using the 2858 :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS` variable. 2859 2860 - Be aware that the default :term:`FILESPATH` directories do not map 2861 to directories in custom layers where append files 2862 (``.bbappend``) are used. If you want the build system to find 2863 patches or files that reside with your append files, you need 2864 to extend the :term:`FILESPATH` variable by using the 2865 :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS` variable. 2866 2867 You can take advantage of this searching behavior in useful ways. For 2868 example, consider a case where there is the following directory structure 2869 for general and machine-specific configurations:: 2870 2871 files/defconfig 2872 files/MACHINEA/defconfig 2873 files/MACHINEB/defconfig 2874 2875 Also in the example, the :term:`SRC_URI` statement contains 2876 "file://defconfig". Given this scenario, you can set 2877 :term:`MACHINE` to "MACHINEA" and cause the build 2878 system to use files from ``files/MACHINEA``. Set :term:`MACHINE` to 2879 "MACHINEB" and the build system uses files from ``files/MACHINEB``. 2880 Finally, for any machine other than "MACHINEA" and "MACHINEB", the 2881 build system uses files from ``files/defconfig``. 2882 2883 You can find out more about the patching process in the 2884 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:patching`" section 2885 in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual and the 2886 ":ref:`dev-manual/new-recipe:patching code`" section in 2887 the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. See the 2888 :ref:`ref-tasks-patch` task as well. 2889 2890 :term:`FILESYSTEM_PERMS_TABLES` 2891 Allows you to define your own file permissions settings table as part 2892 of your configuration for the packaging process. For example, suppose 2893 you need a consistent set of custom permissions for a set of groups 2894 and users across an entire work project. It is best to do this in the 2895 packages themselves but this is not always possible. 2896 2897 By default, the OpenEmbedded build system uses the ``fs-perms.txt``, 2898 which is located in the ``meta/files`` folder in the :term:`Source Directory`. 2899 If you create your own file 2900 permissions setting table, you should place it in your layer or the 2901 distro's layer. 2902 2903 You define the :term:`FILESYSTEM_PERMS_TABLES` variable in the 2904 ``conf/local.conf`` file, which is found in the :term:`Build Directory`, 2905 to point to your custom ``fs-perms.txt``. You can specify more than a 2906 single file permissions setting table. The paths you specify to these 2907 files must be defined within the :term:`BBPATH` variable. 2908 2909 For guidance on how to create your own file permissions settings 2910 table file, examine the existing ``fs-perms.txt``. 2911 2912 :term:`FIT_DESC` 2913 Specifies the description string encoded into a fitImage. The default 2914 value is set by the :ref:`ref-classes-kernel-fitimage` 2915 class as follows:: 2916 2917 FIT_DESC ?= "U-Boot fitImage for ${DISTRO_NAME}/${PV}/${MACHINE}" 2918 2919 :term:`FIT_GENERATE_KEYS` 2920 Decides whether to generate the keys for signing fitImage if they 2921 don't already exist. The keys are created in :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR`. 2922 The default value is 0. 2923 2924 :term:`FIT_HASH_ALG` 2925 Specifies the hash algorithm used in creating the FIT Image. For e.g. sha256. 2926 2927 :term:`FIT_KERNEL_COMP_ALG` 2928 Compression algorithm to use for the kernel image inside the FIT Image. 2929 At present, the only supported values are "gzip" (default), "lzo" or "none". 2930 If you set this variable to anything other than "none" you may also need 2931 to set :term:`FIT_KERNEL_COMP_ALG_EXTENSION`. 2932 2933 :term:`FIT_KERNEL_COMP_ALG_EXTENSION` 2934 File extension corresponding to :term:`FIT_KERNEL_COMP_ALG`. The default 2935 value is ".gz". If you set :term:`FIT_KERNEL_COMP_ALG` to "lzo", 2936 you may want to set this variable to ".lzo". 2937 2938 :term:`FIT_KEY_GENRSA_ARGS` 2939 Arguments to openssl genrsa for generating RSA private key for signing 2940 fitImage. The default value is "-F4". i.e. the public exponent 65537 to 2941 use. 2942 2943 :term:`FIT_KEY_REQ_ARGS` 2944 Arguments to openssl req for generating certificate for signing fitImage. 2945 The default value is "-batch -new". batch for non interactive mode 2946 and new for generating new keys. 2947 2948 :term:`FIT_KEY_SIGN_PKCS` 2949 Format for public key certificate used in signing fitImage. 2950 The default value is "x509". 2951 2952 :term:`FIT_SIGN_ALG` 2953 Specifies the signature algorithm used in creating the FIT Image. 2954 For e.g. rsa2048. 2955 2956 :term:`FIT_PAD_ALG` 2957 Specifies the padding algorithm used in creating the FIT Image. 2958 The default value is "pkcs-1.5". 2959 2960 :term:`FIT_SIGN_INDIVIDUAL` 2961 If set to "1", then the :ref:`ref-classes-kernel-fitimage` 2962 class will sign the kernel, dtb and ramdisk images individually in addition 2963 to signing the fitImage itself. This could be useful if you are 2964 intending to verify signatures in another context than booting via 2965 U-Boot. 2966 2967 :term:`FIT_SIGN_NUMBITS` 2968 Size of private key in number of bits used in fitImage. The default 2969 value is "2048". 2970 2971 :term:`FONT_EXTRA_RDEPENDS` 2972 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-fontcache` class, 2973 this variable specifies the runtime dependencies for font packages. 2974 By default, the :term:`FONT_EXTRA_RDEPENDS` is set to "fontconfig-utils". 2975 2976 :term:`FONT_PACKAGES` 2977 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-fontcache` class, this variable 2978 identifies packages containing font files that need to be cached by 2979 Fontconfig. By default, the :ref:`ref-classes-fontcache` class assumes 2980 that fonts are in the recipe's main package (i.e. 2981 ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``). Use this variable if fonts you 2982 need are in a package other than that main package. 2983 2984 :term:`FORCE_RO_REMOVE` 2985 Forces the removal of the packages listed in ``ROOTFS_RO_UNNEEDED`` 2986 during the generation of the root filesystem. 2987 2988 Set the variable to "1" to force the removal of these packages. 2989 2990 :term:`FULL_OPTIMIZATION` 2991 The options to pass in :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` and :term:`CFLAGS` when 2992 compiling an optimized system. This variable defaults to "-O2 -pipe 2993 ${DEBUG_FLAGS}". 2994 2995 :term:`GCCPIE` 2996 Enables Position Independent Executables (PIE) within the GNU C 2997 Compiler (GCC). Enabling PIE in the GCC makes Return Oriented 2998 Programming (ROP) attacks much more difficult to execute. 2999 3000 By default the ``security_flags.inc`` file enables PIE by setting the 3001 variable as follows:: 3002 3003 GCCPIE ?= "--enable-default-pie" 3004 3005 :term:`GCCVERSION` 3006 Specifies the default version of the GNU C Compiler (GCC) used for 3007 compilation. By default, :term:`GCCVERSION` is set to "8.x" in the 3008 ``meta/conf/distro/include/tcmode-default.inc`` include file:: 3009 3010 GCCVERSION ?= "8.%" 3011 3012 You can override this value by setting it in a 3013 configuration file such as the ``local.conf``. 3014 3015 :term:`GDB` 3016 The minimal command and arguments to run the GNU Debugger. 3017 3018 :term:`GIR_EXTRA_LIBS_PATH` 3019 Allows to specify an extra search path for ``.so`` files 3020 in GLib related recipes using GObject introspection, 3021 and which do not compile without this setting. 3022 See the ":ref:`dev-manual/gobject-introspection:enabling gobject introspection support`" 3023 section for details. 3024 3025 :term:`GITDIR` 3026 The directory in which a local copy of a Git repository is stored 3027 when it is cloned. 3028 3029 :term:`GITHUB_BASE_URI` 3030 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-github-releases` 3031 class, specifies the base URL for fetching releases for the github 3032 project you wish to fetch sources from. The default value is as follows:: 3033 3034 GITHUB_BASE_URI ?= "https://github.com/${BPN}/${BPN}/releases/" 3035 3036 :term:`GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES` 3037 Specifies the list of GLIBC locales to generate should you not wish 3038 to generate all LIBC locals, which can be time consuming. 3039 3040 .. note:: 3041 3042 If you specifically remove the locale ``en_US.UTF-8``, you must set 3043 :term:`IMAGE_LINGUAS` appropriately. 3044 3045 You can set :term:`GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES` in your ``local.conf`` file. 3046 By default, all locales are generated:: 3047 3048 GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES = "en_GB.UTF-8 en_US.UTF-8" 3049 3050 :term:`GO_IMPORT` 3051 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-go` class, this mandatory variable 3052 sets the import path for the Go package that will be created for the code 3053 to build. If you have a ``go.mod`` file in the source directory, this 3054 typically matches the path in the ``module`` line in this file. 3055 3056 Other Go programs importing this package will use this path. 3057 3058 Here is an example setting from the 3059 :yocto_git:`go-helloworld_0.1.bb </poky/tree/meta/recipes-extended/go-examples/go-helloworld_0.1.bb>` 3060 recipe:: 3061 3062 GO_IMPORT = "golang.org/x/example" 3063 3064 :term:`GO_INSTALL` 3065 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-go` class, this optional variable 3066 specifies which packages in the sources should be compiled and 3067 installed in the Go build space by the 3068 `go install <https://go.dev/ref/mod#go-install>`__ command. 3069 3070 Here is an example setting from the 3071 :oe_git:`crucible </meta-openembedded/tree/meta-oe/recipes-support/crucible/>` 3072 recipe:: 3073 3074 GO_INSTALL = "\ 3075 ${GO_IMPORT}/cmd/crucible \ 3076 ${GO_IMPORT}/cmd/habtool \ 3077 " 3078 3079 By default, :term:`GO_INSTALL` is defined as:: 3080 3081 GO_INSTALL ?= "${GO_IMPORT}/..." 3082 3083 The ``...`` wildcard means that it will catch all 3084 packages found in the sources. 3085 3086 See the :term:`GO_INSTALL_FILTEROUT` variable for 3087 filtering out unwanted packages from the ones 3088 found from the :term:`GO_INSTALL` value. 3089 3090 :term:`GO_INSTALL_FILTEROUT` 3091 When using the Go "vendor" mechanism to bring in dependencies for a Go 3092 package, the default :term:`GO_INSTALL` setting, which uses the ``...`` 3093 wildcard, will include the vendored packages in the build, which produces 3094 incorrect results. 3095 3096 There are also some Go packages that are structured poorly, so that the 3097 ``...`` wildcard results in building example or test code that should not 3098 be included in the build, or could fail to build. 3099 3100 This optional variable allows for filtering out a subset of the sources. 3101 It defaults to excluding everything under the ``vendor`` subdirectory 3102 under package's main directory. This is the normal location for vendored 3103 packages, but it can be overridden by a recipe to filter out other 3104 subdirectories if needed. 3105 3106 :term:`GO_WORKDIR` 3107 When using Go Modules, the current working directory must be the directory 3108 containing the ``go.mod`` file, or one of its subdirectories. When the 3109 ``go`` tool is used, it will automatically look for the ``go.mod`` file 3110 in the Go working directory or in any parent directory, but not in 3111 subdirectories. 3112 3113 When using the :ref:`ref-classes-go-mod` class to use Go modules, 3114 the optional :term:`GO_WORKDIR` variable, defaulting to the value 3115 of :term:`GO_IMPORT`, allows to specify a different Go working directory. 3116 3117 :term:`GROUPADD_PARAM` 3118 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-useradd` class, 3119 this variable specifies for a package what parameters should be 3120 passed to the ``groupadd`` command if you wish to add a group to the 3121 system when the package is installed. 3122 3123 Here is an example from the ``dbus`` recipe:: 3124 3125 GROUPADD_PARAM:${PN} = "-r netdev" 3126 3127 For information on the standard Linux shell command 3128 ``groupadd``, see https://linux.die.net/man/8/groupadd. 3129 3130 :term:`GROUPMEMS_PARAM` 3131 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-useradd` class, 3132 this variable specifies for a package what parameters should be 3133 passed to the ``groupmems`` command if you wish to modify the members 3134 of a group when the package is installed. 3135 3136 For information on the standard Linux shell command ``groupmems``, 3137 see https://linux.die.net/man/8/groupmems. 3138 3139 :term:`GRUB_GFXSERIAL` 3140 Configures the GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB) to have graphics 3141 and serial in the boot menu. Set this variable to "1" in your 3142 ``local.conf`` or distribution configuration file to enable graphics 3143 and serial in the menu. 3144 3145 See the :ref:`ref-classes-grub-efi` class for more 3146 information on how this variable is used. 3147 3148 :term:`GRUB_OPTS` 3149 Additional options to add to the GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB) 3150 configuration. Use a semi-colon character (``;``) to separate 3151 multiple options. 3152 3153 The :term:`GRUB_OPTS` variable is optional. See the 3154 :ref:`ref-classes-grub-efi` class for more information 3155 on how this variable is used. 3156 3157 :term:`GRUB_TIMEOUT` 3158 Specifies the timeout before executing the default ``LABEL`` in the 3159 GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB). 3160 3161 The :term:`GRUB_TIMEOUT` variable is optional. See the 3162 :ref:`ref-classes-grub-efi` class for more information 3163 on how this variable is used. 3164 3165 :term:`GTKIMMODULES_PACKAGES` 3166 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-gtk-immodules-cache` class, 3167 this variable specifies the packages that contain the GTK+ input 3168 method modules being installed when the modules are in packages other 3169 than the main package. 3170 3171 :term:`HGDIR` 3172 See :term:`bitbake:HGDIR` in the BitBake manual. 3173 3174 :term:`HOMEPAGE` 3175 Website where more information about the software the recipe is 3176 building can be found. 3177 3178 :term:`HOST_ARCH` 3179 The name of the target architecture, which is normally the same as 3180 :term:`TARGET_ARCH`. The OpenEmbedded build system 3181 supports many architectures. Here is an example list of architectures 3182 supported. This list is by no means complete as the architecture is 3183 configurable: 3184 3185 - arm 3186 - i586 3187 - x86_64 3188 - powerpc 3189 - powerpc64 3190 - mips 3191 - mipsel 3192 3193 :term:`HOST_CC_ARCH` 3194 Specifies architecture-specific compiler flags that are passed to the 3195 C compiler. 3196 3197 Default initialization for :term:`HOST_CC_ARCH` varies depending on what 3198 is being built: 3199 3200 - :term:`TARGET_CC_ARCH` when building for the 3201 target 3202 3203 - :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH` when building for the build host (i.e. 3204 ``-native``) 3205 3206 - ``BUILDSDK_CC_ARCH`` when building for an SDK (i.e. 3207 ``nativesdk-``) 3208 3209 :term:`HOST_OS` 3210 Specifies the name of the target operating system, which is normally 3211 the same as the :term:`TARGET_OS`. The variable can 3212 be set to "linux" for ``glibc``-based systems and to "linux-musl" for 3213 ``musl``. For ARM/EABI targets, there are also "linux-gnueabi" and 3214 "linux-musleabi" values possible. 3215 3216 :term:`HOST_PREFIX` 3217 Specifies the prefix for the cross-compile toolchain. :term:`HOST_PREFIX` 3218 is normally the same as :term:`TARGET_PREFIX`. 3219 3220 :term:`HOST_SYS` 3221 Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating 3222 system, for which the build is occurring in the context of the 3223 current recipe. 3224 3225 The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based 3226 on :term:`HOST_ARCH`, 3227 :term:`HOST_VENDOR`, and 3228 :term:`HOST_OS` variables. 3229 3230 .. note:: 3231 3232 You do not need to set the variable yourself. 3233 3234 Consider these two examples: 3235 3236 - Given a native recipe on a 32-bit x86 machine running Linux, the 3237 value is "i686-linux". 3238 3239 - Given a recipe being built for a little-endian MIPS target running 3240 Linux, the value might be "mipsel-linux". 3241 3242 :term:`HOST_VENDOR` 3243 Specifies the name of the vendor. :term:`HOST_VENDOR` is normally the 3244 same as :term:`TARGET_VENDOR`. 3245 3246 :term:`HOSTTOOLS` 3247 A space-separated list (filter) of tools on the build host that 3248 should be allowed to be called from within build tasks. Using this 3249 filter helps reduce the possibility of host contamination. If a tool 3250 specified in the value of :term:`HOSTTOOLS` is not found on the build 3251 host, the OpenEmbedded build system produces an error and the build 3252 is not started. 3253 3254 For additional information, see 3255 :term:`HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL`. 3256 3257 :term:`HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL` 3258 A space-separated list (filter) of tools on the build host that 3259 should be allowed to be called from within build tasks. Using this 3260 filter helps reduce the possibility of host contamination. Unlike 3261 :term:`HOSTTOOLS`, the OpenEmbedded build system 3262 does not produce an error if a tool specified in the value of 3263 :term:`HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL` is not found on the build host. Thus, you can 3264 use :term:`HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL` to filter optional host tools. 3265 3266 :term:`ICECC_CLASS_DISABLE` 3267 Identifies user classes that you do not want the Icecream distributed 3268 compile support to consider. This variable is used by the 3269 :ref:`ref-classes-icecc` class. You set this variable in 3270 your ``local.conf`` file. 3271 3272 When you list classes using this variable, the recipes inheriting 3273 those classes will not benefit from distributed compilation across 3274 remote hosts. Instead they will be built locally. 3275 3276 :term:`ICECC_DISABLED` 3277 Disables or enables the ``icecc`` (Icecream) function. For more 3278 information on this function and best practices for using this 3279 variable, see the ":ref:`ref-classes-icecc`" 3280 section. 3281 3282 Setting this variable to "1" in your ``local.conf`` disables the 3283 function:: 3284 3285 ICECC_DISABLED ??= "1" 3286 3287 To enable the function, set the variable as follows:: 3288 3289 ICECC_DISABLED = "" 3290 3291 :term:`ICECC_ENV_EXEC` 3292 Points to the ``icecc-create-env`` script that you provide. This 3293 variable is used by the :ref:`ref-classes-icecc` class. You 3294 set this variable in your ``local.conf`` file. 3295 3296 If you do not point to a script that you provide, the OpenEmbedded 3297 build system uses the default script provided by the 3298 :oe_git:`icecc-create-env_0.1.bb 3299 </openembedded-core/tree/meta/recipes-devtools/icecc-create-env/icecc-create-env_0.1.bb>` 3300 recipe, which is a modified version and not the one that comes with 3301 ``icecream``. 3302 3303 :term:`ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE` 3304 Extra options passed to the ``make`` command during the 3305 :ref:`ref-tasks-compile` task that specify parallel 3306 compilation. This variable usually takes the form of "-j x", where x 3307 represents the maximum number of parallel threads ``make`` can run. 3308 3309 .. note:: 3310 3311 The options passed affect builds on all enabled machines on the 3312 network, which are machines running the ``iceccd`` daemon. 3313 3314 If your enabled machines support multiple cores, coming up with the 3315 maximum number of parallel threads that gives you the best 3316 performance could take some experimentation since machine speed, 3317 network lag, available memory, and existing machine loads can all 3318 affect build time. Consequently, unlike the 3319 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` variable, there is no 3320 rule-of-thumb for setting :term:`ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE` to achieve optimal 3321 performance. 3322 3323 If you do not set :term:`ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE`, the build system does not 3324 use it (i.e. the system does not detect and assign the number of 3325 cores as is done with :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE`). 3326 3327 :term:`ICECC_PATH` 3328 The location of the ``icecc`` binary. You can set this variable in 3329 your ``local.conf`` file. If your ``local.conf`` file does not define 3330 this variable, the :ref:`ref-classes-icecc` class attempts 3331 to define it by locating ``icecc`` using ``which``. 3332 3333 :term:`ICECC_RECIPE_DISABLE` 3334 Identifies user recipes that you do not want the Icecream distributed 3335 compile support to consider. This variable is used by the 3336 :ref:`ref-classes-icecc` class. You set this variable in 3337 your ``local.conf`` file. 3338 3339 When you list recipes using this variable, you are excluding them 3340 from distributed compilation across remote hosts. Instead they will 3341 be built locally. 3342 3343 :term:`ICECC_RECIPE_ENABLE` 3344 Identifies user recipes that use an empty 3345 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` variable that you want to 3346 force remote distributed compilation on using the Icecream 3347 distributed compile support. This variable is used by the 3348 :ref:`ref-classes-icecc` class. You set this variable in 3349 your ``local.conf`` file. 3350 3351 :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME` 3352 The base name of image output files. This variable defaults to the 3353 recipe name (``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``). 3354 3355 :term:`IMAGE_BOOT_FILES` 3356 A space-separated list of files installed into the boot partition 3357 when preparing an image using the Wic tool with the 3358 ``bootimg-partition`` source plugin. By default, 3359 the files are 3360 installed under the same name as the source files. To change the 3361 installed name, separate it from the original name with a semi-colon 3362 (;). Source files need to be located in 3363 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`. Here are two 3364 examples:: 3365 3366 IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "u-boot.img uImage;kernel" 3367 IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "u-boot.${UBOOT_SUFFIX} ${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE}" 3368 3369 Alternatively, source files can be picked up using a glob pattern. In 3370 this case, the destination file must have the same name as the base 3371 name of the source file path. To install files into a directory 3372 within the target location, pass its name after a semi-colon (;). 3373 Here are two examples:: 3374 3375 IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "bcm2835-bootfiles/*" 3376 IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "bcm2835-bootfiles/*;boot/" 3377 3378 The first example 3379 installs all files from ``${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/bcm2835-bootfiles`` 3380 into the root of the target partition. The second example installs 3381 the same files into a ``boot`` directory within the target partition. 3382 3383 You can find information on how to use the Wic tool in the 3384 ":ref:`dev-manual/wic:creating partitioned images using wic`" 3385 section of the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. Reference 3386 material for Wic is located in the 3387 ":doc:`/ref-manual/kickstart`" chapter. 3388 3389 :term:`IMAGE_BUILDINFO_FILE` 3390 When using the :ref:`ref-classes-image-buildinfo` class, 3391 specifies the file in the image to write the build information into. The 3392 default value is "``${sysconfdir}/buildinfo``". 3393 3394 :term:`IMAGE_BUILDINFO_VARS` 3395 When using the :ref:`ref-classes-image-buildinfo` class, 3396 specifies the list of variables to include in the `Build Configuration` 3397 section of the output file (as a space-separated list). Defaults to 3398 ":term:`DISTRO` :term:`DISTRO_VERSION`". 3399 3400 :term:`IMAGE_CLASSES` 3401 A list of classes that all images should inherit. This is typically used 3402 to enable functionality across all image recipes. 3403 3404 Classes specified in :term:`IMAGE_CLASSES` must be located in the 3405 ``classes-recipe/`` or ``classes/`` subdirectories. 3406 3407 :term:`IMAGE_CMD` 3408 Specifies the command to create the image file for a specific image 3409 type, which corresponds to the value set in 3410 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`, (e.g. ``ext3``, 3411 ``btrfs``, and so forth). When setting this variable, you should use 3412 an override for the associated type. Here is an example:: 3413 3414 IMAGE_CMD:jffs2 = "mkfs.jffs2 --root=${IMAGE_ROOTFS} --faketime \ 3415 --output=${IMGDEPLOYDIR}/${IMAGE_NAME}${IMAGE_NAME_SUFFIX}.jffs2 \ 3416 ${EXTRA_IMAGECMD}" 3417 3418 You typically do not need to set this variable unless you are adding 3419 support for a new image type. For more examples on how to set this 3420 variable, see the :ref:`ref-classes-image_types` 3421 class file, which is ``meta/classes-recipe/image_types.bbclass``. 3422 3423 :term:`IMAGE_DEVICE_TABLES` 3424 Specifies one or more files that contain custom device tables that 3425 are passed to the ``makedevs`` command as part of creating an image. 3426 These files list basic device nodes that should be created under 3427 ``/dev`` within the image. If :term:`IMAGE_DEVICE_TABLES` is not set, 3428 ``files/device_table-minimal.txt`` is used, which is located by 3429 :term:`BBPATH`. For details on how you should write 3430 device table files, see ``meta/files/device_table-minimal.txt`` as an 3431 example. 3432 3433 :term:`IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES` 3434 A space-separated list of files installed into the boot partition 3435 when preparing an image using the Wic tool with the 3436 ``bootimg-efi`` source plugin. By default, 3437 the files are 3438 installed under the same name as the source files. To change the 3439 installed name, separate it from the original name with a semi-colon 3440 (;). Source files need to be located in 3441 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`. Here are two 3442 examples:: 3443 3444 IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE};bz2" 3445 IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE} microcode.cpio" 3446 3447 Alternatively, source files can be picked up using a glob pattern. In 3448 this case, the destination file must have the same name as the base 3449 name of the source file path. To install files into a directory 3450 within the target location, pass its name after a semi-colon (;). 3451 Here are two examples:: 3452 3453 IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "boot/loader/*" 3454 IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "boot/loader/*;boot/" 3455 3456 The first example 3457 installs all files from ``${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/boot/loader/`` 3458 into the root of the target partition. The second example installs 3459 the same files into a ``boot`` directory within the target partition. 3460 3461 You can find information on how to use the Wic tool in the 3462 ":ref:`dev-manual/wic:creating partitioned images using wic`" 3463 section of the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. Reference 3464 material for Wic is located in the 3465 ":doc:`/ref-manual/kickstart`" chapter. 3466 3467 :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` 3468 The primary list of features to include in an image. Typically, you 3469 configure this variable in an image recipe. Although you can use this 3470 variable from your ``local.conf`` file, which is found in the 3471 :term:`Build Directory`, best practices dictate that you do 3472 not. 3473 3474 .. note:: 3475 3476 To enable extra features from outside the image recipe, use the 3477 :term:`EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES` variable. 3478 3479 For a list of image features that ships with the Yocto Project, see 3480 the ":ref:`ref-features-image`" section. 3481 3482 For an example that shows how to customize your image by using this 3483 variable, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/customizing-images:customizing images using custom \`\`image_features\`\` and \`\`extra_image_features\`\``" 3484 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 3485 3486 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` 3487 Specifies the formats the OpenEmbedded build system uses during the 3488 build when creating the root filesystem. For example, setting 3489 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` as follows causes the build system to create root 3490 filesystems using two formats: ``.ext3`` and ``.tar.bz2``:: 3491 3492 IMAGE_FSTYPES = "ext3 tar.bz2" 3493 3494 For the complete list of supported image formats from which you can 3495 choose, see :term:`IMAGE_TYPES`. 3496 3497 .. note:: 3498 3499 - If an image recipe uses the "inherit image" line and you are 3500 setting :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` inside the recipe, you must set 3501 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` prior to using the "inherit image" line. 3502 3503 - Due to the way the OpenEmbedded build system processes this 3504 variable, you cannot update its contents by using ``:append`` 3505 or ``:prepend``. You must use the ``+=`` operator to add one or 3506 more options to the :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` variable. 3507 3508 :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` 3509 Used by recipes to specify the packages to install into an image 3510 through the :ref:`ref-classes-image` class. Use the 3511 :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` variable with care to avoid ordering issues. 3512 3513 Image recipes set :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` to specify the packages to 3514 install into an image through :ref:`ref-classes-image`. Additionally, 3515 there are "helper" classes such as the :ref:`ref-classes-core-image` 3516 class which can take lists used with :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` and turn 3517 them into auto-generated entries in :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` in addition 3518 to its default contents. 3519 3520 When you use this variable, it is best to use it as follows:: 3521 3522 IMAGE_INSTALL:append = " package-name" 3523 3524 Be sure to include the space 3525 between the quotation character and the start of the package name or 3526 names. 3527 3528 .. note:: 3529 3530 - When working with a 3531 :ref:`core-image-minimal-initramfs <ref-manual/images:images>` 3532 image, do not use the :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` variable to specify 3533 packages for installation. Instead, use the 3534 :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL` variable, which 3535 allows the initial RAM filesystem (:term:`Initramfs`) recipe to use a 3536 fixed set of packages and not be affected by :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL`. 3537 For information on creating an :term:`Initramfs`, see the 3538 ":ref:`dev-manual/building:building an initial ram filesystem (Initramfs) image`" 3539 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 3540 3541 - Using :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` with the 3542 :ref:`+= <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:appending (+=) and prepending (=+) with spaces>` 3543 BitBake operator within the ``/conf/local.conf`` file or from 3544 within an image recipe is not recommended. Use of this operator 3545 in these ways can cause ordering issues. Since 3546 :ref:`ref-classes-core-image` sets :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` to a default 3547 value using the 3548 :ref:`?= <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:setting a default value (?=)>` 3549 operator, using a ``+=`` operation against :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` 3550 results in unexpected behavior when used within 3551 ``conf/local.conf``. Furthermore, the same operation from 3552 within an image recipe may or may not succeed depending on the 3553 specific situation. In both these cases, the behavior is 3554 contrary to how most users expect the ``+=`` operator to work. 3555 3556 :term:`IMAGE_LINGUAS` 3557 Specifies the list of locales to install into the image during the 3558 root filesystem construction process. The OpenEmbedded build system 3559 automatically splits locale files, which are used for localization, 3560 into separate packages. Setting the :term:`IMAGE_LINGUAS` variable 3561 ensures that any locale packages that correspond to packages already 3562 selected for installation into the image are also installed. Here is 3563 an example:: 3564 3565 IMAGE_LINGUAS = "pt-br de-de" 3566 3567 In this example, the build system ensures any Brazilian Portuguese 3568 and German locale files that correspond to packages in the image are 3569 installed (i.e. ``*-locale-pt-br`` and ``*-locale-de-de`` as well as 3570 ``*-locale-pt`` and ``*-locale-de``, since some software packages 3571 only provide locale files by language and not by country-specific 3572 language). 3573 3574 See the :term:`GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES` 3575 variable for information on generating GLIBC locales. 3576 3577 3578 :term:`IMAGE_LINK_NAME` 3579 The name of the output image symlink (which does not include 3580 the version part as :term:`IMAGE_NAME` does). The default value 3581 is derived using the :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME` and :term:`MACHINE` 3582 variables:: 3583 3584 IMAGE_LINK_NAME ?= "${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${MACHINE}" 3585 3586 3587 :term:`IMAGE_MANIFEST` 3588 The manifest file for the image. This file lists all the installed 3589 packages that make up the image. The file contains package 3590 information on a line-per-package basis as follows:: 3591 3592 packagename packagearch version 3593 3594 The :ref:`rootfs-postcommands <ref-classes-rootfs*>` class defines the manifest 3595 file as follows:: 3596 3597 IMAGE_MANIFEST ="${IMGDEPLOYDIR}/${IMAGE_NAME}${IMAGE_NAME_SUFFIX}.manifest" 3598 3599 The location is 3600 derived using the :term:`IMGDEPLOYDIR` 3601 and :term:`IMAGE_NAME` variables. You can find 3602 information on how the image is created in the ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:image generation`" 3603 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. 3604 3605 :term:`IMAGE_NAME` 3606 The name of the output image files minus the extension. This variable 3607 is derived using the :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME`, 3608 :term:`MACHINE`, and :term:`IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX` 3609 variables:: 3610 3611 IMAGE_NAME ?= "${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" 3612 3613 :term:`IMAGE_NAME_SUFFIX` 3614 Suffix used for the image output filename --- defaults to ``".rootfs"`` 3615 to distinguish the image file from other files created during image 3616 building; however if this suffix is redundant or not desired you can 3617 clear the value of this variable (set the value to ""). For example, 3618 this is typically cleared in :term:`Initramfs` image recipes. 3619 3620 :term:`IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR` 3621 Defines a multiplier that the build system applies to the initial 3622 image size for cases when the multiplier times the returned disk 3623 usage value for the image is greater than the sum of 3624 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE` and :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE`. The result of 3625 the multiplier applied to the initial image size creates free disk 3626 space in the image as overhead. By default, the build process uses a 3627 multiplier of 1.3 for this variable. This default value results in 3628 30% free disk space added to the image when this method is used to 3629 determine the final generated image size. You should be aware that 3630 post install scripts and the package management system uses disk 3631 space inside this overhead area. Consequently, the multiplier does 3632 not produce an image with all the theoretical free disk space. See 3633 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE` for information on how the build system 3634 determines the overall image size. 3635 3636 The default 30% free disk space typically gives the image enough room 3637 to boot and allows for basic post installs while still leaving a 3638 small amount of free disk space. If 30% free space is inadequate, you 3639 can increase the default value. For example, the following setting 3640 gives you 50% free space added to the image:: 3641 3642 IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR = "1.5" 3643 3644 Alternatively, you can ensure a specific amount of free disk space is 3645 added to the image by using the :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE` 3646 variable. 3647 3648 :term:`IMAGE_PKGTYPE` 3649 Defines the package type (i.e. DEB, RPM, IPK, or TAR) used by the 3650 OpenEmbedded build system. The variable is defined appropriately by 3651 the :ref:`ref-classes-package_deb`, :ref:`ref-classes-package_rpm`, 3652 :ref:`ref-classes-package_ipk`, or :ref:`ref-classes-package_tar` class. 3653 3654 .. note:: 3655 3656 The ``package_tar`` class is broken and is not supported. It is 3657 recommended that you do not use it. 3658 3659 The :ref:`ref-classes-populate-sdk-*` and :ref:`ref-classes-image` 3660 classes use the :term:`IMAGE_PKGTYPE` for packaging up images and SDKs. 3661 3662 You should not set the :term:`IMAGE_PKGTYPE` manually. Rather, the 3663 variable is set indirectly through the appropriate 3664 :ref:`package_* <ref-classes-package>` class using the 3665 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` variable. The 3666 OpenEmbedded build system uses the first package type (e.g. DEB, RPM, 3667 or IPK) that appears with the variable 3668 3669 .. note:: 3670 3671 Files using the ``.tar`` format are never used as a substitute 3672 packaging format for DEB, RPM, and IPK formatted files for your image 3673 or SDK. 3674 3675 :term:`IMAGE_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND` 3676 Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build 3677 system creates the final image output files. You can specify 3678 functions separated by semicolons:: 3679 3680 IMAGE_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " 3681 3682 If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within the 3683 function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the 3684 directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the 3685 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more 3686 information. 3687 3688 :term:`IMAGE_PREPROCESS_COMMAND` 3689 Specifies a list of functions to call before the OpenEmbedded build 3690 system creates the final image output files. You can specify 3691 functions separated by semicolons:: 3692 3693 IMAGE_PREPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " 3694 3695 If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within the 3696 function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the 3697 directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the 3698 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more 3699 information. 3700 3701 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` 3702 The location of the root filesystem while it is under construction 3703 (i.e. during the :ref:`ref-tasks-rootfs` task). This 3704 variable is not configurable. Do not change it. 3705 3706 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_ALIGNMENT` 3707 Specifies the alignment for the output image file in Kbytes. If the 3708 size of the image is not a multiple of this value, then the size is 3709 rounded up to the nearest multiple of the value. The default value is 3710 "1". See :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE` for 3711 additional information. 3712 3713 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE` 3714 Defines additional free disk space created in the image in Kbytes. By 3715 default, this variable is set to "0". This free disk space is added 3716 to the image after the build system determines the image size as 3717 described in :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE`. 3718 3719 This variable is particularly useful when you want to ensure that a 3720 specific amount of free disk space is available on a device after an 3721 image is installed and running. For example, to be sure 5 Gbytes of 3722 free disk space is available, set the variable as follows:: 3723 3724 IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE = "5242880" 3725 3726 For example, the Yocto Project Build Appliance specifically requests 3727 40 Gbytes of extra space with the line:: 3728 3729 IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE = "41943040" 3730 3731 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE` 3732 Defines the size in Kbytes for the generated image. The OpenEmbedded 3733 build system determines the final size for the generated image using 3734 an algorithm that takes into account the initial disk space used for 3735 the generated image, a requested size for the image, and requested 3736 additional free disk space to be added to the image. Programatically, 3737 the build system determines the final size of the generated image as 3738 follows:: 3739 3740 if (image-du * overhead) < rootfs-size: 3741 internal-rootfs-size = rootfs-size + xspace 3742 else: 3743 internal-rootfs-size = (image-du * overhead) + xspace 3744 where: 3745 image-du = Returned value of the du command on the image. 3746 overhead = IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR 3747 rootfs-size = IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE 3748 internal-rootfs-size = Initial root filesystem size before any modifications. 3749 xspace = IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE 3750 3751 See the :term:`IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR` 3752 and :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE` 3753 variables for related information. 3754 3755 :term:`IMAGE_TYPEDEP` 3756 Specifies a dependency from one image type on another. Here is an 3757 example from the :ref:`ref-classes-image-live` class:: 3758 3759 IMAGE_TYPEDEP:live = "ext3" 3760 3761 In the previous example, the variable ensures that when "live" is 3762 listed with the :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` variable, 3763 the OpenEmbedded build system produces an ``ext3`` image first since 3764 one of the components of the live image is an ``ext3`` formatted 3765 partition containing the root filesystem. 3766 3767 :term:`IMAGE_TYPES` 3768 Specifies the complete list of supported image types by default: 3769 3770 - btrfs 3771 - container 3772 - cpio 3773 - cpio.gz 3774 - cpio.lz4 3775 - cpio.lzma 3776 - cpio.xz 3777 - cramfs 3778 - erofs 3779 - erofs-lz4 3780 - erofs-lz4hc 3781 - ext2 3782 - ext2.bz2 3783 - ext2.gz 3784 - ext2.lzma 3785 - ext3 3786 - ext3.gz 3787 - ext4 3788 - ext4.gz 3789 - f2fs 3790 - hddimg 3791 - iso 3792 - jffs2 3793 - jffs2.sum 3794 - multiubi 3795 - squashfs 3796 - squashfs-lz4 3797 - squashfs-lzo 3798 - squashfs-xz 3799 - tar 3800 - tar.bz2 3801 - tar.gz 3802 - tar.lz4 3803 - tar.xz 3804 - tar.zst 3805 - ubi 3806 - ubifs 3807 - wic 3808 - wic.bz2 3809 - wic.gz 3810 - wic.lzma 3811 3812 For more information about these types of images, see 3813 ``meta/classes-recipe/image_types*.bbclass`` in the :term:`Source Directory`. 3814 3815 :term:`IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX` 3816 Version suffix that is part of the default :term:`IMAGE_NAME` and 3817 :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` values. 3818 Defaults to ``"-${DATETIME}"``, however you could set this to a 3819 version string that comes from your external build environment if 3820 desired, and this suffix would then be used consistently across 3821 the build artifacts. 3822 3823 :term:`IMGDEPLOYDIR` 3824 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-image` class directly or 3825 through the :ref:`ref-classes-core-image` class, the 3826 :term:`IMGDEPLOYDIR` points to a temporary work area for deployed files 3827 that is set in the ``image`` class as follows:: 3828 3829 IMGDEPLOYDIR = "${WORKDIR}/deploy-${PN}-image-complete" 3830 3831 Recipes inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-image` class should copy 3832 files to be deployed into :term:`IMGDEPLOYDIR`, and the class will take 3833 care of copying them into :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE` afterwards. 3834 3835 :term:`INC_PR` 3836 Helps define the recipe revision for recipes that share a common 3837 ``include`` file. You can think of this variable as part of the 3838 recipe revision as set from within an include file. 3839 3840 Suppose, for example, you have a set of recipes that are used across 3841 several projects. And, within each of those recipes the revision (its 3842 :term:`PR` value) is set accordingly. In this case, when 3843 the revision of those recipes changes, the burden is on you to find 3844 all those recipes and be sure that they get changed to reflect the 3845 updated version of the recipe. In this scenario, it can get 3846 complicated when recipes that are used in many places and provide 3847 common functionality are upgraded to a new revision. 3848 3849 A more efficient way of dealing with this situation is to set the 3850 :term:`INC_PR` variable inside the ``include`` files that the recipes 3851 share and then expand the :term:`INC_PR` variable within the recipes to 3852 help define the recipe revision. 3853 3854 The following provides an example that shows how to use the 3855 :term:`INC_PR` variable given a common ``include`` file that defines the 3856 variable. Once the variable is defined in the ``include`` file, you 3857 can use the variable to set the :term:`PR` values in each recipe. You 3858 will notice that when you set a recipe's :term:`PR` you can provide more 3859 granular revisioning by appending values to the :term:`INC_PR` variable:: 3860 3861 recipes-graphics/xorg-font/xorg-font-common.inc:INC_PR = "r2" 3862 recipes-graphics/xorg-font/encodings_1.0.4.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.1" 3863 recipes-graphics/xorg-font/font-util_1.3.0.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.0" 3864 recipes-graphics/xorg-font/font-alias_1.0.3.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.3" 3865 3866 The 3867 first line of the example establishes the baseline revision to be 3868 used for all recipes that use the ``include`` file. The remaining 3869 lines in the example are from individual recipes and show how the 3870 :term:`PR` value is set. 3871 3872 :term:`INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE` 3873 Specifies a space-separated list of license names (as they would 3874 appear in :term:`LICENSE`) that should be excluded 3875 from the build. Recipes that provide no alternatives to listed 3876 incompatible licenses are not built. Packages that are individually 3877 licensed with the specified incompatible licenses will be deleted. 3878 3879 There is some support for wildcards in this variable's value, 3880 however it is restricted to specific licenses. Currently only 3881 these wildcards are allowed and expand as follows: 3882 3883 - ``AGPL-3.0*"``: ``AGPL-3.0-only``, ``AGPL-3.0-or-later`` 3884 - ``GPL-3.0*``: ``GPL-3.0-only``, ``GPL-3.0-or-later`` 3885 - ``LGPL-3.0*``: ``LGPL-3.0-only``, ``LGPL-3.0-or-later`` 3886 3887 .. note:: 3888 3889 This functionality is only regularly tested using the following 3890 setting:: 3891 3892 INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE = "GPL-3.0* LGPL-3.0* AGPL-3.0*" 3893 3894 3895 Although you can use other settings, you might be required to 3896 remove dependencies on (or provide alternatives to) components that 3897 are required to produce a functional system image. 3898 3899 :term:`INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE_EXCEPTIONS` 3900 Specifies a space-separated list of package and license pairs that 3901 are allowed to be used even if the license is specified in 3902 :term:`INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE`. The package and license pairs are 3903 separated using a colon. Example:: 3904 3905 INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE_EXCEPTIONS = "gdbserver:GPL-3.0-only gdbserver:LGPL-3.0-only" 3906 3907 :term:`INHERIT` 3908 Causes the named class or classes to be inherited globally. Anonymous 3909 functions in the class or classes are not executed for the base 3910 configuration and in each individual recipe. The OpenEmbedded build 3911 system ignores changes to :term:`INHERIT` in individual recipes. 3912 Classes inherited using :term:`INHERIT` must be located in the 3913 ``classes-global/`` or ``classes/`` subdirectories. 3914 3915 For more information on :term:`INHERIT`, see the 3916 :ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:\`\`inherit\`\` configuration directive`" 3917 section in the BitBake User Manual. 3918 3919 :term:`INHERIT_DISTRO` 3920 Lists classes that will be inherited at the distribution level. It is 3921 unlikely that you want to edit this variable. 3922 3923 Classes specified in :term:`INHERIT_DISTRO` must be located in the 3924 ``classes-global/`` or ``classes/`` subdirectories. 3925 3926 The default value of the variable is set as follows in the 3927 ``meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf`` file:: 3928 3929 INHERIT_DISTRO ?= "debian devshell sstate license" 3930 3931 :term:`INHIBIT_DEFAULT_DEPS` 3932 Prevents the default dependencies, namely the C compiler and standard 3933 C library (libc), from being added to :term:`DEPENDS`. 3934 This variable is usually used within recipes that do not require any 3935 compilation using the C compiler. 3936 3937 Set the variable to "1" to prevent the default dependencies from 3938 being added. 3939 3940 :term:`INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT` 3941 Prevents the OpenEmbedded build system from splitting out debug 3942 information during packaging. By default, the build system splits out 3943 debugging information during the 3944 :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task. For more information on 3945 how debug information is split out, see the 3946 :term:`PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE` 3947 variable. 3948 3949 To prevent the build system from splitting out debug information 3950 during packaging, set the :term:`INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT` variable as 3951 follows:: 3952 3953 INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT = "1" 3954 3955 :term:`INHIBIT_PACKAGE_STRIP` 3956 If set to "1", causes the build to not strip binaries in resulting 3957 packages and prevents the ``-dbg`` package from containing the source 3958 files. 3959 3960 By default, the OpenEmbedded build system strips binaries and puts 3961 the debugging symbols into ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}-dbg``. 3962 Consequently, you should not set :term:`INHIBIT_PACKAGE_STRIP` when you 3963 plan to debug in general. 3964 3965 :term:`INHIBIT_SYSROOT_STRIP` 3966 If set to "1", causes the build to not strip binaries in the 3967 resulting sysroot. 3968 3969 By default, the OpenEmbedded build system strips binaries in the 3970 resulting sysroot. When you specifically set the 3971 :term:`INHIBIT_SYSROOT_STRIP` variable to "1" in your recipe, you inhibit 3972 this stripping. 3973 3974 If you want to use this variable, include the :ref:`ref-classes-staging` 3975 class. This class uses a ``sys_strip()`` function to test for the variable 3976 and acts accordingly. 3977 3978 .. note:: 3979 3980 Use of the :term:`INHIBIT_SYSROOT_STRIP` variable occurs in rare and 3981 special circumstances. For example, suppose you are building 3982 bare-metal firmware by using an external GCC toolchain. Furthermore, 3983 even if the toolchain's binaries are strippable, there are other files 3984 needed for the build that are not strippable. 3985 3986 :term:`Initramfs` 3987 An Initial RAM Filesystem (:term:`Initramfs`) is an optionally compressed 3988 :wikipedia:`cpio <Cpio>` archive which is extracted 3989 by the Linux kernel into RAM in a special :wikipedia:`tmpfs <Tmpfs>` 3990 instance, used as the initial root filesystem. 3991 3992 This is a replacement for the legacy init RAM disk ("initrd") 3993 technique, booting on an emulated block device in RAM, but being less 3994 efficient because of the overhead of going through a filesystem and 3995 having to duplicate accessed file contents in the file cache in RAM, 3996 as for any block device. 3997 3998 .. note: 3999 4000 As far as bootloaders are concerned, :term:`Initramfs` and "initrd" 4001 images are still copied to RAM in the same way. That's why most 4002 most bootloaders refer to :term:`Initramfs` images as "initrd" 4003 or "init RAM disk". 4004 4005 This kind of mechanism is typically used for two reasons: 4006 4007 - For booting the same kernel binary on multiple systems requiring 4008 different device drivers. The :term:`Initramfs` image is then customized 4009 for each type of system, to include the specific kernel modules 4010 necessary to access the final root filesystem. This technique 4011 is used on all GNU / Linux distributions for desktops and servers. 4012 4013 - For booting faster. As the root filesystem is extracted into RAM, 4014 accessing the first user-space applications is very fast, compared 4015 to having to initialize a block device, to access multiple blocks 4016 from it, and to go through a filesystem having its own overhead. 4017 For example, this allows to display a splashscreen very early, 4018 and to later take care of mounting the final root filesystem and 4019 loading less time-critical kernel drivers. 4020 4021 This cpio archive can either be loaded to RAM by the bootloader, 4022 or be included in the kernel binary. 4023 4024 For information on creating and using an :term:`Initramfs`, see the 4025 ":ref:`dev-manual/building:building an initial ram filesystem (Initramfs) image`" 4026 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 4027 4028 :term:`INITRAMFS_DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE` 4029 Indicates the deploy directory used by :ref:`ref-tasks-bundle_initramfs` 4030 where the :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` will be fetched from. This variable is 4031 set by default to ``${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}`` in the 4032 :ref:`ref-classes-kernel` class and it's only meant to be changed when 4033 building an :term:`Initramfs` image from a separate multiconfig via 4034 :term:`INITRAMFS_MULTICONFIG`. 4035 4036 :term:`INITRAMFS_FSTYPES` 4037 Defines the format for the output image of an initial RAM filesystem 4038 (:term:`Initramfs`), which is used during boot. Supported formats are the 4039 same as those supported by the 4040 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` variable. 4041 4042 The default value of this variable, which is set in the 4043 ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file in the 4044 :term:`Source Directory`, is "cpio.gz". The Linux kernel's 4045 :term:`Initramfs` mechanism, as opposed to the initial RAM filesystem 4046 :wikipedia:`initrd <Initrd>` mechanism, expects 4047 an optionally compressed cpio archive. 4048 4049 :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` 4050 Specifies the :term:`PROVIDES` name of an image 4051 recipe that is used to build an initial RAM filesystem (:term:`Initramfs`) 4052 image. In other words, the :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` variable causes an 4053 additional recipe to be built as a dependency to whatever root 4054 filesystem recipe you might be using (e.g. ``core-image-sato``). The 4055 :term:`Initramfs` image recipe you provide should set 4056 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` to 4057 :term:`INITRAMFS_FSTYPES`. 4058 4059 An :term:`Initramfs` image provides a temporary root filesystem used for 4060 early system initialization (e.g. loading of modules needed to locate 4061 and mount the "real" root filesystem). 4062 4063 .. note:: 4064 4065 See the ``meta/recipes-core/images/core-image-minimal-initramfs.bb`` 4066 recipe in the :term:`Source Directory` 4067 for an example :term:`Initramfs` recipe. To select this sample recipe as 4068 the one built to provide the :term:`Initramfs` image, set :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` 4069 to "core-image-minimal-initramfs". 4070 4071 You can also find more information by referencing the 4072 ``meta-poky/conf/templates/default/local.conf.sample.extended`` 4073 configuration file in the Source Directory, the :ref:`ref-classes-image` 4074 class, and the :ref:`ref-classes-kernel` class to see how to use the 4075 :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` variable. 4076 4077 If :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` is empty, which is the default, then no 4078 :term:`Initramfs` image is built. 4079 4080 For more information, you can also see the 4081 :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE` 4082 variable, which allows the generated image to be bundled inside the 4083 kernel image. Additionally, for information on creating an :term:`Initramfs` 4084 image, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/building:building an initial ram filesystem (Initramfs) image`" section 4085 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 4086 4087 :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE` 4088 Controls whether or not the image recipe specified by 4089 :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` is run through an 4090 extra pass 4091 (:ref:`ref-tasks-bundle_initramfs`) during 4092 kernel compilation in order to build a single binary that contains 4093 both the kernel image and the initial RAM filesystem (:term:`Initramfs`) 4094 image. This makes use of the 4095 :term:`CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE` kernel 4096 feature. 4097 4098 .. note:: 4099 4100 Bundling the :term:`Initramfs` with the kernel conflates the code in the 4101 :term:`Initramfs` with the GPLv2 licensed Linux kernel binary. Thus only GPLv2 4102 compatible software may be part of a bundled :term:`Initramfs`. 4103 4104 .. note:: 4105 4106 Using an extra compilation pass to bundle the :term:`Initramfs` avoids a 4107 circular dependency between the kernel recipe and the :term:`Initramfs` 4108 recipe should the :term:`Initramfs` include kernel modules. Should that be 4109 the case, the :term:`Initramfs` recipe depends on the kernel for the 4110 kernel modules, and the kernel depends on the :term:`Initramfs` recipe 4111 since the :term:`Initramfs` is bundled inside the kernel image. 4112 4113 The combined binary is deposited into the ``tmp/deploy`` directory, 4114 which is part of the :term:`Build Directory`. 4115 4116 Setting the variable to "1" in a configuration file causes the 4117 OpenEmbedded build system to generate a kernel image with the 4118 :term:`Initramfs` specified in :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` bundled within:: 4119 4120 INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE = "1" 4121 4122 By default, the :ref:`ref-classes-kernel` class sets this variable to a 4123 null string as follows:: 4124 4125 INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE ?= "" 4126 4127 .. note:: 4128 4129 You must set the :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE` variable in a 4130 configuration file. You cannot set the variable in a recipe file. 4131 4132 See the 4133 :yocto_git:`local.conf.sample.extended </poky/tree/meta-poky/conf/templates/default/local.conf.sample.extended>` 4134 file for additional information. Also, for information on creating an 4135 :term:`Initramfs`, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/building:building an initial ram filesystem (Initramfs) image`" section 4136 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 4137 4138 :term:`INITRAMFS_LINK_NAME` 4139 The link name of the initial RAM filesystem image. This variable is 4140 set in the ``meta/classes-recipe/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as 4141 follows:: 4142 4143 INITRAMFS_LINK_NAME ?= "initramfs-${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" 4144 4145 The value of the 4146 ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same 4147 file, has the following value:: 4148 4149 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" 4150 4151 See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional 4152 information. 4153 4154 :term:`INITRAMFS_MULTICONFIG` 4155 Defines the multiconfig to create a multiconfig dependency to be used by 4156 the :ref:`ref-classes-kernel` class. 4157 4158 This allows the kernel to bundle an :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` coming from 4159 a separate multiconfig, this is meant to be used in addition to :term:`INITRAMFS_DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`. 4160 4161 For more information on how to bundle an :term:`Initramfs` image from a separate 4162 multiconfig see the ":ref:`dev-manual/building:Bundling an Initramfs Image From a Separate Multiconfig`" 4163 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 4164 4165 :term:`INITRAMFS_NAME` 4166 The base name of the initial RAM filesystem image. This variable is 4167 set in the ``meta/classes-recipe/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as 4168 follows:: 4169 4170 INITRAMFS_NAME ?= "initramfs-${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" 4171 4172 The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` 4173 variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value:: 4174 4175 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" 4176 4177 :term:`INITRD` 4178 Indicates list of filesystem images to concatenate and use as an 4179 initial RAM disk (``initrd``). 4180 4181 The :term:`INITRD` variable is an optional variable used with the 4182 :ref:`ref-classes-image-live` class. 4183 4184 :term:`INITRD_IMAGE` 4185 When building a "live" bootable image (i.e. when 4186 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` contains "live"), 4187 :term:`INITRD_IMAGE` specifies the image recipe that should be built to 4188 provide the initial RAM disk image. The default value is 4189 "core-image-minimal-initramfs". 4190 4191 See the :ref:`ref-classes-image-live` class for more information. 4192 4193 :term:`INITSCRIPT_NAME` 4194 The filename of the initialization script as installed to 4195 ``${sysconfdir}/init.d``. 4196 4197 This variable is used in recipes when using :ref:`ref-classes-update-rc.d`. 4198 The variable is mandatory. 4199 4200 :term:`INITSCRIPT_PACKAGES` 4201 A list of the packages that contain initscripts. If multiple packages 4202 are specified, you need to append the package name to the other 4203 ``INITSCRIPT_*`` as an override. 4204 4205 This variable is used in recipes when using :ref:`ref-classes-update-rc.d`. 4206 The variable is optional and defaults to the :term:`PN` 4207 variable. 4208 4209 :term:`INITSCRIPT_PARAMS` 4210 Specifies the options to pass to ``update-rc.d``. Here is an example:: 4211 4212 INITSCRIPT_PARAMS = "start 99 5 2 . stop 20 0 1 6 ." 4213 4214 In this example, the script has a runlevel of 99, starts the script 4215 in initlevels 2 and 5, and stops the script in levels 0, 1 and 6. 4216 4217 The variable's default value is "defaults", which is set in the 4218 :ref:`ref-classes-update-rc.d` class. 4219 4220 The value in :term:`INITSCRIPT_PARAMS` is passed through to the 4221 ``update-rc.d`` command. For more information on valid parameters, 4222 please see the ``update-rc.d`` manual page at 4223 https://manpages.debian.org/buster/init-system-helpers/update-rc.d.8.en.html 4224 4225 :term:`INSANE_SKIP` 4226 Specifies the QA checks to skip for a specific package within a 4227 recipe. For example, to skip the check for symbolic link ``.so`` 4228 files in the main package of a recipe, add the following to the 4229 recipe. The package name override must be used, which in this example 4230 is ``${PN}``:: 4231 4232 INSANE_SKIP:${PN} += "dev-so" 4233 4234 See the ":ref:`ref-classes-insane`" section for a 4235 list of the valid QA checks you can specify using this variable. 4236 4237 :term:`INSTALL_TIMEZONE_FILE` 4238 By default, the ``tzdata`` recipe packages an ``/etc/timezone`` file. 4239 Set the :term:`INSTALL_TIMEZONE_FILE` variable to "0" at the 4240 configuration level to disable this behavior. 4241 4242 :term:`IPK_FEED_URIS` 4243 When the IPK backend is in use and package management is enabled on 4244 the target, you can use this variable to set up ``opkg`` in the 4245 target image to point to package feeds on a nominated server. Once 4246 the feed is established, you can perform installations or upgrades 4247 using the package manager at runtime. 4248 4249 :term:`KARCH` 4250 Defines the kernel architecture used when assembling the 4251 configuration. Architectures supported for this release are: 4252 4253 - powerpc 4254 - i386 4255 - x86_64 4256 - arm 4257 - qemu 4258 - mips 4259 4260 You define the :term:`KARCH` variable in the :ref:`kernel-dev/advanced:bsp descriptions`. 4261 4262 :term:`KBRANCH` 4263 A regular expression used by the build process to explicitly identify 4264 the kernel branch that is validated, patched, and configured during a 4265 build. You must set this variable to ensure the exact kernel branch 4266 you want is being used by the build process. 4267 4268 Values for this variable are set in the kernel's recipe file and the 4269 kernel's append file. For example, if you are using the 4270 ``linux-yocto_4.12`` kernel, the kernel recipe file is the 4271 ``meta/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_4.12.bb`` file. :term:`KBRANCH` 4272 is set as follows in that kernel recipe file:: 4273 4274 KBRANCH ?= "standard/base" 4275 4276 This variable is also used from the kernel's append file to identify 4277 the kernel branch specific to a particular machine or target 4278 hardware. Continuing with the previous kernel example, the kernel's 4279 append file (i.e. ``linux-yocto_4.12.bbappend``) is located in the 4280 BSP layer for a given machine. For example, the append file for the 4281 Beaglebone, EdgeRouter, and generic versions of both 32 and 64-bit IA 4282 machines (``meta-yocto-bsp``) is named 4283 ``meta-yocto-bsp/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_4.12.bbappend``. 4284 Here are the related statements from that append file:: 4285 4286 KBRANCH:genericx86 = "standard/base" 4287 KBRANCH:genericx86-64 = "standard/base" 4288 KBRANCH:edgerouter = "standard/edgerouter" 4289 KBRANCH:beaglebone = "standard/beaglebone" 4290 4291 The :term:`KBRANCH` statements 4292 identify the kernel branch to use when building for each supported 4293 BSP. 4294 4295 :term:`KBUILD_DEFCONFIG` 4296 When used with the :ref:`ref-classes-kernel-yocto` 4297 class, specifies an "in-tree" kernel configuration file for use 4298 during a kernel build. 4299 4300 Typically, when using a ``defconfig`` to configure a kernel during a 4301 build, you place the file in your layer in the same manner as you 4302 would place patch files and configuration fragment files (i.e. 4303 "out-of-tree"). However, if you want to use a ``defconfig`` file that 4304 is part of the kernel tree (i.e. "in-tree"), you can use the 4305 :term:`KBUILD_DEFCONFIG` variable and append the 4306 :term:`KMACHINE` variable to point to the 4307 ``defconfig`` file. 4308 4309 To use the variable, set it in the append file for your kernel recipe 4310 using the following form:: 4311 4312 KBUILD_DEFCONFIG:<machine> ?= "defconfig_file" 4313 4314 Here is an example from a "raspberrypi2" :term:`MACHINE` build that uses 4315 a ``defconfig`` file named "bcm2709_defconfig":: 4316 4317 KBUILD_DEFCONFIG:raspberrypi2 = "bcm2709_defconfig" 4318 4319 As an alternative, you can use the following within your append file:: 4320 4321 KBUILD_DEFCONFIG:pn-linux-yocto ?= "defconfig_file" 4322 4323 For more 4324 information on how to use the :term:`KBUILD_DEFCONFIG` variable, see the 4325 ":ref:`kernel-dev/common:using an "in-tree" \`\`defconfig\`\` file`" 4326 section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual. 4327 4328 :term:`KCONFIG_MODE` 4329 When used with the :ref:`ref-classes-kernel-yocto` 4330 class, specifies the kernel configuration values to use for options 4331 not specified in the provided ``defconfig`` file. Valid options are:: 4332 4333 KCONFIG_MODE = "alldefconfig" 4334 KCONFIG_MODE = "allnoconfig" 4335 4336 In ``alldefconfig`` mode the options not explicitly specified will be 4337 assigned their Kconfig default value. In ``allnoconfig`` mode the 4338 options not explicitly specified will be disabled in the kernel 4339 config. 4340 4341 In case :term:`KCONFIG_MODE` is not set the behaviour will depend on where 4342 the ``defconfig`` file is coming from. An "in-tree" ``defconfig`` file 4343 will be handled in ``alldefconfig`` mode, a ``defconfig`` file placed 4344 in ``${WORKDIR}`` through a meta-layer will be handled in 4345 ``allnoconfig`` mode. 4346 4347 An "in-tree" ``defconfig`` file can be selected via the 4348 :term:`KBUILD_DEFCONFIG` variable. :term:`KCONFIG_MODE` does not need to 4349 be explicitly set. 4350 4351 A ``defconfig`` file compatible with ``allnoconfig`` mode can be 4352 generated by copying the ``.config`` file from a working Linux kernel 4353 build, renaming it to ``defconfig`` and placing it into the Linux 4354 kernel ``${WORKDIR}`` through your meta-layer. :term:`KCONFIG_MODE` does 4355 not need to be explicitly set. 4356 4357 A ``defconfig`` file compatible with ``alldefconfig`` mode can be 4358 generated using the 4359 :ref:`ref-tasks-savedefconfig` 4360 task and placed into the Linux kernel ``${WORKDIR}`` through your 4361 meta-layer. Explicitely set :term:`KCONFIG_MODE`:: 4362 4363 KCONFIG_MODE = "alldefconfig" 4364 4365 :term:`KERNEL_ALT_IMAGETYPE` 4366 Specifies an alternate kernel image type for creation in addition to 4367 the kernel image type specified using the :term:`KERNEL_IMAGETYPE` and 4368 :term:`KERNEL_IMAGETYPES` variables. 4369 4370 :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` 4371 Specifies the name of all of the build artifacts. You can change the 4372 name of the artifacts by changing the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` 4373 variable. 4374 4375 The value of :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME`, which is set in the 4376 ``meta/classes-recipe/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file, has the 4377 following default value:: 4378 4379 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" 4380 4381 See the :term:`PKGE`, :term:`PKGV`, :term:`PKGR`, :term:`MACHINE` 4382 and :term:`IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX` variables for additional information. 4383 4384 :term:`KERNEL_CLASSES` 4385 A list of classes defining kernel image types that the 4386 :ref:`ref-classes-kernel` class should inherit. You typically 4387 append this variable to enable extended image types. An example is 4388 ":ref:`ref-classes-kernel-fitimage`", which enables 4389 fitImage support and resides in ``meta/classes-recipe/kernel-fitimage.bbclass``. 4390 You can register custom kernel image types with the 4391 :ref:`ref-classes-kernel` class using this variable. 4392 4393 :term:`KERNEL_DEBUG_TIMESTAMPS` 4394 If set to "1", enables timestamping functionality during building 4395 the kernel. The default is "0" to disable this for reproducibility 4396 reasons. 4397 4398 :term:`KERNEL_DEPLOY_DEPEND` 4399 Provides a means of controlling the dependency of an image recipe 4400 on the kernel. The default value is "virtual/kernel:do_deploy", 4401 however for a small initramfs image or other images that do not 4402 need the kernel, this can be set to "" in the image recipe. 4403 4404 :term:`KERNEL_DEVICETREE` 4405 Specifies the name of the generated Linux kernel device tree (i.e. 4406 the ``.dtb``) file. 4407 4408 .. note:: 4409 4410 There is legacy support for specifying the full path to the device 4411 tree. However, providing just the ``.dtb`` file is preferred. 4412 4413 In order to use this variable, the :ref:`ref-classes-kernel-devicetree` 4414 class must be inherited. 4415 4416 :term:`KERNEL_DTB_LINK_NAME` 4417 The link name of the kernel device tree binary (DTB). This variable 4418 is set in the ``meta/classes-recipe/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as 4419 follows:: 4420 4421 KERNEL_DTB_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" 4422 4423 The 4424 value of the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in 4425 the same file, has the following value:: 4426 4427 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" 4428 4429 See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional 4430 information. 4431 4432 :term:`KERNEL_DTB_NAME` 4433 The base name of the kernel device tree binary (DTB). This variable 4434 is set in the ``meta/classes-recipe/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as 4435 follows:: 4436 4437 KERNEL_DTB_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" 4438 4439 The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` 4440 variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value:: 4441 4442 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" 4443 4444 :term:`KERNEL_DTC_FLAGS` 4445 Specifies the ``dtc`` flags that are passed to the Linux kernel build 4446 system when generating the device trees (via ``DTC_FLAGS`` environment 4447 variable). 4448 4449 In order to use this variable, the :ref:`ref-classes-kernel-devicetree` 4450 class must be inherited. 4451 4452 :term:`KERNEL_EXTRA_ARGS` 4453 Specifies additional ``make`` command-line arguments the OpenEmbedded 4454 build system passes on when compiling the kernel. 4455 4456 :term:`KERNEL_FEATURES` 4457 Includes additional kernel metadata. In the OpenEmbedded build 4458 system, the default Board Support Packages (BSPs) 4459 :term:`Metadata` is provided through the 4460 :term:`KMACHINE` and :term:`KBRANCH` 4461 variables. You can use the :term:`KERNEL_FEATURES` variable from within 4462 the kernel recipe or kernel append file to further add metadata for 4463 all BSPs or specific BSPs. 4464 4465 The metadata you add through this variable includes config fragments 4466 and features descriptions, which usually includes patches as well as 4467 config fragments. You typically override the :term:`KERNEL_FEATURES` 4468 variable for a specific machine. In this way, you can provide 4469 validated, but optional, sets of kernel configurations and features. 4470 4471 For example, the following example from the ``linux-yocto-rt_4.12`` 4472 kernel recipe adds "netfilter" and "taskstats" features to all BSPs 4473 as well as "virtio" configurations to all QEMU machines. The last two 4474 statements add specific configurations to targeted machine types:: 4475 4476 KERNEL_EXTRA_FEATURES ?= "features/netfilter/netfilter.scc features/taskstats/taskstats.scc" 4477 KERNEL_FEATURES:append = " ${KERNEL_EXTRA_FEATURES}" 4478 KERNEL_FEATURES:append:qemuall = " cfg/virtio.scc" 4479 KERNEL_FEATURES:append:qemux86 = " cfg/sound.scc cfg/paravirt_kvm.scc" 4480 KERNEL_FEATURES:append:qemux86-64 = " cfg/sound.scc" 4481 4482 :term:`KERNEL_FIT_LINK_NAME` 4483 The link name of the kernel flattened image tree (FIT) image. This 4484 variable is set in the ``meta/classes-recipe/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` 4485 file as follows:: 4486 4487 KERNEL_FIT_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" 4488 4489 The value of the 4490 ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same 4491 file, has the following value:: 4492 4493 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" 4494 4495 See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional 4496 information. 4497 4498 :term:`KERNEL_FIT_NAME` 4499 The base name of the kernel flattened image tree (FIT) image. This 4500 variable is set in the ``meta/classes-recipe/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` 4501 file as follows:: 4502 4503 KERNEL_FIT_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" 4504 4505 The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` 4506 variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value:: 4507 4508 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" 4509 4510 :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_LINK_NAME` 4511 The link name for the kernel image. This variable is set in the 4512 ``meta/classes-recipe/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows:: 4513 4514 KERNEL_IMAGE_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" 4515 4516 The value of 4517 the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same 4518 file, has the following value:: 4519 4520 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" 4521 4522 See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional 4523 information. 4524 4525 :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE` 4526 Specifies the maximum size of the kernel image file in kilobytes. If 4527 :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE` is set, the size of the kernel image file is 4528 checked against the set value during the 4529 :ref:`ref-tasks-sizecheck` task. The task fails if 4530 the kernel image file is larger than the setting. 4531 4532 :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE` is useful for target devices that have a 4533 limited amount of space in which the kernel image must be stored. 4534 4535 By default, this variable is not set, which means the size of the 4536 kernel image is not checked. 4537 4538 :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_NAME` 4539 The base name of the kernel image. This variable is set in the 4540 ``meta/classes-recipe/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows:: 4541 4542 KERNEL_IMAGE_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" 4543 4544 The value of the 4545 :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` variable, 4546 which is set in the same file, has the following value:: 4547 4548 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" 4549 4550 :term:`KERNEL_IMAGETYPE` 4551 The type of kernel to build for a device, usually set by the machine 4552 configuration files and defaults to "zImage". This variable is used 4553 when building the kernel and is passed to ``make`` as the target to 4554 build. 4555 4556 To build additional kernel image types, use :term:`KERNEL_IMAGETYPES`. 4557 4558 :term:`KERNEL_IMAGETYPES` 4559 Lists additional types of kernel images to build for a device in addition 4560 to image type specified in :term:`KERNEL_IMAGETYPE`. Usually set by the 4561 machine configuration files. 4562 4563 :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` 4564 Lists kernel modules that need to be auto-loaded during boot. 4565 4566 .. note:: 4567 4568 This variable replaces the deprecated :term:`module_autoload` 4569 variable. 4570 4571 You can use the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` variable anywhere that it 4572 can be recognized by the kernel recipe or by an out-of-tree kernel 4573 module recipe (e.g. a machine configuration file, a distribution 4574 configuration file, an append file for the recipe, or the recipe 4575 itself). 4576 4577 Specify it as follows:: 4578 4579 KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "module_name1 module_name2 module_name3" 4580 4581 Including :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` causes the OpenEmbedded build 4582 system to populate the ``/etc/modules-load.d/modname.conf`` file with 4583 the list of modules to be auto-loaded on boot. The modules appear 4584 one-per-line in the file. Here is an example of the most common use 4585 case:: 4586 4587 KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "module_name" 4588 4589 For information on how to populate the ``modname.conf`` file with 4590 ``modprobe.d`` syntax lines, see the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_PROBECONF` variable. 4591 4592 :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_PROBECONF` 4593 Provides a list of modules for which the OpenEmbedded build system 4594 expects to find ``module_conf_``\ modname values that specify 4595 configuration for each of the modules. For information on how to 4596 provide those module configurations, see the 4597 :term:`module_conf_* <module_conf>` variable. 4598 4599 :term:`KERNEL_PATH` 4600 The location of the kernel sources. This variable is set to the value 4601 of the :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_DIR` within the :ref:`ref-classes-module` 4602 class. For information on how this variable is used, see the 4603 ":ref:`kernel-dev/common:incorporating out-of-tree modules`" 4604 section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual. 4605 4606 To help maximize compatibility with out-of-tree drivers used to build 4607 modules, the OpenEmbedded build system also recognizes and uses the 4608 :term:`KERNEL_SRC` variable, which is identical to 4609 the :term:`KERNEL_PATH` variable. Both variables are common variables 4610 used by external Makefiles to point to the kernel source directory. 4611 4612 :term:`KERNEL_SRC` 4613 The location of the kernel sources. This variable is set to the value 4614 of the :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_DIR` within the :ref:`ref-classes-module` 4615 class. For information on how this variable is used, see the 4616 ":ref:`kernel-dev/common:incorporating out-of-tree modules`" 4617 section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual. 4618 4619 To help maximize compatibility with out-of-tree drivers used to build 4620 modules, the OpenEmbedded build system also recognizes and uses the 4621 :term:`KERNEL_PATH` variable, which is identical 4622 to the :term:`KERNEL_SRC` variable. Both variables are common variables 4623 used by external Makefiles to point to the kernel source directory. 4624 4625 :term:`KERNEL_VERSION` 4626 Specifies the version of the kernel as extracted from ``version.h`` 4627 or ``utsrelease.h`` within the kernel sources. Effects of setting 4628 this variable do not take effect until the kernel has been 4629 configured. Consequently, attempting to refer to this variable in 4630 contexts prior to configuration will not work. 4631 4632 :term:`KERNELDEPMODDEPEND` 4633 Specifies whether the data referenced through 4634 :term:`PKGDATA_DIR` is needed or not. 4635 :term:`KERNELDEPMODDEPEND` does not control whether or not that data 4636 exists, but simply whether or not it is used. If you do not need to 4637 use the data, set the :term:`KERNELDEPMODDEPEND` variable in your 4638 :term:`Initramfs` recipe. Setting the variable there when the data is not 4639 needed avoids a potential dependency loop. 4640 4641 :term:`KFEATURE_DESCRIPTION` 4642 Provides a short description of a configuration fragment. You use 4643 this variable in the ``.scc`` file that describes a configuration 4644 fragment file. Here is the variable used in a file named ``smp.scc`` 4645 to describe SMP being enabled:: 4646 4647 define KFEATURE_DESCRIPTION "Enable SMP" 4648 4649 :term:`KMACHINE` 4650 The machine as known by the kernel. Sometimes the machine name used 4651 by the kernel does not match the machine name used by the 4652 OpenEmbedded build system. For example, the machine name that the 4653 OpenEmbedded build system understands as ``core2-32-intel-common`` 4654 goes by a different name in the Linux Yocto kernel. The kernel 4655 understands that machine as ``intel-core2-32``. For cases like these, 4656 the :term:`KMACHINE` variable maps the kernel machine name to the 4657 OpenEmbedded build system machine name. 4658 4659 These mappings between different names occur in the Yocto Linux 4660 Kernel's ``meta`` branch. As an example take a look in the 4661 ``common/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_3.19.bbappend`` file:: 4662 4663 LINUX_VERSION:core2-32-intel-common = "3.19.0" 4664 COMPATIBLE_MACHINE:core2-32-intel-common = "${MACHINE}" 4665 SRCREV_meta:core2-32-intel-common = "8897ef68b30e7426bc1d39895e71fb155d694974" 4666 SRCREV_machine:core2-32-intel-common = "43b9eced9ba8a57add36af07736344dcc383f711" 4667 KMACHINE:core2-32-intel-common = "intel-core2-32" 4668 KBRANCH:core2-32-intel-common = "standard/base" 4669 KERNEL_FEATURES:append:core2-32-intel-common = " ${KERNEL_FEATURES_INTEL_COMMON}" 4670 4671 The :term:`KMACHINE` statement says 4672 that the kernel understands the machine name as "intel-core2-32". 4673 However, the OpenEmbedded build system understands the machine as 4674 "core2-32-intel-common". 4675 4676 :term:`KTYPE` 4677 Defines the kernel type to be used in assembling the configuration. 4678 The linux-yocto recipes define "standard", "tiny", and "preempt-rt" 4679 kernel types. See the ":ref:`kernel-dev/advanced:kernel types`" 4680 section in the 4681 Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual for more information on 4682 kernel types. 4683 4684 You define the :term:`KTYPE` variable in the 4685 :ref:`kernel-dev/advanced:bsp descriptions`. The 4686 value you use must match the value used for the 4687 :term:`LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE` value used by the 4688 kernel recipe. 4689 4690 :term:`LABELS` 4691 Provides a list of targets for automatic configuration. 4692 4693 See the :ref:`ref-classes-grub-efi` class for more 4694 information on how this variable is used. 4695 4696 :term:`LAYERDEPENDS` 4697 Lists the layers, separated by spaces, on which this recipe depends. 4698 Optionally, you can specify a specific layer version for a dependency 4699 by adding it to the end of the layer name. Here is an example:: 4700 4701 LAYERDEPENDS_mylayer = "anotherlayer (=3)" 4702 4703 In this previous example, 4704 version 3 of "anotherlayer" is compared against 4705 :term:`LAYERVERSION`\ ``_anotherlayer``. 4706 4707 An error is produced if any dependency is missing or the version 4708 numbers (if specified) do not match exactly. This variable is used in 4709 the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be suffixed with the name of 4710 the specific layer (e.g. ``LAYERDEPENDS_mylayer``). 4711 4712 :term:`LAYERDIR` 4713 When used inside the ``layer.conf`` configuration file, this variable 4714 provides the path of the current layer. This variable is not 4715 available outside of ``layer.conf`` and references are expanded 4716 immediately when parsing of the file completes. 4717 4718 :term:`LAYERDIR_RE` 4719 See :term:`bitbake:LAYERDIR_RE` in the BitBake manual. 4720 4721 :term:`LAYERRECOMMENDS` 4722 Lists the layers, separated by spaces, recommended for use with this 4723 layer. 4724 4725 Optionally, you can specify a specific layer version for a 4726 recommendation by adding the version to the end of the layer name. 4727 Here is an example:: 4728 4729 LAYERRECOMMENDS_mylayer = "anotherlayer (=3)" 4730 4731 In this previous example, version 3 of "anotherlayer" is compared 4732 against ``LAYERVERSION_anotherlayer``. 4733 4734 This variable is used in the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be 4735 suffixed with the name of the specific layer (e.g. 4736 ``LAYERRECOMMENDS_mylayer``). 4737 4738 :term:`LAYERSERIES_COMPAT` 4739 Lists the versions of the :term:`OpenEmbedded-Core (OE-Core)` for which 4740 a layer is compatible. Using the :term:`LAYERSERIES_COMPAT` variable 4741 allows the layer maintainer to indicate which combinations of the 4742 layer and OE-Core can be expected to work. The variable gives the 4743 system a way to detect when a layer has not been tested with new 4744 releases of OE-Core (e.g. the layer is not maintained). 4745 4746 To specify the OE-Core versions for which a layer is compatible, use 4747 this variable in your layer's ``conf/layer.conf`` configuration file. 4748 For the list, use the Yocto Project 4749 :yocto_wiki:`Release Name </Releases>` (e.g. 4750 &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;). To specify multiple OE-Core versions for the 4751 layer, use a space-separated list:: 4752 4753 LAYERSERIES_COMPAT_layer_root_name = "&DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP; &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP_MINUS_ONE;" 4754 4755 .. note:: 4756 4757 Setting :term:`LAYERSERIES_COMPAT` is required by the Yocto Project 4758 Compatible version 2 standard. 4759 The OpenEmbedded build system produces a warning if the variable 4760 is not set for any given layer. 4761 4762 See the ":ref:`dev-manual/layers:creating your own layer`" 4763 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 4764 4765 :term:`LAYERVERSION` 4766 Optionally specifies the version of a layer as a single number. You 4767 can use this within :term:`LAYERDEPENDS` for 4768 another layer in order to depend on a specific version of the layer. 4769 This variable is used in the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be 4770 suffixed with the name of the specific layer (e.g. 4771 ``LAYERVERSION_mylayer``). 4772 4773 :term:`LD` 4774 The minimal command and arguments used to run the linker. 4775 4776 :term:`LDFLAGS` 4777 Specifies the flags to pass to the linker. This variable is exported 4778 to an environment variable and thus made visible to the software 4779 being built during the compilation step. 4780 4781 Default initialization for :term:`LDFLAGS` varies depending on what is 4782 being built: 4783 4784 - :term:`TARGET_LDFLAGS` when building for the 4785 target 4786 4787 - :term:`BUILD_LDFLAGS` when building for the 4788 build host (i.e. ``-native``) 4789 4790 - :term:`BUILDSDK_LDFLAGS` when building for 4791 an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``) 4792 4793 :term:`LEAD_SONAME` 4794 Specifies the lead (or primary) compiled library file (i.e. ``.so``) 4795 that the :ref:`ref-classes-debian` class applies its 4796 naming policy to given a recipe that packages multiple libraries. 4797 4798 This variable works in conjunction with the :ref:`ref-classes-debian` 4799 class. 4800 4801 :term:`LIC_FILES_CHKSUM` 4802 Checksums of the license text in the recipe source code. 4803 4804 This variable tracks changes in license text of the source code 4805 files. If the license text is changed, it will trigger a build 4806 failure, which gives the developer an opportunity to review any 4807 license change. 4808 4809 This variable must be defined for all recipes (unless 4810 :term:`LICENSE` is set to "CLOSED"). 4811 4812 For more information, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/licenses:tracking license changes`" 4813 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 4814 4815 :term:`LICENSE` 4816 The list of source licenses for the recipe. Follow these rules: 4817 4818 - Do not use spaces within individual license names. 4819 4820 - Separate license names using \| (pipe) when there is a choice 4821 between licenses. 4822 4823 - Separate license names using & (ampersand) when there are 4824 multiple licenses for different parts of the source. 4825 4826 - You can use spaces between license names. 4827 4828 - For standard licenses, use the names of the files in 4829 ``meta/files/common-licenses/`` or the 4830 :term:`SPDXLICENSEMAP` flag names defined in 4831 ``meta/conf/licenses.conf``. 4832 4833 Here are some examples:: 4834 4835 LICENSE = "LGPL-2.1-only | GPL-3.0-only" 4836 LICENSE = "MPL-1.0 & LGPL-2.1-only" 4837 LICENSE = "GPL-2.0-or-later" 4838 4839 The first example is from the 4840 recipes for Qt, which the user may choose to distribute under either 4841 the LGPL version 2.1 or GPL version 3. The second example is from 4842 Cairo where two licenses cover different parts of the source code. 4843 The final example is from ``sysstat``, which presents a single 4844 license. 4845 4846 You can also specify licenses on a per-package basis to handle 4847 situations where components of the output have different licenses. 4848 For example, a piece of software whose code is licensed under GPLv2 4849 but has accompanying documentation licensed under the GNU Free 4850 Documentation License 1.2 could be specified as follows:: 4851 4852 LICENSE = "GFDL-1.2 & GPL-2.0-only" 4853 LICENSE:${PN} = "GPL-2.0.only" 4854 LICENSE:${PN}-doc = "GFDL-1.2" 4855 4856 :term:`LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE` 4857 Setting :term:`LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE` to "1" causes the OpenEmbedded 4858 build system to create an extra package (i.e. 4859 ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}-lic``) for each recipe and to add 4860 those packages to the 4861 :term:`RRECOMMENDS`\ ``:${PN}``. 4862 4863 The ``${PN}-lic`` package installs a directory in 4864 ``/usr/share/licenses`` named ``${PN}``, which is the recipe's base 4865 name, and installs files in that directory that contain license and 4866 copyright information (i.e. copies of the appropriate license files 4867 from ``meta/common-licenses`` that match the licenses specified in 4868 the :term:`LICENSE` variable of the recipe metadata 4869 and copies of files marked in 4870 :term:`LIC_FILES_CHKSUM` as containing 4871 license text). 4872 4873 For related information on providing license text, see the 4874 :term:`COPY_LIC_DIRS` variable, the 4875 :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST` variable, and the 4876 ":ref:`dev-manual/licenses:providing license text`" 4877 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 4878 4879 :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS` 4880 Specifies additional flags for a recipe you must allow through 4881 :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS_ACCEPTED` in 4882 order for the recipe to be built. When providing multiple flags, 4883 separate them with spaces. 4884 4885 This value is independent of :term:`LICENSE` and is 4886 typically used to mark recipes that might require additional licenses 4887 in order to be used in a commercial product. For more information, 4888 see the 4889 ":ref:`dev-manual/licenses:enabling commercially licensed recipes`" 4890 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 4891 4892 :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS_ACCEPTED` 4893 Lists license flags that when specified in 4894 :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS` within a recipe should not 4895 prevent that recipe from being built. For more information, see the 4896 ":ref:`dev-manual/licenses:enabling commercially licensed recipes`" 4897 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 4898 4899 :term:`LICENSE_PATH` 4900 Path to additional licenses used during the build. By default, the 4901 OpenEmbedded build system uses :term:`COMMON_LICENSE_DIR` to define the 4902 directory that holds common license text used during the build. The 4903 :term:`LICENSE_PATH` variable allows you to extend that location to other 4904 areas that have additional licenses:: 4905 4906 LICENSE_PATH += "path-to-additional-common-licenses" 4907 4908 :term:`LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE` 4909 Defines the kernel type to be used in assembling the configuration. 4910 The linux-yocto recipes define "standard", "tiny", and "preempt-rt" 4911 kernel types. See the ":ref:`kernel-dev/advanced:kernel types`" 4912 section in the 4913 Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual for more information on 4914 kernel types. 4915 4916 If you do not specify a :term:`LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE`, it defaults to 4917 "standard". Together with :term:`KMACHINE`, the 4918 :term:`LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE` variable defines the search arguments used by 4919 the kernel tools to find the appropriate description within the 4920 kernel :term:`Metadata` with which to build out the sources 4921 and configuration. 4922 4923 :term:`LINUX_VERSION` 4924 The Linux version from ``kernel.org`` on which the Linux kernel image 4925 being built using the OpenEmbedded build system is based. You define 4926 this variable in the kernel recipe. For example, the 4927 ``linux-yocto-3.4.bb`` kernel recipe found in 4928 ``meta/recipes-kernel/linux`` defines the variables as follows:: 4929 4930 LINUX_VERSION ?= "3.4.24" 4931 4932 The :term:`LINUX_VERSION` variable is used to define :term:`PV` 4933 for the recipe:: 4934 4935 PV = "${LINUX_VERSION}+git${SRCPV}" 4936 4937 :term:`LINUX_VERSION_EXTENSION` 4938 A string extension compiled into the version string of the Linux 4939 kernel built with the OpenEmbedded build system. You define this 4940 variable in the kernel recipe. For example, the linux-yocto kernel 4941 recipes all define the variable as follows:: 4942 4943 LINUX_VERSION_EXTENSION ?= "-yocto-${LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE}" 4944 4945 Defining this variable essentially sets the Linux kernel 4946 configuration item ``CONFIG_LOCALVERSION``, which is visible through 4947 the ``uname`` command. Here is an example that shows the extension 4948 assuming it was set as previously shown:: 4949 4950 $ uname -r 4951 3.7.0-rc8-custom 4952 4953 :term:`LOG_DIR` 4954 Specifies the directory to which the OpenEmbedded build system writes 4955 overall log files. The default directory is ``${TMPDIR}/log``. 4956 4957 For the directory containing logs specific to each task, see the 4958 :term:`T` variable. 4959 4960 :term:`MACHINE` 4961 Specifies the target device for which the image is built. You define 4962 :term:`MACHINE` in the ``local.conf`` file found in the 4963 :term:`Build Directory`. By default, :term:`MACHINE` is set to 4964 "qemux86", which is an x86-based architecture machine to be emulated 4965 using QEMU:: 4966 4967 MACHINE ?= "qemux86" 4968 4969 The variable corresponds to a machine configuration file of the same 4970 name, through which machine-specific configurations are set. Thus, 4971 when :term:`MACHINE` is set to "qemux86", the corresponding 4972 ``qemux86.conf`` machine configuration file can be found in 4973 the :term:`Source Directory` in 4974 ``meta/conf/machine``. 4975 4976 The list of machines supported by the Yocto Project as shipped 4977 include the following:: 4978 4979 MACHINE ?= "qemuarm" 4980 MACHINE ?= "qemuarm64" 4981 MACHINE ?= "qemumips" 4982 MACHINE ?= "qemumips64" 4983 MACHINE ?= "qemuppc" 4984 MACHINE ?= "qemux86" 4985 MACHINE ?= "qemux86-64" 4986 MACHINE ?= "genericx86" 4987 MACHINE ?= "genericx86-64" 4988 MACHINE ?= "beaglebone" 4989 MACHINE ?= "edgerouter" 4990 4991 The last five are Yocto Project reference hardware 4992 boards, which are provided in the ``meta-yocto-bsp`` layer. 4993 4994 .. note:: 4995 4996 Adding additional Board Support Package (BSP) layers to your 4997 configuration adds new possible settings for :term:`MACHINE`. 4998 4999 :term:`MACHINE_ARCH` 5000 Specifies the name of the machine-specific architecture. This 5001 variable is set automatically from :term:`MACHINE` or 5002 :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH`. You should not hand-edit 5003 the :term:`MACHINE_ARCH` variable. 5004 5005 :term:`MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS` 5006 A list of required machine-specific packages to install as part of 5007 the image being built. The build process depends on these packages 5008 being present. Furthermore, because this is a "machine-essential" 5009 variable, the list of packages are essential for the machine to boot. 5010 The impact of this variable affects images based on 5011 ``packagegroup-core-boot``, including the ``core-image-minimal`` 5012 image. 5013 5014 This variable is similar to the 5015 :term:`MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS` variable with the exception 5016 that the image being built has a build dependency on the variable's 5017 list of packages. In other words, the image will not build if a file 5018 in this list is not found. 5019 5020 As an example, suppose the machine for which you are building 5021 requires ``example-init`` to be run during boot to initialize the 5022 hardware. In this case, you would use the following in the machine's 5023 ``.conf`` configuration file:: 5024 5025 MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS += "example-init" 5026 5027 :term:`MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS` 5028 A list of recommended machine-specific packages to install as part of 5029 the image being built. The build process does not depend on these 5030 packages being present. However, because this is a 5031 "machine-essential" variable, the list of packages are essential for 5032 the machine to boot. The impact of this variable affects images based 5033 on ``packagegroup-core-boot``, including the ``core-image-minimal`` 5034 image. 5035 5036 This variable is similar to the :term:`MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS` 5037 variable with the exception that the image being built does not have 5038 a build dependency on the variable's list of packages. In other 5039 words, the image will still build if a package in this list is not 5040 found. Typically, this variable is used to handle essential kernel 5041 modules, whose functionality may be selected to be built into the 5042 kernel rather than as a module, in which case a package will not be 5043 produced. 5044 5045 Consider an example where you have a custom kernel where a specific 5046 touchscreen driver is required for the machine to be usable. However, 5047 the driver can be built as a module or into the kernel depending on 5048 the kernel configuration. If the driver is built as a module, you 5049 want it to be installed. But, when the driver is built into the 5050 kernel, you still want the build to succeed. This variable sets up a 5051 "recommends" relationship so that in the latter case, the build will 5052 not fail due to the missing package. To accomplish this, assuming the 5053 package for the module was called ``kernel-module-ab123``, you would 5054 use the following in the machine's ``.conf`` configuration file:: 5055 5056 MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS += "kernel-module-ab123" 5057 5058 .. note:: 5059 5060 In this example, the ``kernel-module-ab123`` recipe needs to 5061 explicitly set its :term:`PACKAGES` variable to ensure that BitBake 5062 does not use the kernel recipe's :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` variable to 5063 satisfy the dependency. 5064 5065 Some examples of these machine essentials are flash, screen, 5066 keyboard, mouse, or touchscreen drivers (depending on the machine). 5067 5068 :term:`MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS` 5069 A list of machine-specific packages to install as part of the image 5070 being built that are not essential for the machine to boot. However, 5071 the build process for more fully-featured images depends on the 5072 packages being present. 5073 5074 This variable affects all images based on ``packagegroup-base``, 5075 which does not include the ``core-image-minimal`` or 5076 ``core-image-full-cmdline`` images. 5077 5078 The variable is similar to the :term:`MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS` variable 5079 with the exception that the image being built has a build dependency 5080 on the variable's list of packages. In other words, the image will 5081 not build if a file in this list is not found. 5082 5083 An example is a machine that has WiFi capability but is not essential 5084 for the machine to boot the image. However, if you are building a 5085 more fully-featured image, you want to enable the WiFi. The package 5086 containing the firmware for the WiFi hardware is always expected to 5087 exist, so it is acceptable for the build process to depend upon 5088 finding the package. In this case, assuming the package for the 5089 firmware was called ``wifidriver-firmware``, you would use the 5090 following in the ``.conf`` file for the machine:: 5091 5092 MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS += "wifidriver-firmware" 5093 5094 :term:`MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS` 5095 A list of machine-specific packages to install as part of the image 5096 being built that are not essential for booting the machine. The image 5097 being built has no build dependency on this list of packages. 5098 5099 This variable affects only images based on ``packagegroup-base``, 5100 which does not include the ``core-image-minimal`` or 5101 ``core-image-full-cmdline`` images. 5102 5103 This variable is similar to the :term:`MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS` variable 5104 with the exception that the image being built does not have a build 5105 dependency on the variable's list of packages. In other words, the 5106 image will build if a file in this list is not found. 5107 5108 An example is a machine that has WiFi capability but is not essential 5109 For the machine to boot the image. However, if you are building a 5110 more fully-featured image, you want to enable WiFi. In this case, the 5111 package containing the WiFi kernel module will not be produced if the 5112 WiFi driver is built into the kernel, in which case you still want 5113 the build to succeed instead of failing as a result of the package 5114 not being found. To accomplish this, assuming the package for the 5115 module was called ``kernel-module-examplewifi``, you would use the 5116 following in the ``.conf`` file for the machine:: 5117 5118 MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS += "kernel-module-examplewifi" 5119 5120 :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES` 5121 Specifies the list of hardware features the 5122 :term:`MACHINE` is capable of supporting. For related 5123 information on enabling features, see the 5124 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`, 5125 :term:`COMBINED_FEATURES`, and 5126 :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` variables. 5127 5128 For a list of hardware features supported by the Yocto Project as 5129 shipped, see the ":ref:`ref-features-machine`" section. 5130 5131 :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL` 5132 Features to be added to :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES` if not also present in 5133 :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED`. 5134 5135 This variable is set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file. It is 5136 not intended to be user-configurable. It is best to just reference 5137 the variable to see which machine features are being backfilled for 5138 all machine configurations. See the ":ref:`ref-features-backfill`" 5139 section for more information. 5140 5141 :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED` 5142 Features from :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL` that should not be 5143 backfilled (i.e. added to :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES`) during the build. See 5144 the ":ref:`ref-features-backfill`" section for more information. 5145 5146 :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES` 5147 A colon-separated list of overrides that apply to the current 5148 machine. By default, this list includes the value of 5149 :term:`MACHINE`. 5150 5151 You can extend :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES` to add extra overrides that 5152 should apply to a machine. For example, all machines emulated in QEMU 5153 (e.g. ``qemuarm``, ``qemux86``, and so forth) include a file named 5154 ``meta/conf/machine/include/qemu.inc`` that prepends the following 5155 override to :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`:: 5156 5157 MACHINEOVERRIDES =. "qemuall:" 5158 5159 This 5160 override allows variables to be overridden for all machines emulated 5161 in QEMU, like in the following example from the ``connman-conf`` 5162 recipe:: 5163 5164 SRC_URI:append:qemuall = " file://wired.config \ 5165 file://wired-setup \ 5166 " 5167 5168 The underlying mechanism behind 5169 :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES` is simply that it is included in the default 5170 value of :term:`OVERRIDES`. 5171 5172 :term:`MAINTAINER` 5173 The email address of the distribution maintainer. 5174 5175 :term:`MESON_BUILDTYPE` 5176 Value of the Meson ``--buildtype`` argument used by the 5177 :ref:`ref-classes-meson` class. It defaults to ``debug`` if 5178 :term:`DEBUG_BUILD` is set to "1", and ``plain`` otherwise. 5179 5180 See `Meson build options <https://mesonbuild.com/Builtin-options.html>`__ 5181 for the values you could set in a recipe. Values such as ``plain``, 5182 ``debug``, ``debugoptimized``, ``release`` and ``minsize`` allow 5183 you to specify the inclusion of debugging symbols and the compiler 5184 optimizations (none, performance or size). 5185 5186 :term:`METADATA_BRANCH` 5187 The branch currently checked out for the OpenEmbedded-Core layer (path 5188 determined by :term:`COREBASE`). 5189 5190 :term:`METADATA_REVISION` 5191 The revision currently checked out for the OpenEmbedded-Core layer (path 5192 determined by :term:`COREBASE`). 5193 5194 :term:`MIME_XDG_PACKAGES` 5195 The current implementation of the :ref:`ref-classes-mime-xdg` 5196 class cannot detect ``.desktop`` files installed through absolute 5197 symbolic links. Use this setting to make the class create post-install 5198 and post-remove scripts for these packages anyway, to invoke the 5199 ``update-destop-database`` command. 5200 5201 :term:`MIRRORS` 5202 Specifies additional paths from which the OpenEmbedded build system 5203 gets source code. When the build system searches for source code, it 5204 first tries the local download directory. If that location fails, the 5205 build system tries locations defined by 5206 :term:`PREMIRRORS`, the upstream source, and then 5207 locations specified by :term:`MIRRORS` in that order. 5208 5209 Assuming your distribution (:term:`DISTRO`) is "poky", 5210 the default value for :term:`MIRRORS` is defined in the 5211 ``conf/distro/poky.conf`` file in the ``meta-poky`` Git repository. 5212 5213 :term:`MLPREFIX` 5214 Specifies a prefix has been added to :term:`PN` to create a 5215 special version of a recipe or package (i.e. a Multilib version). The 5216 variable is used in places where the prefix needs to be added to or 5217 removed from a name (e.g. the :term:`BPN` variable). 5218 :term:`MLPREFIX` gets set when a prefix has been added to :term:`PN`. 5219 5220 .. note:: 5221 5222 The "ML" in :term:`MLPREFIX` stands for "MultiLib". This representation 5223 is historical and comes from a time when ":ref:`ref-classes-nativesdk`" 5224 was a suffix rather than a prefix on the recipe name. When 5225 ":ref:`ref-classes-nativesdk`" was turned into a prefix, it made sense 5226 to set :term:`MLPREFIX` for it as well. 5227 5228 To help understand when :term:`MLPREFIX` might be needed, consider when 5229 :term:`BBCLASSEXTEND` is used to provide a :ref:`ref-classes-nativesdk` 5230 version of a recipe in addition to the target version. If that recipe 5231 declares build-time dependencies on tasks in other recipes by using 5232 :term:`DEPENDS`, then a dependency on "foo" will automatically get 5233 rewritten to a dependency on "nativesdk-foo". However, dependencies like 5234 the following will not get rewritten automatically:: 5235 5236 do_foo[depends] += "recipe:do_foo" 5237 5238 If you want such a dependency to also get transformed, you can do the 5239 following:: 5240 5241 do_foo[depends] += "${MLPREFIX}recipe:do_foo" 5242 5243 :term:`module_autoload` 5244 This variable has been replaced by the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` 5245 variable. You should replace all occurrences of :term:`module_autoload` 5246 with additions to :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD`, for example:: 5247 5248 module_autoload_rfcomm = "rfcomm" 5249 5250 should now be replaced with:: 5251 5252 KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "rfcomm" 5253 5254 See the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` variable for more information. 5255 5256 :term:`module_conf` 5257 Specifies `modprobe.d <https://linux.die.net/man/5/modprobe.d>`__ 5258 syntax lines for inclusion in the ``/etc/modprobe.d/modname.conf`` 5259 file. 5260 5261 You can use this variable anywhere that it can be recognized by the 5262 kernel recipe or out-of-tree kernel module recipe (e.g. a machine 5263 configuration file, a distribution configuration file, an append file 5264 for the recipe, or the recipe itself). If you use this variable, you 5265 must also be sure to list the module name in the 5266 :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_PROBECONF` 5267 variable. 5268 5269 Here is the general syntax:: 5270 5271 module_conf_module_name = "modprobe.d-syntax" 5272 5273 You must use the kernel module name override. 5274 5275 Run ``man modprobe.d`` in the shell to find out more information on 5276 the exact syntax you want to provide with :term:`module_conf`. 5277 5278 Including :term:`module_conf` causes the OpenEmbedded build system to 5279 populate the ``/etc/modprobe.d/modname.conf`` file with 5280 ``modprobe.d`` syntax lines. Here is an example that adds the options 5281 ``arg1`` and ``arg2`` to a module named ``mymodule``:: 5282 5283 module_conf_mymodule = "options mymodule arg1=val1 arg2=val2" 5284 5285 For information on how to specify kernel modules to auto-load on 5286 boot, see the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` variable. 5287 5288 :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_DEPLOY` 5289 Controls creation of the ``modules-*.tgz`` file. Set this variable to 5290 "0" to disable creation of this file, which contains all of the 5291 kernel modules resulting from a kernel build. 5292 5293 :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_LINK_NAME` 5294 The link name of the kernel module tarball. This variable is set in 5295 the ``meta/classes-recipe/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows:: 5296 5297 MODULE_TARBALL_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" 5298 5299 The value 5300 of the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the 5301 same file, has the following value:: 5302 5303 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" 5304 5305 See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional information. 5306 5307 :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_NAME` 5308 The base name of the kernel module tarball. This variable is set in 5309 the ``meta/classes-recipe/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows:: 5310 5311 MODULE_TARBALL_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" 5312 5313 The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` variable, 5314 which is set in the same file, has the following value:: 5315 5316 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" 5317 5318 :term:`MOUNT_BASE` 5319 On non-systemd systems (where ``udev-extraconf`` is being used), 5320 specifies the base directory for auto-mounting filesystems. The 5321 default value is "/run/media". 5322 5323 :term:`MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS` 5324 Uniquely identifies the type of the target system for which packages 5325 are being built. This variable allows output for different types of 5326 target systems to be put into different subdirectories of the same 5327 output directory. 5328 5329 The default value of this variable is:: 5330 5331 ${PACKAGE_ARCH}${TARGET_VENDOR}-${TARGET_OS} 5332 5333 Some classes (e.g. :ref:`ref-classes-cross-canadian`) modify the 5334 :term:`MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS` value. 5335 5336 See the :term:`STAMP` variable for an example. See the 5337 :term:`STAGING_DIR_TARGET` variable for more information. 5338 5339 :term:`NATIVELSBSTRING` 5340 A string identifying the host distribution. Strings consist of the 5341 host distributor ID followed by the release, as reported by the 5342 ``lsb_release`` tool or as read from ``/etc/lsb-release``. For 5343 example, when running a build on Ubuntu 12.10, the value is 5344 "Ubuntu-12.10". If this information is unable to be determined, the 5345 value resolves to "Unknown". 5346 5347 This variable is used by default to isolate native shared state 5348 packages for different distributions (e.g. to avoid problems with 5349 ``glibc`` version incompatibilities). Additionally, the variable is 5350 checked against 5351 :term:`SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS` if that 5352 variable is set. 5353 5354 :term:`NM` 5355 The minimal command and arguments to run ``nm``. 5356 5357 :term:`NO_GENERIC_LICENSE` 5358 Avoids QA errors when you use a non-common, non-CLOSED license in a 5359 recipe. There are packages, such as the linux-firmware package, with many 5360 licenses that are not in any way common. Also, new licenses are added 5361 occasionally to avoid introducing a lot of common license files, 5362 which are only applicable to a specific package. 5363 :term:`NO_GENERIC_LICENSE` is used to allow copying a license that does 5364 not exist in common licenses. 5365 5366 The following example shows how to add :term:`NO_GENERIC_LICENSE` to a 5367 recipe:: 5368 5369 NO_GENERIC_LICENSE[license_name] = "license_file_in_fetched_source" 5370 5371 Here is an example that 5372 uses the ``LICENSE.Abilis.txt`` file as the license from the fetched 5373 source:: 5374 5375 NO_GENERIC_LICENSE[Firmware-Abilis] = "LICENSE.Abilis.txt" 5376 5377 :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS` 5378 Prevents installation of all "recommended-only" packages. 5379 Recommended-only packages are packages installed only through the 5380 :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variable). Setting the 5381 :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS` variable to "1" turns this feature on:: 5382 5383 NO_RECOMMENDATIONS = "1" 5384 5385 You can set this variable globally in your ``local.conf`` file or you 5386 can attach it to a specific image recipe by using the recipe name 5387 override:: 5388 5389 NO_RECOMMENDATIONS:pn-target_image = "1" 5390 5391 It is important to realize that if you choose to not install packages 5392 using this variable and some other packages are dependent on them 5393 (i.e. listed in a recipe's :term:`RDEPENDS` 5394 variable), the OpenEmbedded build system ignores your request and 5395 will install the packages to avoid dependency errors. 5396 5397 .. note:: 5398 5399 Some recommended packages might be required for certain system 5400 functionality, such as kernel modules. It is up to you to add 5401 packages with the :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` variable. 5402 5403 This variable is only supported when using the IPK and RPM 5404 packaging backends. DEB is not supported. 5405 5406 See the :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS` and 5407 the :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` variables for 5408 related information. 5409 5410 :term:`NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG` 5411 Disables auto package from splitting ``.debug`` files. If a recipe 5412 requires ``FILES:${PN}-dbg`` to be set manually, the 5413 :term:`NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG` can be defined allowing you to define the 5414 content of the debug package. For example:: 5415 5416 NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG = "1" 5417 FILES:${PN}-dev = "${includedir}/${QT_DIR_NAME}/Qt/*" 5418 FILES:${PN}-dbg = "/usr/src/debug/" 5419 FILES:${QT_BASE_NAME}-demos-doc = "${docdir}/${QT_DIR_NAME}/qch/qt.qch" 5420 5421 :term:`NON_MULTILIB_RECIPES` 5422 A list of recipes that should not be built for multilib. OE-Core's 5423 ``multilib.conf`` file defines a reasonable starting point for this 5424 list with:: 5425 5426 NON_MULTILIB_RECIPES = "grub grub-efi make-mod-scripts ovmf u-boot" 5427 5428 :term:`OBJCOPY` 5429 The minimal command and arguments to run ``objcopy``. 5430 5431 :term:`OBJDUMP` 5432 The minimal command and arguments to run ``objdump``. 5433 5434 :term:`OE_BINCONFIG_EXTRA_MANGLE` 5435 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-binconfig` class, 5436 this variable specifies additional arguments passed to the "sed" 5437 command. The sed command alters any paths in configuration scripts 5438 that have been set up during compilation. Inheriting this class 5439 results in all paths in these scripts being changed to point into the 5440 ``sysroots/`` directory so that all builds that use the script will 5441 use the correct directories for the cross compiling layout. 5442 5443 See the ``meta/classes-recipe/binconfig.bbclass`` in the 5444 :term:`Source Directory` for details on how this class 5445 applies these additional sed command arguments. 5446 5447 :term:`OECMAKE_GENERATOR` 5448 A variable for the :ref:`ref-classes-cmake` class, allowing to choose 5449 which back-end will be generated by CMake to build an application. 5450 5451 By default, this variable is set to ``Ninja``, which is faster than GNU 5452 make, but if building is broken with Ninja, a recipe can use this 5453 variable to use GNU make instead:: 5454 5455 OECMAKE_GENERATOR = "Unix Makefiles" 5456 5457 :term:`OE_IMPORTS` 5458 An internal variable used to tell the OpenEmbedded build system what 5459 Python modules to import for every Python function run by the system. 5460 5461 .. note:: 5462 5463 Do not set this variable. It is for internal use only. 5464 5465 :term:`OE_INIT_ENV_SCRIPT` 5466 The name of the build environment setup script for the purposes of 5467 setting up the environment within the extensible SDK. The default 5468 value is "oe-init-build-env". 5469 5470 If you use a custom script to set up your build environment, set the 5471 :term:`OE_INIT_ENV_SCRIPT` variable to its name. 5472 5473 :term:`OE_TERMINAL` 5474 Controls how the OpenEmbedded build system spawns interactive 5475 terminals on the host development system (e.g. using the BitBake 5476 command with the ``-c devshell`` command-line option). For more 5477 information, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/development-shell:using a development shell`" section in 5478 the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 5479 5480 You can use the following values for the :term:`OE_TERMINAL` variable: 5481 5482 - auto 5483 - gnome 5484 - xfce 5485 - rxvt 5486 - screen 5487 - konsole 5488 - none 5489 5490 :term:`OEROOT` 5491 The directory from which the top-level build environment setup script 5492 is sourced. The Yocto Project provides a top-level build environment 5493 setup script: :ref:`structure-core-script`. When you run this 5494 script, the :term:`OEROOT` variable resolves to the directory that 5495 contains the script. 5496 5497 For additional information on how this variable is used, see the 5498 initialization script. 5499 5500 :term:`OLDEST_KERNEL` 5501 Declares the oldest version of the Linux kernel that the produced 5502 binaries must support. This variable is passed into the build of the 5503 Embedded GNU C Library (``glibc``). 5504 5505 The default for this variable comes from the 5506 ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file. You can override this 5507 default by setting the variable in a custom distribution 5508 configuration file. 5509 5510 :term:`OVERLAYFS_ETC_DEVICE` 5511 When the :ref:`ref-classes-overlayfs-etc` class is 5512 inherited, specifies the device to be mounted for the read/write 5513 layer of ``/etc``. There is no default, so you must set this if you 5514 wish to enable :ref:`ref-classes-overlayfs-etc`, for 5515 example, assuming ``/dev/mmcblk0p2`` was the desired device:: 5516 5517 OVERLAYFS_ETC_DEVICE = "/dev/mmcblk0p2" 5518 5519 :term:`OVERLAYFS_ETC_EXPOSE_LOWER` 5520 When the :ref:`ref-classes-overlayfs-etc` class is 5521 inherited, if set to "1" then a read-only access to the original 5522 ``/etc`` content will be provided as a ``lower/`` subdirectory of 5523 :term:`OVERLAYFS_ETC_MOUNT_POINT`. The default value is "0". 5524 5525 :term:`OVERLAYFS_ETC_FSTYPE` 5526 When the :ref:`ref-classes-overlayfs-etc` class is 5527 inherited, specifies the file system type for the read/write 5528 layer of ``/etc``. There is no default, so you must set this if you 5529 wish to enable :ref:`ref-classes-overlayfs-etc`, 5530 for example, assuming the file system is ext4:: 5531 5532 OVERLAYFS_ETC_FSTYPE = "ext4" 5533 5534 :term:`OVERLAYFS_ETC_MOUNT_OPTIONS` 5535 When the :ref:`ref-classes-overlayfs-etc` class is 5536 inherited, specifies the mount options for the read-write layer. 5537 The default value is "defaults". 5538 5539 :term:`OVERLAYFS_ETC_MOUNT_POINT` 5540 When the :ref:`ref-classes-overlayfs-etc` class is 5541 inherited, specifies the parent mount path for the filesystem layers. 5542 There is no default, so you must set this if you wish to enable 5543 :ref:`ref-classes-overlayfs-etc`, for example if the desired path is 5544 "/data":: 5545 5546 OVERLAYFS_ETC_MOUNT_POINT = "/data" 5547 5548 :term:`OVERLAYFS_ETC_USE_ORIG_INIT_NAME` 5549 When the :ref:`ref-classes-overlayfs-etc` class is inherited, controls 5550 how the generated init will be named. For more information, see the 5551 :ref:`ref-classes-overlayfs-etc` class documentation. The default value 5552 is "1". 5553 5554 :term:`OVERLAYFS_MOUNT_POINT` 5555 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-overlayfs` class, 5556 specifies mount point(s) to be used. For example:: 5557 5558 OVERLAYFS_MOUNT_POINT[data] = "/data" 5559 5560 The assumes you have a ``data.mount`` systemd unit defined elsewhere in 5561 your BSP (e.g. in ``systemd-machine-units`` recipe) and it is installed 5562 into the image. For more information see :ref:`ref-classes-overlayfs`. 5563 5564 .. note:: 5565 5566 Although the :ref:`ref-classes-overlayfs` class is 5567 inherited by individual recipes, :term:`OVERLAYFS_MOUNT_POINT` 5568 should be set in your machine configuration. 5569 5570 :term:`OVERLAYFS_QA_SKIP` 5571 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-overlayfs` class, 5572 provides the ability to disable QA checks for particular overlayfs 5573 mounts. For example:: 5574 5575 OVERLAYFS_QA_SKIP[data] = "mount-configured" 5576 5577 .. note:: 5578 5579 Although the :ref:`ref-classes-overlayfs` class is 5580 inherited by individual recipes, :term:`OVERLAYFS_QA_SKIP` 5581 should be set in your machine configuration. 5582 5583 :term:`OVERLAYFS_WRITABLE_PATHS` 5584 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-overlayfs` class, 5585 specifies writable paths used at runtime for the recipe. For 5586 example:: 5587 5588 OVERLAYFS_WRITABLE_PATHS[data] = "/usr/share/my-custom-application" 5589 5590 :term:`OVERRIDES` 5591 A colon-separated list of overrides that currently apply. Overrides 5592 are a BitBake mechanism that allows variables to be selectively 5593 overridden at the end of parsing. The set of overrides in 5594 :term:`OVERRIDES` represents the "state" during building, which includes 5595 the current recipe being built, the machine for which it is being 5596 built, and so forth. 5597 5598 As an example, if the string "an-override" appears as an element in 5599 the colon-separated list in :term:`OVERRIDES`, then the following 5600 assignment will override ``FOO`` with the value "overridden" at the 5601 end of parsing:: 5602 5603 FOO:an-override = "overridden" 5604 5605 See the 5606 ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:conditional syntax (overrides)`" 5607 section in the BitBake User Manual for more information on the 5608 overrides mechanism. 5609 5610 The default value of :term:`OVERRIDES` includes the values of the 5611 :term:`CLASSOVERRIDE`, 5612 :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`, and 5613 :term:`DISTROOVERRIDES` variables. Another 5614 important override included by default is ``pn-${PN}``. This override 5615 allows variables to be set for a single recipe within configuration 5616 (``.conf``) files. Here is an example:: 5617 5618 FOO:pn-myrecipe = "myrecipe-specific value" 5619 5620 .. note:: 5621 5622 An easy way to see what overrides apply is to search for :term:`OVERRIDES` 5623 in the output of the ``bitbake -e`` command. See the 5624 ":ref:`dev-manual/debugging:viewing variable values`" section in the Yocto 5625 Project Development Tasks Manual for more information. 5626 5627 :term:`P` 5628 The recipe name and version. :term:`P` is comprised of the following:: 5629 5630 ${PN}-${PV} 5631 5632 :term:`P4DIR` 5633 See :term:`bitbake:P4DIR` in the BitBake manual. 5634 5635 :term:`PACKAGE_ADD_METADATA` 5636 This variable defines additional metadata to add to packages. 5637 5638 You may find you need to inject additional metadata into packages. 5639 This variable allows you to do that by setting the injected data as 5640 the value. Multiple fields can be added by splitting the content with 5641 the literal separator "\n". 5642 5643 The suffixes '_IPK', '_DEB', or '_RPM' can be applied to the variable 5644 to do package type specific settings. It can also be made package 5645 specific by using the package name as a suffix. 5646 5647 You can find out more about applying this variable in the 5648 ":ref:`dev-manual/packages:adding custom metadata to packages`" 5649 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 5650 5651 :term:`PACKAGE_ARCH` 5652 The architecture of the resulting package or packages. 5653 5654 By default, the value of this variable is set to 5655 :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH` when building for the 5656 target, :term:`BUILD_ARCH` when building for the 5657 build host, and "${SDK_ARCH}-${SDKPKGSUFFIX}" when building for the 5658 SDK. 5659 5660 .. note:: 5661 5662 See :term:`SDK_ARCH` for more information. 5663 5664 However, if your recipe's output packages are built specific to the 5665 target machine rather than generally for the architecture of the 5666 machine, you should set :term:`PACKAGE_ARCH` to the value of 5667 :term:`MACHINE_ARCH` in the recipe as follows:: 5668 5669 PACKAGE_ARCH = "${MACHINE_ARCH}" 5670 5671 :term:`PACKAGE_ARCHS` 5672 Specifies a list of architectures compatible with the target machine. 5673 This variable is set automatically and should not normally be 5674 hand-edited. Entries are separated using spaces and listed in order 5675 of priority. The default value for :term:`PACKAGE_ARCHS` is "all any 5676 noarch ${PACKAGE_EXTRA_ARCHS} ${MACHINE_ARCH}". 5677 5678 :term:`PACKAGE_BEFORE_PN` 5679 Enables easily adding packages to :term:`PACKAGES` before ``${PN}`` so 5680 that those added packages can pick up files that would normally be 5681 included in the default package. 5682 5683 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` 5684 This variable, which is set in the ``local.conf`` configuration file 5685 found in the ``conf`` folder of the 5686 :term:`Build Directory`, specifies the package manager the 5687 OpenEmbedded build system uses when packaging data. 5688 5689 You can provide one or more of the following arguments for the 5690 variable:: 5691 5692 PACKAGE_CLASSES ?= "package_rpm package_deb package_ipk package_tar" 5693 5694 .. note:: 5695 5696 While it is a legal option, the :ref:`ref-classes-package_tar` 5697 class has limited functionality due to no support for package 5698 dependencies by that backend. Therefore, it is recommended that 5699 you do not use it. 5700 5701 The build system uses only the first argument in the list as the 5702 package manager when creating your image or SDK. However, packages 5703 will be created using any additional packaging classes you specify. 5704 For example, if you use the following in your ``local.conf`` file:: 5705 5706 PACKAGE_CLASSES ?= "package_ipk" 5707 5708 The OpenEmbedded build system uses 5709 the IPK package manager to create your image or SDK. 5710 5711 For information on packaging and build performance effects as a 5712 result of the package manager in use, see the 5713 ":ref:`ref-classes-package`" section. 5714 5715 :term:`PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE` 5716 Determines how to split up and package debug and source information 5717 when creating debugging packages to be used with the GNU Project 5718 Debugger (GDB). In general, based on the value of this variable, 5719 you can combine the source and debug info in a single package, 5720 you can break out the source into a separate package that can be 5721 installed independently, or you can choose to not have the source 5722 packaged at all. 5723 5724 The possible values of :term:`PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE` variable: 5725 5726 - "``.debug``": All debugging and source info is placed in a single 5727 ``*-dbg`` package; debug symbol files are placed next to the 5728 binary in a ``.debug`` directory so that, if a binary is installed 5729 into ``/bin``, the corresponding debug symbol file is installed 5730 in ``/bin/.debug``. Source files are installed in the same ``*-dbg`` 5731 package under ``/usr/src/debug``. 5732 5733 - "``debug-file-directory``": As above, all debugging and source info 5734 is placed in a single ``*-dbg`` package; debug symbol files are 5735 placed entirely under the directory ``/usr/lib/debug`` and separated 5736 by the path from where the binary is installed, so that if a binary 5737 is installed in ``/bin``, the corresponding debug symbols are installed 5738 in ``/usr/lib/debug/bin``, and so on. As above, source is installed 5739 in the same package under ``/usr/src/debug``. 5740 5741 - "``debug-with-srcpkg``": Debugging info is placed in the standard 5742 ``*-dbg`` package as with the ``.debug`` value, while source is 5743 placed in a separate ``*-src`` package, which can be installed 5744 independently. This is the default setting for this variable, 5745 as defined in Poky's ``bitbake.conf`` file. 5746 5747 - "``debug-without-src``": The same behavior as with the ``.debug`` 5748 setting, but no source is packaged at all. 5749 5750 .. note:: 5751 5752 Much of the above package splitting can be overridden via 5753 use of the :term:`INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT` variable. 5754 5755 You can find out more about debugging using GDB by reading the 5756 ":ref:`dev-manual/debugging:debugging with the gnu project debugger (gdb) remotely`" section 5757 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 5758 5759 :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` 5760 Lists packages that should not be installed into an image. For 5761 example:: 5762 5763 PACKAGE_EXCLUDE = "package_name package_name package_name ..." 5764 5765 You can set this variable globally in your ``local.conf`` file or you 5766 can attach it to a specific image recipe by using the recipe name 5767 override:: 5768 5769 PACKAGE_EXCLUDE:pn-target_image = "package_name" 5770 5771 If you choose to not install a package using this variable and some 5772 other package is dependent on it (i.e. listed in a recipe's 5773 :term:`RDEPENDS` variable), the OpenEmbedded build 5774 system generates a fatal installation error. Because the build system 5775 halts the process with a fatal error, you can use the variable with 5776 an iterative development process to remove specific components from a 5777 system. 5778 5779 This variable is supported only when using the IPK and RPM 5780 packaging backends. DEB is not supported. 5781 5782 See the :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS` and the 5783 :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS` variables for 5784 related information. 5785 5786 :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE_COMPLEMENTARY` 5787 Prevents specific packages from being installed when you are 5788 installing complementary packages. 5789 5790 You might find that you want to prevent installing certain packages 5791 when you are installing complementary packages. For example, if you 5792 are using :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` to install 5793 ``dev-pkgs``, you might not want to install all packages from a 5794 particular multilib. If you find yourself in this situation, you can 5795 use the :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE_COMPLEMENTARY` variable to specify regular 5796 expressions to match the packages you want to exclude. 5797 5798 :term:`PACKAGE_EXTRA_ARCHS` 5799 Specifies the list of architectures compatible with the device CPU. 5800 This variable is useful when you build for several different devices 5801 that use miscellaneous processors such as XScale and ARM926-EJS. 5802 5803 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` 5804 Optionally specifies the package architectures used as part of the 5805 package feed URIs during the build. When used, the 5806 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variable is appended to the final package feed 5807 URI, which is constructed using the 5808 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS` and 5809 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS` 5810 variables. 5811 5812 .. note:: 5813 5814 You can use the :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` 5815 variable to allow specific package architectures. If you do 5816 not need to allow specific architectures, which is a common 5817 case, you can omit this variable. Omitting the variable results in 5818 all available architectures for the current machine being included 5819 into remote package feeds. 5820 5821 Consider the following example where the :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS`, 5822 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`, and :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variables are 5823 defined in your ``local.conf`` file:: 5824 5825 PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \ 5826 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates" 5827 PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS = "rpm rpm-dev" 5828 PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS = "all core2-64" 5829 5830 Given these settings, the resulting package feeds are as follows: 5831 5832 .. code-block:: none 5833 5834 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/all 5835 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/core2-64 5836 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/all 5837 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/core2-64 5838 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/all 5839 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/core2-64 5840 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/all 5841 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/core2-64 5842 5843 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS` 5844 Specifies the base path used when constructing package feed URIs. The 5845 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS` variable makes up the middle portion of a 5846 package feed URI used by the OpenEmbedded build system. The base path 5847 lies between the :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS` 5848 and :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variables. 5849 5850 Consider the following example where the :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS`, 5851 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`, and :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variables are 5852 defined in your ``local.conf`` file:: 5853 5854 PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \ 5855 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates" 5856 PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS = "rpm rpm-dev" 5857 PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS = "all core2-64" 5858 5859 Given these settings, the resulting package feeds are as follows: 5860 5861 .. code-block:: none 5862 5863 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/all 5864 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/core2-64 5865 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/all 5866 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/core2-64 5867 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/all 5868 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/core2-64 5869 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/all 5870 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/core2-64 5871 5872 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS` 5873 Specifies the front portion of the package feed URI used by the 5874 OpenEmbedded build system. Each final package feed URI is comprised 5875 of :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS`, 5876 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`, and 5877 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variables. 5878 5879 Consider the following example where the :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS`, 5880 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`, and :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variables are 5881 defined in your ``local.conf`` file:: 5882 5883 PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \ 5884 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates" 5885 PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS = "rpm rpm-dev" 5886 PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS = "all core2-64" 5887 5888 Given these settings, the resulting package feeds are as follows: 5889 5890 .. code-block:: none 5891 5892 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/all 5893 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/core2-64 5894 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/all 5895 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/core2-64 5896 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/all 5897 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/core2-64 5898 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/all 5899 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/core2-64 5900 5901 :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL` 5902 The final list of packages passed to the package manager for 5903 installation into the image. 5904 5905 Because the package manager controls actual installation of all 5906 packages, the list of packages passed using :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL` is 5907 not the final list of packages that are actually installed. This 5908 variable is internal to the image construction code. Consequently, in 5909 general, you should use the 5910 :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` variable to specify 5911 packages for installation. The exception to this is when working with 5912 the :ref:`core-image-minimal-initramfs <ref-manual/images:images>` 5913 image. When working with an initial RAM filesystem (:term:`Initramfs`) image, 5914 use the :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL` variable. For information on creating an 5915 :term:`Initramfs`, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/building:building an initial ram filesystem (Initramfs) image`" section 5916 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 5917 5918 :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL_ATTEMPTONLY` 5919 Specifies a list of packages the OpenEmbedded build system attempts 5920 to install when creating an image. If a listed package fails to 5921 install, the build system does not generate an error. This variable 5922 is generally not user-defined. 5923 5924 :term:`PACKAGE_PREPROCESS_FUNCS` 5925 Specifies a list of functions run to pre-process the 5926 :term:`PKGD` directory prior to splitting the files out 5927 to individual packages. 5928 5929 :term:`PACKAGE_WRITE_DEPS` 5930 Specifies a list of dependencies for post-installation and 5931 pre-installation scripts on native/cross tools. If your 5932 post-installation or pre-installation script can execute at root filesystem 5933 creation time rather than on the target but depends on a native tool 5934 in order to execute, you need to list the tools in 5935 :term:`PACKAGE_WRITE_DEPS`. 5936 5937 For information on running post-installation scripts, see the 5938 ":ref:`dev-manual/new-recipe:post-installation scripts`" 5939 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 5940 5941 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` 5942 This variable provides a means of enabling or disabling features of a 5943 recipe on a per-recipe basis. :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` blocks are defined in 5944 recipes when you specify features and then arguments that define 5945 feature behaviors. Here is the basic block structure (broken over 5946 multiple lines for readability):: 5947 5948 PACKAGECONFIG ??= "f1 f2 f3 ..." 5949 PACKAGECONFIG[f1] = "\ 5950 --with-f1, \ 5951 --without-f1, \ 5952 build-deps-for-f1, \ 5953 runtime-deps-for-f1, \ 5954 runtime-recommends-for-f1, \ 5955 packageconfig-conflicts-for-f1" 5956 PACKAGECONFIG[f2] = "\ 5957 ... and so on and so on ... 5958 5959 The :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` variable itself specifies a space-separated 5960 list of the features to enable. Following the features, you can 5961 determine the behavior of each feature by providing up to six 5962 order-dependent arguments, which are separated by commas. You can 5963 omit any argument you like but must retain the separating commas. The 5964 order is important and specifies the following: 5965 5966 #. Extra arguments that should be added to the configure script 5967 argument list (:term:`EXTRA_OECONF` or 5968 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`) if 5969 the feature is enabled. 5970 5971 #. Extra arguments that should be added to :term:`EXTRA_OECONF` or 5972 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS` if the feature is disabled. 5973 5974 #. Additional build dependencies (:term:`DEPENDS`) 5975 that should be added if the feature is enabled. 5976 5977 #. Additional runtime dependencies (:term:`RDEPENDS`) 5978 that should be added if the feature is enabled. 5979 5980 #. Additional runtime recommendations 5981 (:term:`RRECOMMENDS`) that should be added if 5982 the feature is enabled. 5983 5984 #. Any conflicting (that is, mutually exclusive) :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` 5985 settings for this feature. 5986 5987 Consider the following :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` block taken from the 5988 ``librsvg`` recipe. In this example the feature is ``gtk``, which has 5989 three arguments that determine the feature's behavior:: 5990 5991 PACKAGECONFIG[gtk] = "--with-gtk3,--without-gtk3,gtk+3" 5992 5993 The 5994 ``--with-gtk3`` and ``gtk+3`` arguments apply only if the feature is 5995 enabled. In this case, ``--with-gtk3`` is added to the configure 5996 script argument list and ``gtk+3`` is added to :term:`DEPENDS`. On the 5997 other hand, if the feature is disabled say through a ``.bbappend`` 5998 file in another layer, then the second argument ``--without-gtk3`` is 5999 added to the configure script instead. 6000 6001 The basic :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` structure previously described holds true 6002 regardless of whether you are creating a block or changing a block. 6003 When creating a block, use the structure inside your recipe. 6004 6005 If you want to change an existing :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` block, you can do 6006 so one of two ways: 6007 6008 - *Append file:* Create an append file named 6009 ``recipename.bbappend`` in your layer and override the value of 6010 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG`. You can either completely override the 6011 variable:: 6012 6013 PACKAGECONFIG = "f4 f5" 6014 6015 Or, you can just append the variable:: 6016 6017 PACKAGECONFIG:append = " f4" 6018 6019 - *Configuration file:* This method is identical to changing the 6020 block through an append file except you edit your ``local.conf`` 6021 or ``mydistro.conf`` file. As with append files previously 6022 described, you can either completely override the variable:: 6023 6024 PACKAGECONFIG:pn-recipename = "f4 f5" 6025 6026 Or, you can just amend the variable:: 6027 6028 PACKAGECONFIG:append:pn-recipename = " f4" 6029 6030 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS` 6031 A space-separated list of configuration options generated from the 6032 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` setting. 6033 6034 Classes such as :ref:`ref-classes-autotools` and :ref:`ref-classes-cmake` 6035 use :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS` to pass :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` options 6036 to ``configure`` and ``cmake``, respectively. If you are using 6037 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` but not a class that handles the 6038 :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task, then you need to use 6039 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS` appropriately. 6040 6041 :term:`PACKAGEGROUP_DISABLE_COMPLEMENTARY` 6042 For recipes inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-packagegroup` class, setting 6043 :term:`PACKAGEGROUP_DISABLE_COMPLEMENTARY` to "1" specifies that the 6044 normal complementary packages (i.e. ``-dev``, ``-dbg``, and so forth) 6045 should not be automatically created by the ``packagegroup`` recipe, 6046 which is the default behavior. 6047 6048 :term:`PACKAGES` 6049 The list of packages the recipe creates. The default value is the 6050 following:: 6051 6052 ${PN}-src ${PN}-dbg ${PN}-staticdev ${PN}-dev ${PN}-doc ${PN}-locale ${PACKAGE_BEFORE_PN} ${PN} 6053 6054 During packaging, the :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task 6055 goes through :term:`PACKAGES` and uses the :term:`FILES` 6056 variable corresponding to each package to assign files to the 6057 package. If a file matches the :term:`FILES` variable for more than one 6058 package in :term:`PACKAGES`, it will be assigned to the earliest 6059 (leftmost) package. 6060 6061 Packages in the variable's list that are empty (i.e. where none of 6062 the patterns in ``FILES:``\ pkg match any files installed by the 6063 :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task) are not generated, 6064 unless generation is forced through the 6065 :term:`ALLOW_EMPTY` variable. 6066 6067 :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` 6068 A promise that your recipe satisfies runtime dependencies for 6069 optional modules that are found in other recipes. 6070 :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` does not actually satisfy the dependencies, it 6071 only states that they should be satisfied. For example, if a hard, 6072 runtime dependency (:term:`RDEPENDS`) of another 6073 package is satisfied at build time through the :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` 6074 variable, but a package with the module name is never actually 6075 produced, then the other package will be broken. Thus, if you attempt 6076 to include that package in an image, you will get a dependency 6077 failure from the packaging system during the 6078 :ref:`ref-tasks-rootfs` task. 6079 6080 Typically, if there is a chance that such a situation can occur and 6081 the package that is not created is valid without the dependency being 6082 satisfied, then you should use :term:`RRECOMMENDS` 6083 (a soft runtime dependency) instead of :term:`RDEPENDS`. 6084 6085 For an example of how to use the :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` variable when 6086 you are splitting packages, see the 6087 ":ref:`dev-manual/packages:handling optional module packaging`" 6088 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 6089 6090 :term:`PACKAGESPLITFUNCS` 6091 Specifies a list of functions run to perform additional splitting of 6092 files into individual packages. Recipes can either prepend to this 6093 variable or prepend to the ``populate_packages`` function in order to 6094 perform additional package splitting. In either case, the function 6095 should set :term:`PACKAGES`, 6096 :term:`FILES`, :term:`RDEPENDS` and 6097 other packaging variables appropriately in order to perform the 6098 desired splitting. 6099 6100 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` 6101 6102 Extra options passed to the build tool command (``make``, 6103 ``ninja`` or more specific build engines, like the Go language one) 6104 during the :ref:`ref-tasks-compile` task, to specify parallel compilation 6105 on the local build host. This variable is usually in the form "-j x", 6106 where x represents the maximum number of parallel threads such engines 6107 can run. 6108 6109 .. note:: 6110 6111 For software compiled by ``make``, in order for :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` 6112 to be effective, ``make`` must be called with 6113 ``${``\ :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE`\ ``}``. An easy 6114 way to ensure this is to use the ``oe_runmake`` function. 6115 6116 By default, the OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this 6117 variable to be equal to the number of cores the build system uses. 6118 6119 .. note:: 6120 6121 If the software being built experiences dependency issues during 6122 the :ref:`ref-tasks-compile` task that result in race conditions, you can clear 6123 the :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` variable within the recipe as a workaround. For 6124 information on addressing race conditions, see the 6125 ":ref:`dev-manual/debugging:debugging parallel make races`" 6126 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 6127 6128 For single socket systems (i.e. one CPU), you should not have to 6129 override this variable to gain optimal parallelism during builds. 6130 However, if you have very large systems that employ multiple physical 6131 CPUs, you might want to make sure the :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` variable is 6132 not set higher than "-j 20". 6133 6134 For more information on speeding up builds, see the 6135 ":ref:`dev-manual/speeding-up-build:speeding up a build`" 6136 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 6137 6138 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKEINST` 6139 Extra options passed to the build tool install command 6140 (``make install``, ``ninja install`` or more specific ones) 6141 during the :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task in order to specify 6142 parallel installation. This variable defaults to the value of 6143 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE`. 6144 6145 .. note:: 6146 6147 For software compiled by ``make``, in order for :term:`PARALLEL_MAKEINST` 6148 to be effective, ``make`` must be called with 6149 ``${``\ :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE`\ ``}``. An easy 6150 way to ensure this is to use the ``oe_runmake`` function. 6151 6152 If the software being built experiences dependency issues during 6153 the :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task that result in race conditions, you can 6154 clear the :term:`PARALLEL_MAKEINST` variable within the recipe as a 6155 workaround. For information on addressing race conditions, see the 6156 ":ref:`dev-manual/debugging:debugging parallel make races`" 6157 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 6158 6159 :term:`PATCHRESOLVE` 6160 Determines the action to take when a patch fails. You can set this 6161 variable to one of two values: "noop" and "user". 6162 6163 The default value of "noop" causes the build to simply fail when the 6164 OpenEmbedded build system cannot successfully apply a patch. Setting 6165 the value to "user" causes the build system to launch a shell and 6166 places you in the right location so that you can manually resolve the 6167 conflicts. 6168 6169 Set this variable in your ``local.conf`` file. 6170 6171 :term:`PATCHTOOL` 6172 Specifies the utility used to apply patches for a recipe during the 6173 :ref:`ref-tasks-patch` task. You can specify one of 6174 three utilities: "patch", "quilt", or "git". The default utility used 6175 is "quilt" except for the quilt-native recipe itself. Because the 6176 quilt tool is not available at the time quilt-native is being 6177 patched, it uses "patch". 6178 6179 If you wish to use an alternative patching tool, set the variable in 6180 the recipe using one of the following:: 6181 6182 PATCHTOOL = "patch" 6183 PATCHTOOL = "quilt" 6184 PATCHTOOL = "git" 6185 6186 :term:`PE` 6187 The epoch of the recipe. By default, this variable is unset. The 6188 variable is used to make upgrades possible when the versioning scheme 6189 changes in some backwards incompatible way. 6190 6191 :term:`PE` is the default value of the :term:`PKGE` variable. 6192 6193 :term:`PEP517_WHEEL_PATH` 6194 When used by recipes that inherit the :ref:`ref-classes-python_pep517` 6195 class, denotes the path to ``dist/`` (short for distribution) where the 6196 binary archive ``wheel`` is built. 6197 6198 :term:`PERSISTENT_DIR` 6199 See :term:`bitbake:PERSISTENT_DIR` in the BitBake manual. 6200 6201 :term:`PF` 6202 Specifies the recipe or package name and includes all version and 6203 revision numbers (i.e. ``glibc-2.13-r20+svnr15508/`` and 6204 ``bash-4.2-r1/``). This variable is comprised of the following: 6205 ${:term:`PN`}-${:term:`EXTENDPE`}${:term:`PV`}-${:term:`PR`} 6206 6207 :term:`PIXBUF_PACKAGES` 6208 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-pixbufcache` 6209 class, this variable identifies packages that contain the pixbuf 6210 loaders used with ``gdk-pixbuf``. By default, the 6211 :ref:`ref-classes-pixbufcache` class assumes that 6212 the loaders are in the recipe's main package (i.e. 6213 ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``). Use this variable if the 6214 loaders you need are in a package other than that main package. 6215 6216 :term:`PKG` 6217 The name of the resulting package created by the OpenEmbedded build 6218 system. 6219 6220 .. note:: 6221 6222 When using the :term:`PKG` variable, you must use a package name override. 6223 6224 For example, when the :ref:`ref-classes-debian` class renames the output 6225 package, it does so by setting ``PKG:packagename``. 6226 6227 :term:`PKG_CONFIG_PATH` 6228 The path to ``pkg-config`` files for the current build context. 6229 ``pkg-config`` reads this variable from the environment. 6230 6231 :term:`PKGD` 6232 Points to the destination directory for files to be packaged before 6233 they are split into individual packages. This directory defaults to 6234 the following:: 6235 6236 ${WORKDIR}/package 6237 6238 Do not change this default. 6239 6240 :term:`PKGDATA_DIR` 6241 Points to a shared, global-state directory that holds data generated 6242 during the packaging process. During the packaging process, the 6243 :ref:`ref-tasks-packagedata` task packages data 6244 for each recipe and installs it into this temporary, shared area. 6245 This directory defaults to the following, which you should not 6246 change:: 6247 6248 ${STAGING_DIR_HOST}/pkgdata 6249 6250 For examples of how this data is used, see the 6251 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`" 6252 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual and the 6253 ":ref:`dev-manual/debugging:viewing package information with \`\`oe-pkgdata-util\`\``" 6254 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. For more 6255 information on the shared, global-state directory, see 6256 :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`. 6257 6258 :term:`PKGDEST` 6259 Points to the parent directory for files to be packaged after they 6260 have been split into individual packages. This directory defaults to 6261 the following:: 6262 6263 ${WORKDIR}/packages-split 6264 6265 Under this directory, the build system creates directories for each 6266 package specified in :term:`PACKAGES`. Do not change 6267 this default. 6268 6269 :term:`PKGDESTWORK` 6270 Points to a temporary work area where the 6271 :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task saves package metadata. 6272 The :term:`PKGDESTWORK` location defaults to the following:: 6273 6274 ${WORKDIR}/pkgdata 6275 6276 Do not change this default. 6277 6278 The :ref:`ref-tasks-packagedata` task copies the 6279 package metadata from :term:`PKGDESTWORK` to 6280 :term:`PKGDATA_DIR` to make it available globally. 6281 6282 :term:`PKGE` 6283 The epoch of the package(s) built by the recipe. By default, :term:`PKGE` 6284 is set to :term:`PE`. 6285 6286 :term:`PKGR` 6287 The revision of the package(s) built by the recipe. By default, 6288 :term:`PKGR` is set to :term:`PR`. 6289 6290 :term:`PKGV` 6291 The version of the package(s) built by the recipe. By default, 6292 :term:`PKGV` is set to :term:`PV`. 6293 6294 :term:`PN` 6295 This variable can have two separate functions depending on the 6296 context: a recipe name or a resulting package name. 6297 6298 :term:`PN` refers to a recipe name in the context of a file used by the 6299 OpenEmbedded build system as input to create a package. The name is 6300 normally extracted from the recipe file name. For example, if the 6301 recipe is named ``expat_2.0.1.bb``, then the default value of :term:`PN` 6302 will be "expat". 6303 6304 The variable refers to a package name in the context of a file 6305 created or produced by the OpenEmbedded build system. 6306 6307 If applicable, the :term:`PN` variable also contains any special suffix 6308 or prefix. For example, using ``bash`` to build packages for the 6309 native machine, :term:`PN` is ``bash-native``. Using ``bash`` to build 6310 packages for the target and for Multilib, :term:`PN` would be ``bash`` 6311 and ``lib64-bash``, respectively. 6312 6313 :term:`POPULATE_SDK_POST_HOST_COMMAND` 6314 Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build 6315 system has created the host part of the SDK. You can specify 6316 functions separated by semicolons:: 6317 6318 POPULATE_SDK_POST_HOST_COMMAND += "function; ... " 6319 6320 If you need to pass the SDK path to a command within a function, you 6321 can use ``${SDK_DIR}``, which points to the parent directory used by 6322 the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK output. See the 6323 :term:`SDK_DIR` variable for more information. 6324 6325 :term:`POPULATE_SDK_POST_TARGET_COMMAND` 6326 Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build 6327 system has created the target part of the SDK. You can specify 6328 functions separated by semicolons:: 6329 6330 POPULATE_SDK_POST_TARGET_COMMAND += "function; ... " 6331 6332 If you need to pass the SDK path to a command within a function, you 6333 can use ``${SDK_DIR}``, which points to the parent directory used by 6334 the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK output. See the 6335 :term:`SDK_DIR` variable for more information. 6336 6337 :term:`PR` 6338 The revision of the recipe. The default value for this variable is 6339 "r0". Subsequent revisions of the recipe conventionally have the 6340 values "r1", "r2", and so forth. When :term:`PV` increases, 6341 :term:`PR` is conventionally reset to "r0". 6342 6343 .. note:: 6344 6345 The OpenEmbedded build system does not need the aid of :term:`PR` 6346 to know when to rebuild a recipe. The build system uses the task 6347 :ref:`input checksums <overview-manual/concepts:checksums (signatures)>` along with the 6348 :ref:`stamp <structure-build-tmp-stamps>` and 6349 :ref:`overview-manual/concepts:shared state cache` 6350 mechanisms. 6351 6352 The :term:`PR` variable primarily becomes significant when a package 6353 manager dynamically installs packages on an already built image. In 6354 this case, :term:`PR`, which is the default value of 6355 :term:`PKGR`, helps the package manager distinguish which 6356 package is the most recent one in cases where many packages have the 6357 same :term:`PV` (i.e. :term:`PKGV`). A component having many packages with 6358 the same :term:`PV` usually means that the packages all install the same 6359 upstream version, but with later (:term:`PR`) version packages including 6360 packaging fixes. 6361 6362 .. note:: 6363 6364 :term:`PR` does not need to be increased for changes that do not change the 6365 package contents or metadata. 6366 6367 Because manually managing :term:`PR` can be cumbersome and error-prone, 6368 an automated solution exists. See the 6369 ":ref:`dev-manual/packages:working with a pr service`" section 6370 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more information. 6371 6372 :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER` 6373 If multiple recipes provide the same item, this variable determines 6374 which recipe is preferred and thus provides the item (i.e. the 6375 preferred provider). You should always suffix this variable with the 6376 name of the provided item. And, you should define the variable using 6377 the preferred recipe's name (:term:`PN`). Here is a common 6378 example:: 6379 6380 PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/kernel ?= "linux-yocto" 6381 6382 In the previous example, multiple recipes are providing "virtual/kernel". 6383 The :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER` variable is set with the name (:term:`PN`) of 6384 the recipe you prefer to provide "virtual/kernel". 6385 6386 Following are more examples:: 6387 6388 PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/xserver = "xserver-xf86" 6389 PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/libgl ?= "mesa" 6390 6391 For more 6392 information, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/new-recipe:using virtual providers`" 6393 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 6394 6395 .. note:: 6396 6397 If you use a ``virtual/\*`` item with :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER`, then any 6398 recipe that :term:`PROVIDES` that item but is not selected (defined) 6399 by :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER` is prevented from building, which is usually 6400 desirable since this mechanism is designed to select between mutually 6401 exclusive alternative providers. 6402 6403 :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDERS` 6404 See :term:`bitbake:PREFERRED_PROVIDERS` in the BitBake manual. 6405 6406 :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION` 6407 If there are multiple versions of a recipe available, this variable 6408 determines which version should be given preference. You must always 6409 suffix the variable with the :term:`PN` you want to select (`python` in 6410 the first example below), and you should specify the :term:`PV` 6411 accordingly (`3.4.0` in the example). 6412 6413 The :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION` variable supports limited wildcard use 6414 through the "``%``" character. You can use the character to match any 6415 number of characters, which can be useful when specifying versions 6416 that contain long revision numbers that potentially change. Here are 6417 two examples:: 6418 6419 PREFERRED_VERSION_python = "3.4.0" 6420 PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto = "5.0%" 6421 6422 .. note:: 6423 6424 The use of the "%" character is limited in that it only works at the end of the 6425 string. You cannot use the wildcard character in any other 6426 location of the string. 6427 6428 The specified version is matched against :term:`PV`, which 6429 does not necessarily match the version part of the recipe's filename. 6430 For example, consider two recipes ``foo_1.2.bb`` and ``foo_git.bb`` 6431 where ``foo_git.bb`` contains the following assignment:: 6432 6433 PV = "1.1+git${SRCPV}" 6434 6435 In this case, the correct way to select 6436 ``foo_git.bb`` is by using an assignment such as the following:: 6437 6438 PREFERRED_VERSION_foo = "1.1+git%" 6439 6440 Compare that previous example 6441 against the following incorrect example, which does not work:: 6442 6443 PREFERRED_VERSION_foo = "git" 6444 6445 Sometimes the :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION` variable can be set by 6446 configuration files in a way that is hard to change. You can use 6447 :term:`OVERRIDES` to set a machine-specific 6448 override. Here is an example:: 6449 6450 PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto:qemux86 = "5.0%" 6451 6452 Although not recommended, worst case, you can also use the 6453 "forcevariable" override, which is the strongest override possible. 6454 Here is an example:: 6455 6456 PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto:forcevariable = "5.0%" 6457 6458 .. note:: 6459 6460 The ``:forcevariable`` override is not handled specially. This override 6461 only works because the default value of :term:`OVERRIDES` includes "forcevariable". 6462 6463 If a recipe with the specified version is not available, a warning 6464 message will be shown. See :term:`REQUIRED_VERSION` if you want this 6465 to be an error instead. 6466 6467 :term:`PREMIRRORS` 6468 Specifies additional paths from which the OpenEmbedded build system 6469 gets source code. When the build system searches for source code, it 6470 first tries the local download directory. If that location fails, the 6471 build system tries locations defined by :term:`PREMIRRORS`, the upstream 6472 source, and then locations specified by 6473 :term:`MIRRORS` in that order. 6474 6475 Assuming your distribution (:term:`DISTRO`) is "poky", 6476 the default value for :term:`PREMIRRORS` is defined in the 6477 ``conf/distro/poky.conf`` file in the ``meta-poky`` Git repository. 6478 6479 Typically, you could add a specific server for the build system to 6480 attempt before any others by adding something like the following to 6481 the ``local.conf`` configuration file in the 6482 :term:`Build Directory`:: 6483 6484 PREMIRRORS:prepend = "\ 6485 git://.*/.* &YOCTO_DL_URL;/mirror/sources/ \ 6486 ftp://.*/.* &YOCTO_DL_URL;/mirror/sources/ \ 6487 http://.*/.* &YOCTO_DL_URL;/mirror/sources/ \ 6488 https://.*/.* &YOCTO_DL_URL;/mirror/sources/" 6489 6490 These changes cause the 6491 build system to intercept Git, FTP, HTTP, and HTTPS requests and 6492 direct them to the ``http://`` sources mirror. You can use 6493 ``file://`` URLs to point to local directories or network shares as 6494 well. 6495 6496 :term:`PRIORITY` 6497 Indicates the importance of a package. 6498 6499 :term:`PRIORITY` is considered to be part of the distribution policy 6500 because the importance of any given recipe depends on the purpose for 6501 which the distribution is being produced. Thus, :term:`PRIORITY` is not 6502 normally set within recipes. 6503 6504 You can set :term:`PRIORITY` to "required", "standard", "extra", and 6505 "optional", which is the default. 6506 6507 :term:`PRIVATE_LIBS` 6508 Specifies libraries installed within a recipe that should be ignored 6509 by the OpenEmbedded build system's shared library resolver. This 6510 variable is typically used when software being built by a recipe has 6511 its own private versions of a library normally provided by another 6512 recipe. In this case, you would not want the package containing the 6513 private libraries to be set as a dependency on other unrelated 6514 packages that should instead depend on the package providing the 6515 standard version of the library. 6516 6517 Libraries specified in this variable should be specified by their 6518 file name. For example, from the Firefox recipe in meta-browser:: 6519 6520 PRIVATE_LIBS = "libmozjs.so \ 6521 libxpcom.so \ 6522 libnspr4.so \ 6523 libxul.so \ 6524 libmozalloc.so \ 6525 libplc4.so \ 6526 libplds4.so" 6527 6528 For more information, see the 6529 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`" 6530 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. 6531 6532 :term:`PROVIDES` 6533 A list of aliases by which a particular recipe can be known. By 6534 default, a recipe's own :term:`PN` is implicitly already in its 6535 :term:`PROVIDES` list and therefore does not need to mention that it 6536 provides itself. If a recipe uses :term:`PROVIDES`, the additional 6537 aliases are synonyms for the recipe and can be useful for satisfying 6538 dependencies of other recipes during the build as specified by 6539 :term:`DEPENDS`. 6540 6541 Consider the following example :term:`PROVIDES` statement from the recipe 6542 file ``eudev_3.2.9.bb``:: 6543 6544 PROVIDES += "udev" 6545 6546 The :term:`PROVIDES` statement 6547 results in the "eudev" recipe also being available as simply "udev". 6548 6549 .. note:: 6550 6551 A recipe's own recipe name (:term:`PN`) is always implicitly prepended 6552 to :term:`PROVIDES`, so while using "+=" in the above example may not be 6553 strictly necessary it is recommended to avoid confusion. 6554 6555 In addition to providing recipes under alternate names, the 6556 :term:`PROVIDES` mechanism is also used to implement virtual targets. A 6557 virtual target is a name that corresponds to some particular 6558 functionality (e.g. a Linux kernel). Recipes that provide the 6559 functionality in question list the virtual target in :term:`PROVIDES`. 6560 Recipes that depend on the functionality in question can include the 6561 virtual target in :term:`DEPENDS` to leave the choice of provider open. 6562 6563 Conventionally, virtual targets have names on the form 6564 "virtual/function" (e.g. "virtual/kernel"). The slash is simply part 6565 of the name and has no syntactical significance. 6566 6567 The :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER` variable is 6568 used to select which particular recipe provides a virtual target. 6569 6570 .. note:: 6571 6572 A corresponding mechanism for virtual runtime dependencies 6573 (packages) exists. However, the mechanism does not depend on any 6574 special functionality beyond ordinary variable assignments. For 6575 example, ``VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_dev_manager`` refers to the package of 6576 the component that manages the ``/dev`` directory. 6577 6578 Setting the "preferred provider" for runtime dependencies is as 6579 simple as using the following assignment in a configuration file:: 6580 6581 VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_dev_manager = "udev" 6582 6583 6584 :term:`PRSERV_HOST` 6585 The network based :term:`PR` service host and port. 6586 6587 The ``conf/templates/default/local.conf.sample.extended`` configuration 6588 file in the :term:`Source Directory` shows how the :term:`PRSERV_HOST` 6589 variable is set:: 6590 6591 PRSERV_HOST = "localhost:0" 6592 6593 You must 6594 set the variable if you want to automatically start a local :ref:`PR 6595 service <dev-manual/packages:working with a pr service>`. You can 6596 set :term:`PRSERV_HOST` to other values to use a remote PR service. 6597 6598 6599 :term:`PSEUDO_IGNORE_PATHS` 6600 A comma-separated (without spaces) list of path prefixes that should be ignored 6601 by pseudo when monitoring and recording file operations, in order to avoid 6602 problems with files being written to outside of the pseudo context and 6603 reduce pseudo's overhead. A path is ignored if it matches any prefix in the list 6604 and can include partial directory (or file) names. 6605 6606 6607 :term:`PTEST_ENABLED` 6608 Specifies whether or not :ref:`Package 6609 Test <dev-manual/packages:testing packages with ptest>` (ptest) 6610 functionality is enabled when building a recipe. You should not set 6611 this variable directly. Enabling and disabling building Package Tests 6612 at build time should be done by adding "ptest" to (or removing it 6613 from) :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`. 6614 6615 :term:`PV` 6616 The version of the recipe. The version is normally extracted from the 6617 recipe filename. For example, if the recipe is named 6618 ``expat_2.0.1.bb``, then the default value of :term:`PV` will be "2.0.1". 6619 :term:`PV` is generally not overridden within a recipe unless it is 6620 building an unstable (i.e. development) version from a source code 6621 repository (e.g. Git or Subversion). 6622 6623 :term:`PV` is the default value of the :term:`PKGV` variable. 6624 6625 :term:`PYPI_PACKAGE` 6626 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-pypi` class, specifies the 6627 `PyPI <https://pypi.org/>`__ package name to be built. The default value 6628 is set based upon :term:`BPN` (stripping any "python-" or "python3-" 6629 prefix off if present), however for some packages it will need to be set 6630 explicitly if that will not match the package name (e.g. where the 6631 package name has a prefix, underscores, uppercase letters etc.) 6632 6633 :term:`PYTHON_ABI` 6634 When used by recipes that inherit the :ref:`ref-classes-setuptools3` 6635 class, denotes the Application Binary Interface (ABI) currently in use 6636 for Python. By default, the ABI is "m". You do not have to set this 6637 variable as the OpenEmbedded build system sets it for you. 6638 6639 The OpenEmbedded build system uses the ABI to construct directory 6640 names used when installing the Python headers and libraries in 6641 sysroot (e.g. ``.../python3.3m/...``). 6642 6643 :term:`PYTHON_PN` 6644 When used by recipes that inherit the :ref:`ref-classes-setuptools3` 6645 class, specifies the major Python version being built. For Python 3.x, 6646 :term:`PYTHON_PN` would be "python3". You do not have to set this 6647 variable as the OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets it for you. 6648 6649 The variable allows recipes to use common infrastructure such as the 6650 following:: 6651 6652 DEPENDS += "${PYTHON_PN}-native" 6653 6654 In the previous example, 6655 the version of the dependency is :term:`PYTHON_PN`. 6656 6657 :term:`QA_EMPTY_DIRS` 6658 Specifies a list of directories that are expected to be empty when 6659 packaging; if ``empty-dirs`` appears in :term:`ERROR_QA` or 6660 :term:`WARN_QA` these will be checked and an error or warning 6661 (respectively) will be produced. 6662 6663 The default :term:`QA_EMPTY_DIRS` value is set in 6664 :ref:`insane.bbclass <ref-classes-insane>`. 6665 6666 :term:`QA_EMPTY_DIRS_RECOMMENDATION` 6667 Specifies a recommendation for why a directory must be empty, 6668 which will be included in the error message if a specific directory 6669 is found to contain files. Must be overridden with the directory 6670 path to match on. 6671 6672 If no recommendation is specified for a directory, then the default 6673 "but it is expected to be empty" will be used. 6674 6675 An example message shows if files were present in '/dev':: 6676 6677 QA_EMPTY_DIRS_RECOMMENDATION:/dev = "but all devices must be created at runtime" 6678 6679 :term:`RANLIB` 6680 The minimal command and arguments to run ``ranlib``. 6681 6682 :term:`RCONFLICTS` 6683 The list of packages that conflict with packages. Note that packages 6684 will not be installed if conflicting packages are not first removed. 6685 6686 Like all package-controlling variables, you must always use them in 6687 conjunction with a package name override. Here is an example:: 6688 6689 RCONFLICTS:${PN} = "another_conflicting_package_name" 6690 6691 BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports 6692 specifying versioned dependencies. Although the syntax varies 6693 depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences 6694 from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the 6695 :term:`RCONFLICTS` variable:: 6696 6697 RCONFLICTS:${PN} = "package (operator version)" 6698 6699 For ``operator``, you can specify the following: 6700 6701 - = 6702 - < 6703 - > 6704 - <= 6705 - >= 6706 6707 For example, the following sets up a dependency on version 1.2 or 6708 greater of the package ``foo``:: 6709 6710 RCONFLICTS:${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)" 6711 6712 :term:`RDEPENDS` 6713 Lists runtime dependencies of a package. These dependencies are other 6714 packages that must be installed in order for the package to function 6715 correctly. As an example, the following assignment declares that the 6716 package ``foo`` needs the packages ``bar`` and ``baz`` to be 6717 installed:: 6718 6719 RDEPENDS:foo = "bar baz" 6720 6721 The most common types of package 6722 runtime dependencies are automatically detected and added. Therefore, 6723 most recipes do not need to set :term:`RDEPENDS`. For more information, 6724 see the 6725 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`" 6726 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. 6727 6728 The practical effect of the above :term:`RDEPENDS` assignment is that 6729 ``bar`` and ``baz`` will be declared as dependencies inside the 6730 package ``foo`` when it is written out by one of the 6731 :ref:`do_package_write_* <ref-tasks-package_write_deb>` tasks. 6732 Exactly how this is done depends on which package format is used, 6733 which is determined by 6734 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES`. When the 6735 corresponding package manager installs the package, it will know to 6736 also install the packages on which it depends. 6737 6738 To ensure that the packages ``bar`` and ``baz`` get built, the 6739 previous :term:`RDEPENDS` assignment also causes a task dependency to be 6740 added. This dependency is from the recipe's 6741 :ref:`ref-tasks-build` (not to be confused with 6742 :ref:`ref-tasks-compile`) task to the 6743 :ref:`do_package_write_* <ref-tasks-package_write_deb>` task of the recipes that build ``bar`` and 6744 ``baz``. 6745 6746 The names of the packages you list within :term:`RDEPENDS` must be the 6747 names of other packages --- they cannot be recipe names. Although 6748 package names and recipe names usually match, the important point 6749 here is that you are providing package names within the :term:`RDEPENDS` 6750 variable. For an example of the default list of packages created from 6751 a recipe, see the :term:`PACKAGES` variable. 6752 6753 Because the :term:`RDEPENDS` variable applies to packages being built, 6754 you should always use the variable in a form with an attached package 6755 name (remember that a single recipe can build multiple packages). For 6756 example, suppose you are building a development package that depends 6757 on the ``perl`` package. In this case, you would use the following 6758 :term:`RDEPENDS` statement:: 6759 6760 RDEPENDS:${PN}-dev += "perl" 6761 6762 In the example, 6763 the development package depends on the ``perl`` package. Thus, the 6764 :term:`RDEPENDS` variable has the ``${PN}-dev`` package name as part of 6765 the variable. 6766 6767 .. note:: 6768 6769 ``RDEPENDS:${PN}-dev`` includes ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}`` 6770 by default. This default is set in the BitBake configuration file 6771 (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``). Be careful not to accidentally remove 6772 ``${PN}`` when modifying ``RDEPENDS:${PN}-dev``. Use the "+=" operator 6773 rather than the "=" operator. 6774 6775 The package names you use with :term:`RDEPENDS` must appear as they would 6776 in the :term:`PACKAGES` variable. The :term:`PKG` variable 6777 allows a different name to be used for the final package (e.g. the 6778 :ref:`ref-classes-debian` class uses this to rename 6779 packages), but this final package name cannot be used with 6780 :term:`RDEPENDS`, which makes sense as :term:`RDEPENDS` is meant to be 6781 independent of the package format used. 6782 6783 BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports 6784 specifying versioned dependencies. Although the syntax varies 6785 depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences 6786 from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the 6787 :term:`RDEPENDS` variable:: 6788 6789 RDEPENDS:${PN} = "package (operator version)" 6790 6791 For ``operator``, you can specify the following: 6792 6793 - = 6794 - < 6795 - > 6796 - <= 6797 - >= 6798 6799 For version, provide the version number. 6800 6801 .. note:: 6802 6803 You can use :term:`EXTENDPKGV` to provide a full package version 6804 specification. 6805 6806 For example, the following sets up a dependency on version 1.2 or 6807 greater of the package ``foo``:: 6808 6809 RDEPENDS:${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)" 6810 6811 For information on build-time dependencies, see the 6812 :term:`DEPENDS` variable. You can also see the 6813 ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:tasks`" and 6814 ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution:dependencies`" sections in the 6815 BitBake User Manual for additional information on tasks and 6816 dependencies. 6817 6818 :term:`RECIPE_NO_UPDATE_REASON` 6819 If a recipe should not be replaced by a more recent upstream version, 6820 putting the reason why in this variable in a recipe allows 6821 ``devtool check-upgrade-status`` command to display it, as explained 6822 in the ":ref:`ref-manual/devtool-reference:checking on the upgrade status of a recipe`" 6823 section. 6824 6825 :term:`REPODIR` 6826 See :term:`bitbake:REPODIR` in the BitBake manual. 6827 6828 :term:`REQUIRED_DISTRO_FEATURES` 6829 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-features_check` 6830 class, this variable identifies distribution features that must exist 6831 in the current configuration in order for the OpenEmbedded build 6832 system to build the recipe. In other words, if the 6833 :term:`REQUIRED_DISTRO_FEATURES` variable lists a feature that does not 6834 appear in :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` within the current configuration, then 6835 the recipe will be skipped, and if the build system attempts to build 6836 the recipe then an error will be triggered. 6837 6838 :term:`REQUIRED_VERSION` 6839 If there are multiple versions of a recipe available, this variable 6840 determines which version should be given preference. 6841 :term:`REQUIRED_VERSION` works in exactly the same manner as 6842 :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION`, except that if the specified version is not 6843 available then an error message is shown and the build fails 6844 immediately. 6845 6846 If both :term:`REQUIRED_VERSION` and :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION` are set 6847 for the same recipe, the :term:`REQUIRED_VERSION` value applies. 6848 6849 :term:`RM_WORK_EXCLUDE` 6850 With :ref:`ref-classes-rm-work` enabled, this variable 6851 specifies a list of recipes whose work directories should not be removed. 6852 See the ":ref:`ref-classes-rm-work`" section for more details. 6853 6854 :term:`ROOT_HOME` 6855 Defines the root home directory. By default, this directory is set as 6856 follows in the BitBake configuration file:: 6857 6858 ROOT_HOME ??= "/home/root" 6859 6860 .. note:: 6861 6862 This default value is likely used because some embedded solutions 6863 prefer to have a read-only root filesystem and prefer to keep 6864 writeable data in one place. 6865 6866 You can override the default by setting the variable in any layer or 6867 in the ``local.conf`` file. Because the default is set using a "weak" 6868 assignment (i.e. "??="), you can use either of the following forms to 6869 define your override:: 6870 6871 ROOT_HOME = "/root" 6872 ROOT_HOME ?= "/root" 6873 6874 These 6875 override examples use ``/root``, which is probably the most commonly 6876 used override. 6877 6878 :term:`ROOTFS` 6879 Indicates a filesystem image to include as the root filesystem. 6880 6881 The :term:`ROOTFS` variable is an optional variable used with the 6882 :ref:`ref-classes-image-live` class. 6883 6884 :term:`ROOTFS_POSTINSTALL_COMMAND` 6885 Specifies a list of functions to call after the OpenEmbedded build 6886 system has installed packages. You can specify functions separated by 6887 semicolons:: 6888 6889 ROOTFS_POSTINSTALL_COMMAND += "function; ... " 6890 6891 If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a 6892 function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the 6893 directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the 6894 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more 6895 information. 6896 6897 :term:`ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND` 6898 Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build 6899 system has created the root filesystem. You can specify functions 6900 separated by semicolons:: 6901 6902 ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " 6903 6904 If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a 6905 function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the 6906 directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the 6907 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more 6908 information. 6909 6910 :term:`ROOTFS_POSTUNINSTALL_COMMAND` 6911 Specifies a list of functions to call after the OpenEmbedded build 6912 system has removed unnecessary packages. When runtime package 6913 management is disabled in the image, several packages are removed 6914 including ``base-passwd``, ``shadow``, and ``update-alternatives``. 6915 You can specify functions separated by semicolons:: 6916 6917 ROOTFS_POSTUNINSTALL_COMMAND += "function; ... " 6918 6919 If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a 6920 function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the 6921 directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the 6922 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more 6923 information. 6924 6925 :term:`ROOTFS_PREPROCESS_COMMAND` 6926 Specifies a list of functions to call before the OpenEmbedded build 6927 system has created the root filesystem. You can specify functions 6928 separated by semicolons:: 6929 6930 ROOTFS_PREPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " 6931 6932 If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a 6933 function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the 6934 directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the 6935 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more 6936 information. 6937 6938 :term:`RPROVIDES` 6939 A list of package name aliases that a package also provides. These 6940 aliases are useful for satisfying runtime dependencies of other 6941 packages both during the build and on the target (as specified by 6942 :term:`RDEPENDS`). 6943 6944 .. note:: 6945 6946 A package's own name is implicitly already in its :term:`RPROVIDES` list. 6947 6948 As with all package-controlling variables, you must always use the 6949 variable in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an 6950 example:: 6951 6952 RPROVIDES:${PN} = "widget-abi-2" 6953 6954 :term:`RRECOMMENDS` 6955 A list of packages that extends the usability of a package being 6956 built. The package being built does not depend on this list of 6957 packages in order to successfully build, but rather uses them for 6958 extended usability. To specify runtime dependencies for packages, see 6959 the :term:`RDEPENDS` variable. 6960 6961 The package manager will automatically install the :term:`RRECOMMENDS` 6962 list of packages when installing the built package. However, you can 6963 prevent listed packages from being installed by using the 6964 :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS`, 6965 :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS`, and 6966 :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` variables. 6967 6968 Packages specified in :term:`RRECOMMENDS` need not actually be produced. 6969 However, there must be a recipe providing each package, either 6970 through the :term:`PACKAGES` or 6971 :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` variables or the 6972 :term:`RPROVIDES` variable, or an error will occur 6973 during the build. If such a recipe does exist and the package is not 6974 produced, the build continues without error. 6975 6976 Because the :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variable applies to packages being built, 6977 you should always attach an override to the variable to specify the 6978 particular package whose usability is being extended. For example, 6979 suppose you are building a development package that is extended to 6980 support wireless functionality. In this case, you would use the 6981 following:: 6982 6983 RRECOMMENDS:${PN}-dev += "wireless_package_name" 6984 6985 In the 6986 example, the package name (``${PN}-dev``) must appear as it would in 6987 the :term:`PACKAGES` namespace before any renaming of the output package 6988 by classes such as :ref:`ref-classes-debian`. 6989 6990 BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports 6991 specifying versioned recommends. Although the syntax varies depending 6992 on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences from you. 6993 Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the 6994 :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variable:: 6995 6996 RRECOMMENDS:${PN} = "package (operator version)" 6997 6998 For ``operator``, you can specify the following: 6999 7000 - = 7001 - < 7002 - > 7003 - <= 7004 - >= 7005 7006 For example, the following sets up a recommend on version 1.2 or 7007 greater of the package ``foo``:: 7008 7009 RRECOMMENDS:${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)" 7010 7011 :term:`RREPLACES` 7012 A list of packages replaced by a package. The package manager uses 7013 this variable to determine which package should be installed to 7014 replace other package(s) during an upgrade. In order to also have the 7015 other package(s) removed at the same time, you must add the name of 7016 the other package to the :term:`RCONFLICTS` variable. 7017 7018 As with all package-controlling variables, you must use this variable 7019 in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an example:: 7020 7021 RREPLACES:${PN} = "other_package_being_replaced" 7022 7023 BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports 7024 specifying versioned replacements. Although the syntax varies 7025 depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences 7026 from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the 7027 :term:`RREPLACES` variable:: 7028 7029 RREPLACES:${PN} = "package (operator version)" 7030 7031 For ``operator``, you can specify the following: 7032 7033 - = 7034 - < 7035 - > 7036 - <= 7037 - >= 7038 7039 For example, the following sets up a replacement using version 1.2 7040 or greater of the package ``foo``:: 7041 7042 RREPLACES:${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)" 7043 7044 :term:`RSUGGESTS` 7045 A list of additional packages that you can suggest for installation 7046 by the package manager at the time a package is installed. Not all 7047 package managers support this functionality. 7048 7049 As with all package-controlling variables, you must always use this 7050 variable in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an 7051 example:: 7052 7053 RSUGGESTS:${PN} = "useful_package another_package" 7054 7055 :term:`S` 7056 The location in the :term:`Build Directory` where 7057 unpacked recipe source code resides. By default, this directory is 7058 ``${``\ :term:`WORKDIR`\ ``}/${``\ :term:`BPN`\ ``}-${``\ :term:`PV`\ ``}``, 7059 where ``${BPN}`` is the base recipe name and ``${PV}`` is the recipe 7060 version. If the source tarball extracts the code to a directory named 7061 anything other than ``${BPN}-${PV}``, or if the source code is 7062 fetched from an SCM such as Git or Subversion, then you must set 7063 :term:`S` in the recipe so that the OpenEmbedded build system knows where 7064 to find the unpacked source. 7065 7066 As an example, assume a :term:`Source Directory` 7067 top-level folder named ``poky`` and a default :term:`Build Directory` at 7068 ``poky/build``. In this case, the work directory the build system 7069 uses to keep the unpacked recipe for ``db`` is the following:: 7070 7071 poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/db/5.1.19-r3/db-5.1.19 7072 7073 The unpacked source code resides in the ``db-5.1.19`` folder. 7074 7075 This next example assumes a Git repository. By default, Git 7076 repositories are cloned to ``${WORKDIR}/git`` during 7077 :ref:`ref-tasks-fetch`. Since this path is different 7078 from the default value of :term:`S`, you must set it specifically so the 7079 source can be located:: 7080 7081 SRC_URI = "git://path/to/repo.git;branch=main" 7082 S = "${WORKDIR}/git" 7083 7084 :term:`SANITY_REQUIRED_UTILITIES` 7085 Specifies a list of command-line utilities that should be checked for 7086 during the initial sanity checking process when running BitBake. If 7087 any of the utilities are not installed on the build host, then 7088 BitBake immediately exits with an error. 7089 7090 :term:`SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS` 7091 A list of the host distribution identifiers that the build system has 7092 been tested against. Identifiers consist of the host distributor ID 7093 followed by the release, as reported by the ``lsb_release`` tool or 7094 as read from ``/etc/lsb-release``. Separate the list items with 7095 explicit newline characters (``\n``). If :term:`SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS` is 7096 not empty and the current value of 7097 :term:`NATIVELSBSTRING` does not appear in the 7098 list, then the build system reports a warning that indicates the 7099 current host distribution has not been tested as a build host. 7100 7101 :term:`SDK_ARCH` 7102 The target architecture for the SDK. Typically, you do not directly 7103 set this variable. Instead, use :term:`SDKMACHINE`. 7104 7105 :term:`SDK_BUILDINFO_FILE` 7106 When using the :ref:`ref-classes-image-buildinfo` class, 7107 specifies the file in the SDK to write the build information into. The 7108 default value is "``/buildinfo``". 7109 7110 :term:`SDK_CUSTOM_TEMPLATECONF` 7111 When building the extensible SDK, if :term:`SDK_CUSTOM_TEMPLATECONF` is set to 7112 "1" and a ``conf/templateconf.cfg`` file exists in the :term:`Build Directory` 7113 (:term:`TOPDIR`) then this will be copied into the SDK. 7114 7115 :term:`SDK_DEPLOY` 7116 The directory set up and used by the 7117 :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk>` class to which the 7118 SDK is deployed. The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk>` 7119 class defines :term:`SDK_DEPLOY` as follows:: 7120 7121 SDK_DEPLOY = "${TMPDIR}/deploy/sdk" 7122 7123 :term:`SDK_DIR` 7124 The parent directory used by the OpenEmbedded build system when 7125 creating SDK output. The 7126 :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class defines 7127 the variable as follows:: 7128 7129 SDK_DIR = "${WORKDIR}/sdk" 7130 7131 .. note:: 7132 7133 The :term:`SDK_DIR` directory is a temporary directory as it is part of 7134 :term:`WORKDIR`. The final output directory is :term:`SDK_DEPLOY`. 7135 7136 :term:`SDK_EXT_TYPE` 7137 Controls whether or not shared state artifacts are copied into the 7138 extensible SDK. The default value of "full" copies all of the 7139 required shared state artifacts into the extensible SDK. The value 7140 "minimal" leaves these artifacts out of the SDK. 7141 7142 .. note:: 7143 7144 If you set the variable to "minimal", you need to ensure 7145 :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` is set in the SDK's configuration to enable the 7146 artifacts to be fetched as needed. 7147 7148 :term:`SDK_HOST_MANIFEST` 7149 The manifest file for the host part of the SDK. This file lists all 7150 the installed packages that make up the host part of the SDK. The 7151 file contains package information on a line-per-package basis as 7152 follows:: 7153 7154 packagename packagearch version 7155 7156 The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class 7157 defines the manifest file as follows:: 7158 7159 SDK_HOST_MANIFEST = "${SDK_DEPLOY}/${TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME}.host.manifest" 7160 7161 The location is derived using the :term:`SDK_DEPLOY` and 7162 :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME` variables. 7163 7164 :term:`SDK_INCLUDE_PKGDATA` 7165 When set to "1", specifies to include the packagedata for all recipes 7166 in the "world" target in the extensible SDK. Including this data 7167 allows the ``devtool search`` command to find these recipes in search 7168 results, as well as allows the ``devtool add`` command to map 7169 dependencies more effectively. 7170 7171 .. note:: 7172 7173 Enabling the :term:`SDK_INCLUDE_PKGDATA` 7174 variable significantly increases build time because all of world 7175 needs to be built. Enabling the variable also slightly increases 7176 the size of the extensible SDK. 7177 7178 :term:`SDK_INCLUDE_TOOLCHAIN` 7179 When set to "1", specifies to include the toolchain in the extensible 7180 SDK. Including the toolchain is useful particularly when 7181 :term:`SDK_EXT_TYPE` is set to "minimal" to keep 7182 the SDK reasonably small but you still want to provide a usable 7183 toolchain. For example, suppose you want to use the toolchain from an 7184 IDE or from other tools and you do not want to perform additional 7185 steps to install the toolchain. 7186 7187 The :term:`SDK_INCLUDE_TOOLCHAIN` variable defaults to "0" if 7188 :term:`SDK_EXT_TYPE` is set to "minimal", and defaults to "1" if 7189 :term:`SDK_EXT_TYPE` is set to "full". 7190 7191 :term:`SDK_NAME` 7192 The base name for SDK output files. The name is derived from the 7193 :term:`DISTRO`, :term:`TCLIBC`, 7194 :term:`SDK_ARCH`, 7195 :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME`, and 7196 :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH` variables:: 7197 7198 SDK_NAME = "${DISTRO}-${TCLIBC}-${SDK_ARCH}-${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${TUNE_PKGARCH}" 7199 7200 :term:`SDK_OS` 7201 Specifies the operating system for which the SDK will be built. The 7202 default value is the value of :term:`BUILD_OS`. 7203 7204 :term:`SDK_OUTPUT` 7205 The location used by the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK 7206 output. The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` 7207 class defines the variable as follows:: 7208 7209 SDK_DIR = "${WORKDIR}/sdk" 7210 SDK_OUTPUT = "${SDK_DIR}/image" 7211 SDK_DEPLOY = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/sdk" 7212 7213 .. note:: 7214 7215 The :term:`SDK_OUTPUT` directory is a temporary directory as it is part of 7216 :term:`WORKDIR` by way of :term:`SDK_DIR`. The final output directory is 7217 :term:`SDK_DEPLOY`. 7218 7219 :term:`SDK_PACKAGE_ARCHS` 7220 Specifies a list of architectures compatible with the SDK machine. 7221 This variable is set automatically and should not normally be 7222 hand-edited. Entries are separated using spaces and listed in order 7223 of priority. The default value for :term:`SDK_PACKAGE_ARCHS` is "all any 7224 noarch ${SDK_ARCH}-${SDKPKGSUFFIX}". 7225 7226 :term:`SDK_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND` 7227 Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build 7228 system creates the SDK. You can specify functions separated by 7229 semicolons: SDK_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " 7230 7231 If you need to pass an SDK path to a command within a function, you 7232 can use ``${SDK_DIR}``, which points to the parent directory used by 7233 the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK output. See the 7234 :term:`SDK_DIR` variable for more information. 7235 7236 :term:`SDK_PREFIX` 7237 The toolchain binary prefix used for 7238 :ref:`ref-classes-nativesdk` recipes. The 7239 OpenEmbedded build system uses the :term:`SDK_PREFIX` value to set the 7240 :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` when building 7241 ``nativesdk`` recipes. The default value is "${SDK_SYS}-". 7242 7243 :term:`SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS` 7244 A list of shared state tasks added to the extensible SDK. By default, 7245 the following tasks are added: 7246 7247 - :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_lic` 7248 - :ref:`ref-tasks-package_qa` 7249 - :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` 7250 - :ref:`ref-tasks-deploy` 7251 7252 Despite the default value of "" for the 7253 :term:`SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS` variable, the above four tasks are always added 7254 to the SDK. To specify tasks beyond these four, you need to use the 7255 :term:`SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS` variable (e.g. you are defining additional 7256 tasks that are needed in order to build 7257 :term:`SDK_TARGETS`). 7258 7259 :term:`SDK_SYS` 7260 Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating 7261 system, for which the SDK will be built. 7262 7263 The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based 7264 on :term:`SDK_ARCH`, 7265 :term:`SDK_VENDOR`, and 7266 :term:`SDK_OS`. You do not need to set the :term:`SDK_SYS` 7267 variable yourself. 7268 7269 :term:`SDK_TARGET_MANIFEST` 7270 The manifest file for the target part of the SDK. This file lists all 7271 the installed packages that make up the target part of the SDK. The 7272 file contains package information on a line-per-package basis as 7273 follows:: 7274 7275 packagename packagearch version 7276 7277 The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class 7278 defines the manifest file as follows:: 7279 7280 SDK_TARGET_MANIFEST = "${SDK_DEPLOY}/${TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME}.target.manifest" 7281 7282 The location is derived using the :term:`SDK_DEPLOY` and 7283 :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME` variables. 7284 7285 :term:`SDK_TARGETS` 7286 A list of targets to install from shared state as part of the 7287 standard or extensible SDK installation. The default value is "${PN}" 7288 (i.e. the image from which the SDK is built). 7289 7290 The :term:`SDK_TARGETS` variable is an internal variable and typically 7291 would not be changed. 7292 7293 :term:`SDK_TITLE` 7294 The title to be printed when running the SDK installer. By default, 7295 this title is based on the :term:`DISTRO_NAME` or 7296 :term:`DISTRO` variable and is set in the 7297 :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class as 7298 follows:: 7299 7300 SDK_TITLE ??= "${@d.getVar('DISTRO_NAME') or d.getVar('DISTRO')} SDK" 7301 7302 For the default distribution "poky", 7303 :term:`SDK_TITLE` is set to "Poky (Yocto Project Reference Distro)". 7304 7305 For information on how to change this default title, see the 7306 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:changing the extensible sdk installer title`" 7307 section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the 7308 Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual. 7309 7310 :term:`SDK_TOOLCHAIN_LANGS` 7311 Specifies programming languages to support in the SDK, as a 7312 space-separated list. Currently supported items are ``rust`` and ``go``. 7313 7314 :term:`SDK_UPDATE_URL` 7315 An optional URL for an update server for the extensible SDK. If set, 7316 the value is used as the default update server when running 7317 ``devtool sdk-update`` within the extensible SDK. 7318 7319 :term:`SDK_VENDOR` 7320 Specifies the name of the SDK vendor. 7321 7322 :term:`SDK_VERSION` 7323 Specifies the version of the SDK. The Poky distribution configuration file 7324 (``/meta-poky/conf/distro/poky.conf``) sets the default 7325 :term:`SDK_VERSION` as follows:: 7326 7327 SDK_VERSION = "${@d.getVar('DISTRO_VERSION').replace('snapshot-${METADATA_REVISION}', 'snapshot')}" 7328 7329 For additional information, see the 7330 :term:`DISTRO_VERSION` and 7331 :term:`METADATA_REVISION` variables. 7332 7333 :term:`SDKEXTPATH` 7334 The default installation directory for the Extensible SDK. By 7335 default, this directory is based on the :term:`DISTRO` 7336 variable and is set in the 7337 :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class as 7338 follows:: 7339 7340 SDKEXTPATH ??= "~/${@d.getVar('DISTRO')}_sdk" 7341 7342 For the 7343 default distribution "poky", the :term:`SDKEXTPATH` is set to "poky_sdk". 7344 7345 For information on how to change this default directory, see the 7346 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:changing the default sdk installation directory`" 7347 section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the 7348 Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual. 7349 7350 :term:`SDKIMAGE_FEATURES` 7351 Equivalent to :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`. However, this variable applies to 7352 the SDK generated from an image using the following command:: 7353 7354 $ bitbake -c populate_sdk imagename 7355 7356 :term:`SDKMACHINE` 7357 The machine for which the SDK is built. In other words, the SDK is built 7358 such that it runs on the target you specify with the :term:`SDKMACHINE` 7359 value. The value points to a corresponding ``.conf`` file under 7360 ``conf/machine-sdk/`` in the enabled layers, for example ``aarch64``, 7361 ``i586``, ``i686``, ``ppc64``, ``ppc64le``, and ``x86_64`` are 7362 :oe_git:`available in OpenEmbedded-Core </openembedded-core/tree/meta/conf/machine-sdk>`. 7363 7364 The variable defaults to :term:`BUILD_ARCH` so that SDKs are built for the 7365 architecture of the build machine. 7366 7367 .. note:: 7368 7369 You cannot set the :term:`SDKMACHINE` 7370 variable in your distribution configuration file. If you do, the 7371 configuration will not take effect. 7372 7373 :term:`SDKPATH` 7374 Defines the path offered to the user for installation of the SDK that 7375 is generated by the OpenEmbedded build system. The path appears as 7376 the default location for installing the SDK when you run the SDK's 7377 installation script. You can override the offered path when you run 7378 the script. 7379 7380 :term:`SDKTARGETSYSROOT` 7381 The full path to the sysroot used for cross-compilation within an SDK 7382 as it will be when installed into the default 7383 :term:`SDKPATH`. 7384 7385 :term:`SECTION` 7386 The section in which packages should be categorized. Package 7387 management utilities can make use of this variable. 7388 7389 :term:`SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION` 7390 Specifies the optimization flags passed to the C compiler when 7391 building for the target. The flags are passed through the default 7392 value of the :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` variable. 7393 7394 The :term:`SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION` variable takes the value of 7395 :term:`FULL_OPTIMIZATION` unless :term:`DEBUG_BUILD` = "1", in which 7396 case the value of :term:`DEBUG_OPTIMIZATION` is used. 7397 7398 :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES` 7399 Defines a serial console (TTY) to enable using 7400 `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_(Unix)>`__. Provide a 7401 value that specifies the baud rate followed by the TTY device name 7402 separated by a semicolon. Use spaces to separate multiple devices:: 7403 7404 SERIAL_CONSOLES = "115200;ttyS0 115200;ttyS1" 7405 7406 :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES_CHECK` 7407 Specifies serial consoles, which must be listed in 7408 :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES`, to check against 7409 ``/proc/console`` before enabling them using getty. This variable 7410 allows aliasing in the format: <device>:<alias>. If a device was 7411 listed as "sclp_line0" in ``/dev/`` and "ttyS0" was listed in 7412 ``/proc/console``, you would do the following:: 7413 7414 SERIAL_CONSOLES_CHECK = "slcp_line0:ttyS0" 7415 7416 This variable is currently only supported with SysVinit (i.e. not 7417 with systemd). Note that :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES_CHECK` also requires 7418 ``/etc/inittab`` to be writable when used with SysVinit. This makes it 7419 incompatible with customizations such as the following:: 7420 7421 EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES += "read-only-rootfs" 7422 7423 :term:`SETUPTOOLS_BUILD_ARGS` 7424 When used by recipes that inherit the :ref:`ref-classes-setuptools3` 7425 class, this variable can be used to specify additional arguments to be 7426 passed to ``setup.py build`` in the ``setuptools3_do_compile()`` task. 7427 7428 :term:`SETUPTOOLS_INSTALL_ARGS` 7429 When used by recipes that inherit the :ref:`ref-classes-setuptools3` 7430 class, this variable can be used to specify additional arguments to be 7431 passed to ``setup.py install`` in the ``setuptools3_do_install()`` task. 7432 7433 :term:`SETUPTOOLS_SETUP_PATH` 7434 When used by recipes that inherit the :ref:`ref-classes-setuptools3` 7435 class, this variable should be used to specify the directory in which 7436 the ``setup.py`` file is located if it is not at the root of the source 7437 tree (as specified by :term:`S`). For example, in a recipe where the 7438 sources are fetched from a Git repository and ``setup.py`` is in a 7439 ``python/pythonmodule`` subdirectory, you would have this:: 7440 7441 S = "${WORKDIR}/git" 7442 SETUPTOOLS_SETUP_PATH = "${S}/python/pythonmodule" 7443 7444 :term:`SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS` 7445 A list of recipe dependencies that should not be used to determine 7446 signatures of tasks from one recipe when they depend on tasks from 7447 another recipe. For example:: 7448 7449 SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS += "intone->mplayer2" 7450 7451 In the previous example, ``intone`` depends on ``mplayer2``. 7452 7453 You can use the special token ``"*"`` on the left-hand side of the 7454 dependency to match all recipes except the one on the right-hand 7455 side. Here is an example:: 7456 7457 SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS += "*->quilt-native" 7458 7459 In the previous example, all recipes except ``quilt-native`` ignore 7460 task signatures from the ``quilt-native`` recipe when determining 7461 their task signatures. 7462 7463 Use of this variable is one mechanism to remove dependencies that 7464 affect task signatures and thus force rebuilds when a recipe changes. 7465 7466 .. note:: 7467 7468 If you add an inappropriate dependency for a recipe relationship, 7469 the software might break during runtime if the interface of the 7470 second recipe was changed after the first recipe had been built. 7471 7472 :term:`SIGGEN_EXCLUDERECIPES_ABISAFE` 7473 A list of recipes that are completely stable and will never change. 7474 The ABI for the recipes in the list are presented by output from the 7475 tasks run to build the recipe. Use of this variable is one way to 7476 remove dependencies from one recipe on another that affect task 7477 signatures and thus force rebuilds when the recipe changes. 7478 7479 .. note:: 7480 7481 If you add an inappropriate variable to this list, the software 7482 might break at runtime if the interface of the recipe was changed 7483 after the other had been built. 7484 7485 :term:`SITEINFO_BITS` 7486 Specifies the number of bits for the target system CPU. The value 7487 should be either "32" or "64". 7488 7489 :term:`SITEINFO_ENDIANNESS` 7490 Specifies the endian byte order of the target system. The value 7491 should be either "le" for little-endian or "be" for big-endian. 7492 7493 :term:`SKIP_FILEDEPS` 7494 Enables removal of all files from the "Provides" section of an RPM 7495 package. Removal of these files is required for packages containing 7496 prebuilt binaries and libraries such as ``libstdc++`` and ``glibc``. 7497 7498 To enable file removal, set the variable to "1" in your 7499 ``conf/local.conf`` configuration file in your: 7500 :term:`Build Directory`:: 7501 7502 SKIP_FILEDEPS = "1" 7503 7504 :term:`SKIP_RECIPE` 7505 Used to prevent the OpenEmbedded build system from building a given 7506 recipe. Specify the :term:`PN` value as a variable flag (``varflag``) 7507 and provide a reason, which will be reported when attempting to 7508 build the recipe. 7509 7510 To prevent a recipe from being built, use the :term:`SKIP_RECIPE` 7511 variable in your ``local.conf`` file or distribution configuration. 7512 Here is an example which prevents ``myrecipe`` from being built:: 7513 7514 SKIP_RECIPE[myrecipe] = "Not supported by our organization." 7515 7516 :term:`SOC_FAMILY` 7517 Groups together machines based upon the same family of SOC (System On 7518 Chip). You typically set this variable in a common ``.inc`` file that 7519 you include in the configuration files of all the machines. 7520 7521 .. note:: 7522 7523 You must include ``conf/machine/include/soc-family.inc`` for this 7524 variable to appear in :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`. 7525 7526 :term:`SOLIBS` 7527 Defines the suffix for shared libraries used on the target platform. 7528 By default, this suffix is ".so.*" for all Linux-based systems and is 7529 defined in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file. 7530 7531 You will see this variable referenced in the default values of 7532 ``FILES:${PN}``. 7533 7534 :term:`SOLIBSDEV` 7535 Defines the suffix for the development symbolic link (symlink) for 7536 shared libraries on the target platform. By default, this suffix is 7537 ".so" for Linux-based systems and is defined in the 7538 ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file. 7539 7540 You will see this variable referenced in the default values of 7541 ``FILES:${PN}-dev``. 7542 7543 :term:`SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH` 7544 This defines a date expressed in number of seconds since 7545 the UNIX EPOCH (01 Jan 1970 00:00:00 UTC), which is used by 7546 multiple build systems to force a timestamp in built binaries. 7547 Many upstream projects already support this variable. 7548 7549 You will find more details in the `official specifications 7550 <https://reproducible-builds.org/specs/source-date-epoch/>`__. 7551 7552 A value for each recipe is computed from the sources by 7553 :oe_git:`meta/lib/oe/reproducible.py </openembedded-core/tree/meta/lib/oe/reproducible.py>`. 7554 7555 If a recipe wishes to override the default behavior, it should set its 7556 own :term:`SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH` value:: 7557 7558 SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH = "1613559011" 7559 7560 :term:`SOURCE_MIRROR_FETCH` 7561 When you are fetching files to create a mirror of sources (i.e. 7562 creating a source mirror), setting :term:`SOURCE_MIRROR_FETCH` to "1" in 7563 your ``local.conf`` configuration file ensures the source for all 7564 recipes are fetched regardless of whether or not a recipe is 7565 compatible with the configuration. A recipe is considered 7566 incompatible with the currently configured machine when either or 7567 both the :term:`COMPATIBLE_MACHINE` 7568 variable and :term:`COMPATIBLE_HOST` variables 7569 specify compatibility with a machine other than that of the current 7570 machine or host. 7571 7572 .. note:: 7573 7574 Do not set the :term:`SOURCE_MIRROR_FETCH` 7575 variable unless you are creating a source mirror. In other words, 7576 do not set the variable during a normal build. 7577 7578 :term:`SOURCE_MIRROR_URL` 7579 Defines your own :term:`PREMIRRORS` from which to 7580 first fetch source before attempting to fetch from the upstream 7581 specified in :term:`SRC_URI`. 7582 7583 To use this variable, you must globally inherit the 7584 :ref:`ref-classes-own-mirrors` class and then provide 7585 the URL to your mirrors. Here is the general syntax:: 7586 7587 INHERIT += "own-mirrors" 7588 SOURCE_MIRROR_URL = "http://example.com/my_source_mirror" 7589 7590 .. note:: 7591 7592 You can specify only a single URL in :term:`SOURCE_MIRROR_URL`. 7593 7594 :term:`SPDX_ARCHIVE_PACKAGED` 7595 This option allows to add to :term:`SPDX` output compressed archives 7596 of the files in the generated target packages. 7597 7598 Such archives are available in 7599 ``tmp/deploy/spdx/MACHINE/packages/packagename.tar.zst`` 7600 under the :term:`Build Directory`. 7601 7602 Enable this option as follows:: 7603 7604 SPDX_ARCHIVE_PACKAGED = "1" 7605 7606 According to our tests on release 4.1 "langdale", building 7607 ``core-image-minimal`` for the ``qemux86-64`` machine, enabling this 7608 option multiplied the size of the ``tmp/deploy/spdx`` directory by a 7609 factor of 13 (+1.6 GiB for this image), compared to just using the 7610 :ref:`ref-classes-create-spdx` class with no option. 7611 7612 Note that this option doesn't increase the size of :term:`SPDX` 7613 files in ``tmp/deploy/images/MACHINE``. 7614 7615 :term:`SPDX_ARCHIVE_SOURCES` 7616 This option allows to add to :term:`SPDX` output compressed archives 7617 of the sources for packages installed on the target. It currently 7618 only works when :term:`SPDX_INCLUDE_SOURCES` is set. 7619 7620 This is one way of fulfilling "source code access" license 7621 requirements. 7622 7623 Such source archives are available in 7624 ``tmp/deploy/spdx/MACHINE/recipes/recipe-packagename.tar.zst`` 7625 under the :term:`Build Directory`. 7626 7627 Enable this option as follows:: 7628 7629 SPDX_INCLUDE_SOURCES = "1" 7630 SPDX_ARCHIVE_SOURCES = "1" 7631 7632 According to our tests on release 4.1 "langdale", building 7633 ``core-image-minimal`` for the ``qemux86-64`` machine, enabling 7634 these options multiplied the size of the ``tmp/deploy/spdx`` 7635 directory by a factor of 11 (+1.4 GiB for this image), 7636 compared to just using the :ref:`ref-classes-create-spdx` 7637 class with no option. 7638 7639 Note that using this option only marginally increases the size 7640 of the :term:`SPDX` output in ``tmp/deploy/images/MACHINE/`` 7641 (+ 0.07\% with the tested image), compared to just enabling 7642 :term:`SPDX_INCLUDE_SOURCES`. 7643 7644 :term:`SPDX_INCLUDE_SOURCES` 7645 This option allows to add a description of the source files used to build 7646 the host tools and the target packages, to the ``spdx.json`` files in 7647 ``tmp/deploy/spdx/MACHINE/recipes/`` under the :term:`Build Directory`. 7648 As a consequence, the ``spdx.json`` files under the ``by-namespace`` and 7649 ``packages`` subdirectories in ``tmp/deploy/spdx/MACHINE`` are also 7650 modified to include references to such source file descriptions. 7651 7652 Enable this option as follows:: 7653 7654 SPDX_INCLUDE_SOURCES = "1" 7655 7656 According to our tests on release 4.1 "langdale", building 7657 ``core-image-minimal`` for the ``qemux86-64`` machine, enabling 7658 this option multiplied the total size of the ``tmp/deploy/spdx`` 7659 directory by a factor of 3 (+291 MiB for this image), 7660 and the size of the ``IMAGE-MACHINE.spdx.tar.zst`` in 7661 ``tmp/deploy/images/MACHINE`` by a factor of 130 (+15 MiB for this 7662 image), compared to just using the :ref:`ref-classes-create-spdx` class 7663 with no option. 7664 7665 :term:`SPDX_PRETTY` 7666 This option makes the SPDX output more human-readable, using 7667 identation and newlines, instead of the default output in a 7668 single line:: 7669 7670 SPDX_PRETTY = "1" 7671 7672 The generated SPDX files are approximately 20% bigger, but 7673 this option is recommended if you want to inspect the SPDX 7674 output files with a text editor. 7675 7676 :term:`SPDXLICENSEMAP` 7677 Maps commonly used license names to their SPDX counterparts found in 7678 ``meta/files/common-licenses/``. For the default :term:`SPDXLICENSEMAP` 7679 mappings, see the ``meta/conf/licenses.conf`` file. 7680 7681 For additional information, see the :term:`LICENSE` 7682 variable. 7683 7684 :term:`SPECIAL_PKGSUFFIX` 7685 A list of prefixes for :term:`PN` used by the OpenEmbedded 7686 build system to create variants of recipes or packages. The list 7687 specifies the prefixes to strip off during certain circumstances such 7688 as the generation of the :term:`BPN` variable. 7689 7690 :term:`SPL_BINARY` 7691 The file type for the Secondary Program Loader (SPL). Some devices 7692 use an SPL from which to boot (e.g. the BeagleBone development 7693 board). For such cases, you can declare the file type of the SPL 7694 binary in the ``u-boot.inc`` include file, which is used in the 7695 U-Boot recipe. 7696 7697 The SPL file type is set to "null" by default in the ``u-boot.inc`` 7698 file as follows:: 7699 7700 # Some versions of u-boot build an SPL (Second Program Loader) image that 7701 # should be packaged along with the u-boot binary as well as placed in the 7702 # deploy directory. For those versions they can set the following variables 7703 # to allow packaging the SPL. 7704 SPL_BINARY ?= "" 7705 SPL_BINARYNAME ?= "${@os.path.basename(d.getVar("SPL_BINARY"))}" 7706 SPL_IMAGE ?= "${SPL_BINARYNAME}-${MACHINE}-${PV}-${PR}" 7707 SPL_SYMLINK ?= "${SPL_BINARYNAME}-${MACHINE}" 7708 7709 The :term:`SPL_BINARY` variable helps form 7710 various ``SPL_*`` variables used by the OpenEmbedded build system. 7711 7712 See the BeagleBone machine configuration example in the 7713 ":ref:`dev-manual/layers:adding a layer using the \`\`bitbake-layers\`\` script`" 7714 section in the Yocto Project Board Support Package Developer's Guide 7715 for additional information. 7716 7717 :term:`SRCREV_FORMAT` 7718 See :term:`bitbake:SRCREV_FORMAT` in the BitBake manual. 7719 7720 :term:`SRC_URI` 7721 7722 See the BitBake manual for the initial description for this variable: 7723 :term:`bitbake:SRC_URI`. 7724 7725 The following features are added by OpenEmbedded and the Yocto Project. 7726 7727 There are standard and recipe-specific options. Here are standard ones: 7728 7729 - ``apply`` --- whether to apply the patch or not. The default 7730 action is to apply the patch. 7731 7732 - ``striplevel`` --- which striplevel to use when applying the 7733 patch. The default level is 1. 7734 7735 - ``patchdir`` --- specifies the directory in which the patch should 7736 be applied. The default is ``${``\ :term:`S`\ ``}``. 7737 7738 Here are options specific to recipes building code from a revision 7739 control system: 7740 7741 - ``mindate`` --- apply the patch only if 7742 :term:`SRCDATE` is equal to or greater than 7743 ``mindate``. 7744 7745 - ``maxdate`` --- apply the patch only if :term:`SRCDATE` is not later 7746 than ``maxdate``. 7747 7748 - ``minrev`` --- apply the patch only if :term:`SRCREV` is equal to or 7749 greater than ``minrev``. 7750 7751 - ``maxrev`` --- apply the patch only if :term:`SRCREV` is not later 7752 than ``maxrev``. 7753 7754 - ``rev`` --- apply the patch only if :term:`SRCREV` is equal to 7755 ``rev``. 7756 7757 - ``notrev`` --- apply the patch only if :term:`SRCREV` is not equal to 7758 ``rev``. 7759 7760 .. note:: 7761 7762 If you want the build system to pick up files specified through 7763 a :term:`SRC_URI` statement from your append file, you need to be 7764 sure to extend the :term:`FILESPATH` variable by also using the 7765 :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS` variable from within your append file. 7766 7767 :term:`SRC_URI_OVERRIDES_PACKAGE_ARCH` 7768 By default, the OpenEmbedded build system automatically detects 7769 whether :term:`SRC_URI` contains files that are machine-specific. If so, 7770 the build system automatically changes :term:`PACKAGE_ARCH`. Setting this 7771 variable to "0" disables this behavior. 7772 7773 :term:`SRCDATE` 7774 The date of the source code used to build the package. This variable 7775 applies only if the source was fetched from a Source Code Manager 7776 (SCM). 7777 7778 :term:`SRCPV` 7779 Returns the version string of the current package. This string is 7780 used to help define the value of :term:`PV`. 7781 7782 The :term:`SRCPV` variable is defined in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` 7783 configuration file in the :term:`Source Directory` as 7784 follows:: 7785 7786 SRCPV = "${@bb.fetch2.get_srcrev(d)}" 7787 7788 Recipes that need to define :term:`PV` do so with the help of the 7789 :term:`SRCPV`. For example, the ``ofono`` recipe (``ofono_git.bb``) 7790 located in ``meta/recipes-connectivity`` in the Source Directory 7791 defines :term:`PV` as follows:: 7792 7793 PV = "0.12-git${SRCPV}" 7794 7795 :term:`SRCREV` 7796 The revision of the source code used to build the package. This 7797 variable applies to Subversion, Git, Mercurial, and Bazaar only. Note 7798 that if you want to build a fixed revision and you want to avoid 7799 performing a query on the remote repository every time BitBake parses 7800 your recipe, you should specify a :term:`SRCREV` that is a full revision 7801 identifier and not just a tag. 7802 7803 .. note:: 7804 7805 For information on limitations when inheriting the latest revision 7806 of software using :term:`SRCREV`, see the :term:`AUTOREV` variable 7807 description and the 7808 ":ref:`dev-manual/packages:automatically incrementing a package version number`" 7809 section, which is in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 7810 7811 :term:`SRCTREECOVEREDTASKS` 7812 A list of tasks that are typically not relevant (and therefore skipped) 7813 when building using the :ref:`ref-classes-externalsrc` 7814 class. The default value as set in that class file is the set of tasks 7815 that are rarely needed when using external source:: 7816 7817 SRCTREECOVEREDTASKS ?= "do_patch do_unpack do_fetch" 7818 7819 The notable exception is when processing external kernel source as 7820 defined in the :ref:`ref-classes-kernel-yocto` class file (formatted for 7821 aesthetics):: 7822 7823 SRCTREECOVEREDTASKS += "\ 7824 do_validate_branches \ 7825 do_kernel_configcheck \ 7826 do_kernel_checkout \ 7827 do_fetch \ 7828 do_unpack \ 7829 do_patch \ 7830 " 7831 7832 See the associated :term:`EXTERNALSRC` and :term:`EXTERNALSRC_BUILD` 7833 variables for more information. 7834 7835 :term:`SSTATE_DIR` 7836 The directory for the shared state cache. 7837 7838 :term:`SSTATE_EXCLUDEDEPS_SYSROOT` 7839 This variable allows to specify indirect dependencies to exclude 7840 from sysroots, for example to avoid the situations when a dependency on 7841 any ``-native`` recipe will pull in all dependencies of that recipe 7842 in the recipe sysroot. This behaviour might not always be wanted, 7843 for example when that ``-native`` recipe depends on build tools 7844 that are not relevant for the current recipe. 7845 7846 This way, irrelevant dependencies are ignored, which could have 7847 prevented the reuse of prebuilt artifacts stored in the Shared 7848 State Cache. 7849 7850 :term:`SSTATE_EXCLUDEDEPS_SYSROOT` is evaluated as two regular 7851 expressions of recipe and dependency to ignore. An example 7852 is the rule in :oe_git:`meta/conf/layer.conf </openembedded-core/tree/meta/conf/layer.conf>`:: 7853 7854 # Nothing needs to depend on libc-initial 7855 # base-passwd/shadow-sysroot don't need their dependencies 7856 SSTATE_EXCLUDEDEPS_SYSROOT += "\ 7857 .*->.*-initial.* \ 7858 .*(base-passwd|shadow-sysroot)->.* \ 7859 " 7860 7861 The ``->`` substring represents the dependency between 7862 the two regular expressions. 7863 7864 :term:`SSTATE_MIRROR_ALLOW_NETWORK` 7865 If set to "1", allows fetches from mirrors that are specified in 7866 :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` to work even when 7867 fetching from the network is disabled by setting :term:`BB_NO_NETWORK` to 7868 "1". Using the :term:`SSTATE_MIRROR_ALLOW_NETWORK` variable is useful if 7869 you have set :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` to point to an internal server for 7870 your shared state cache, but you want to disable any other fetching 7871 from the network. 7872 7873 :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` 7874 Configures the OpenEmbedded build system to search other mirror 7875 locations for prebuilt cache data objects before building out the 7876 data. This variable works like fetcher :term:`MIRRORS` 7877 and :term:`PREMIRRORS` and points to the cache 7878 locations to check for the shared state (sstate) objects. 7879 7880 You can specify a filesystem directory or a remote URL such as HTTP 7881 or FTP. The locations you specify need to contain the shared state 7882 cache (sstate-cache) results from previous builds. The sstate-cache 7883 you point to can also be from builds on other machines. 7884 7885 When pointing to sstate build artifacts on another machine that uses 7886 a different GCC version for native builds, you must configure 7887 :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` with a regular expression that maps local search 7888 paths to server paths. The paths need to take into account 7889 :term:`NATIVELSBSTRING` set by the :ref:`ref-classes-uninative` class. 7890 For example, the following maps the local search path ``universal-4.9`` 7891 to the server-provided path server_url_sstate_path:: 7892 7893 SSTATE_MIRRORS ?= "file://universal-4.9/(.*) https://server_url_sstate_path/universal-4.8/\1" 7894 7895 If a mirror uses the same structure as 7896 :term:`SSTATE_DIR`, you need to add "PATH" at the 7897 end as shown in the examples below. The build system substitutes the 7898 correct path within the directory structure:: 7899 7900 SSTATE_MIRRORS ?= "\ 7901 file://.* https://someserver.tld/share/sstate/PATH;downloadfilename=PATH \ 7902 file://.* file:///some-local-dir/sstate/PATH" 7903 7904 :term:`SSTATE_SCAN_FILES` 7905 Controls the list of files the OpenEmbedded build system scans for 7906 hardcoded installation paths. The variable uses a space-separated 7907 list of filenames (not paths) with standard wildcard characters 7908 allowed. 7909 7910 During a build, the OpenEmbedded build system creates a shared state 7911 (sstate) object during the first stage of preparing the sysroots. 7912 That object is scanned for hardcoded paths for original installation 7913 locations. The list of files that are scanned for paths is controlled 7914 by the :term:`SSTATE_SCAN_FILES` variable. Typically, recipes add files 7915 they want to be scanned to the value of :term:`SSTATE_SCAN_FILES` rather 7916 than the variable being comprehensively set. The 7917 :ref:`ref-classes-sstate` class specifies the default list of files. 7918 7919 For details on the process, see the :ref:`ref-classes-staging` class. 7920 7921 :term:`STAGING_BASE_LIBDIR_NATIVE` 7922 Specifies the path to the ``/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot 7923 directory for the build host. 7924 7925 :term:`STAGING_BASELIBDIR` 7926 Specifies the path to the ``/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot 7927 directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built 7928 (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`). 7929 7930 :term:`STAGING_BINDIR` 7931 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/bin`` subdirectory of the sysroot 7932 directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built 7933 (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`). 7934 7935 :term:`STAGING_BINDIR_CROSS` 7936 Specifies the path to the directory containing binary configuration 7937 scripts. These scripts provide configuration information for other 7938 software that wants to make use of libraries or include files 7939 provided by the software associated with the script. 7940 7941 .. note:: 7942 7943 This style of build configuration has been largely replaced by 7944 ``pkg-config``. Consequently, if ``pkg-config`` is supported by the 7945 library to which you are linking, it is recommended you use 7946 ``pkg-config`` instead of a provided configuration script. 7947 7948 :term:`STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE` 7949 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/bin`` subdirectory of the sysroot 7950 directory for the build host. 7951 7952 :term:`STAGING_DATADIR` 7953 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/share`` subdirectory of the sysroot 7954 directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built 7955 (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`). 7956 7957 :term:`STAGING_DATADIR_NATIVE` 7958 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/share`` subdirectory of the sysroot 7959 directory for the build host. 7960 7961 :term:`STAGING_DIR` 7962 Helps construct the ``recipe-sysroots`` directory, which is used 7963 during packaging. 7964 7965 For information on how staging for recipe-specific sysroots occurs, 7966 see the :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` 7967 task, the ":ref:`sdk-manual/extensible:sharing files between recipes`" 7968 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual, the 7969 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:configuration, compilation, and staging`" 7970 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual, and the 7971 :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS` variable. 7972 7973 .. note:: 7974 7975 Recipes should never write files directly under the :term:`STAGING_DIR` 7976 directory because the OpenEmbedded build system manages the 7977 directory automatically. Instead, files should be installed to 7978 ``${``\ :term:`D`\ ``}`` within your recipe's :ref:`ref-tasks-install` 7979 task and then the OpenEmbedded build system will stage a subset of 7980 those files into the sysroot. 7981 7982 :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST` 7983 Specifies the path to the sysroot directory for the system on which 7984 the component is built to run (the system that hosts the component). 7985 For most recipes, this sysroot is the one in which that recipe's 7986 :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task copies 7987 files. Exceptions include ``-native`` recipes, where the 7988 :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task instead uses 7989 :term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE`. Depending on 7990 the type of recipe and the build target, :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST` can 7991 have the following values: 7992 7993 - For recipes building for the target machine, the value is 7994 "${:term:`STAGING_DIR`}/${:term:`MACHINE`}". 7995 7996 - For native recipes building for the build host, the value is empty 7997 given the assumption that when building for the build host, the 7998 build host's own directories should be used. 7999 8000 .. note:: 8001 8002 ``-native`` recipes are not installed into host paths like such 8003 as ``/usr``. Rather, these recipes are installed into 8004 :term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE`. When compiling ``-native`` recipes, 8005 standard build environment variables such as 8006 :term:`CPPFLAGS` and 8007 :term:`CFLAGS` are set up so that both host paths 8008 and :term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE` are searched for libraries and 8009 headers using, for example, GCC's ``-isystem`` option. 8010 8011 Thus, the emphasis is that the ``STAGING_DIR*`` variables 8012 should be viewed as input variables by tasks such as 8013 :ref:`ref-tasks-configure`, 8014 :ref:`ref-tasks-compile`, and 8015 :ref:`ref-tasks-install`. Having the real system 8016 root correspond to :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST` makes conceptual sense 8017 for ``-native`` recipes, as they make use of host headers and 8018 libraries. 8019 8020 :term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE` 8021 Specifies the path to the sysroot directory used when building 8022 components that run on the build host itself. 8023 8024 :term:`STAGING_DIR_TARGET` 8025 Specifies the path to the sysroot used for the system for which the 8026 component generates code. For components that do not generate code, 8027 which is the majority, :term:`STAGING_DIR_TARGET` is set to match 8028 :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`. 8029 8030 Some recipes build binaries that can run on the target system but those 8031 binaries in turn generate code for another different system (e.g. 8032 :ref:`ref-classes-cross-canadian` recipes). Using terminology from GNU, 8033 the primary system is referred to as the "HOST" and the secondary, or 8034 different, system is referred to as the "TARGET". Thus, the binaries 8035 run on the "HOST" system and generate binaries for the "TARGET" 8036 system. The :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST` variable points to the sysroot used 8037 for the "HOST" system, while :term:`STAGING_DIR_TARGET` points to the 8038 sysroot used for the "TARGET" system. 8039 8040 :term:`STAGING_ETCDIR_NATIVE` 8041 Specifies the path to the ``/etc`` subdirectory of the sysroot 8042 directory for the build host. 8043 8044 :term:`STAGING_EXECPREFIXDIR` 8045 Specifies the path to the ``/usr`` subdirectory of the sysroot 8046 directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built 8047 (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`). 8048 8049 :term:`STAGING_INCDIR` 8050 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/include`` subdirectory of the 8051 sysroot directory for the target for which the current recipe being 8052 built (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`). 8053 8054 :term:`STAGING_INCDIR_NATIVE` 8055 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/include`` subdirectory of the 8056 sysroot directory for the build host. 8057 8058 :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_BUILDDIR` 8059 Points to the directory containing the kernel build artifacts. 8060 Recipes building software that needs to access kernel build artifacts 8061 (e.g. ``systemtap-uprobes``) can look in the directory specified with 8062 the :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_BUILDDIR` variable to find these artifacts 8063 after the kernel has been built. 8064 8065 :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_DIR` 8066 The directory with kernel headers that are required to build 8067 out-of-tree modules. 8068 8069 :term:`STAGING_LIBDIR` 8070 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot 8071 directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built 8072 (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`). 8073 8074 :term:`STAGING_LIBDIR_NATIVE` 8075 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot 8076 directory for the build host. 8077 8078 :term:`STAMP` 8079 Specifies the base path used to create recipe stamp files. The path 8080 to an actual stamp file is constructed by evaluating this string and 8081 then appending additional information. Currently, the default 8082 assignment for :term:`STAMP` as set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` 8083 file is:: 8084 8085 STAMP = "${STAMPS_DIR}/${MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS}/${PN}/${EXTENDPE}${PV}-${PR}" 8086 8087 For information on how BitBake uses stamp files to determine if a 8088 task should be rerun, see the 8089 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:stamp files and the rerunning of tasks`" 8090 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. 8091 8092 See :term:`STAMPS_DIR`, 8093 :term:`MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS`, 8094 :term:`PN`, :term:`EXTENDPE`, 8095 :term:`PV`, and :term:`PR` for related variable 8096 information. 8097 8098 :term:`STAMPCLEAN` 8099 See :term:`bitbake:STAMPCLEAN` in the BitBake manual. 8100 8101 :term:`STAMPS_DIR` 8102 Specifies the base directory in which the OpenEmbedded build system 8103 places stamps. The default directory is ``${TMPDIR}/stamps``. 8104 8105 :term:`STRIP` 8106 The minimal command and arguments to run ``strip``, which is used to 8107 strip symbols. 8108 8109 :term:`SUMMARY` 8110 The short (72 characters or less) summary of the binary package for 8111 packaging systems such as ``opkg``, ``rpm``, or ``dpkg``. By default, 8112 :term:`SUMMARY` is used to define the 8113 :term:`DESCRIPTION` variable if :term:`DESCRIPTION` is 8114 not set in the recipe. 8115 8116 :term:`SVNDIR` 8117 The directory in which files checked out of a Subversion system are 8118 stored. 8119 8120 :term:`SYSLINUX_DEFAULT_CONSOLE` 8121 Specifies the kernel boot default console. If you want to use a 8122 console other than the default, set this variable in your recipe as 8123 follows where "X" is the console number you want to use:: 8124 8125 SYSLINUX_DEFAULT_CONSOLE = "console=ttyX" 8126 8127 The :ref:`ref-classes-syslinux` class initially sets 8128 this variable to null but then checks for a value later. 8129 8130 :term:`SYSLINUX_OPTS` 8131 Lists additional options to add to the syslinux file. You need to set 8132 this variable in your recipe. If you want to list multiple options, 8133 separate the options with a semicolon character (``;``). 8134 8135 The :ref:`ref-classes-syslinux` class uses this variable 8136 to create a set of options. 8137 8138 :term:`SYSLINUX_SERIAL` 8139 Specifies the alternate serial port or turns it off. To turn off 8140 serial, set this variable to an empty string in your recipe. The 8141 variable's default value is set in the 8142 :ref:`ref-classes-syslinux` class as follows:: 8143 8144 SYSLINUX_SERIAL ?= "0 115200" 8145 8146 The class checks for and uses the variable as needed. 8147 8148 :term:`SYSLINUX_SERIAL_TTY` 8149 Specifies the alternate console=tty... kernel boot argument. The 8150 variable's default value is set in the :ref:`ref-classes-syslinux` 8151 class as follows:: 8152 8153 SYSLINUX_SERIAL_TTY ?= "console=ttyS0,115200" 8154 8155 The class checks for and uses the variable as needed. 8156 8157 :term:`SYSLINUX_SPLASH` 8158 An ``.LSS`` file used as the background for the VGA boot menu when 8159 you use the boot menu. You need to set this variable in your recipe. 8160 8161 The :ref:`ref-classes-syslinux` class checks for this 8162 variable and if found, the OpenEmbedded build system installs the 8163 splash screen. 8164 8165 :term:`SYSROOT_DESTDIR` 8166 Points to the temporary directory under the work directory (default 8167 "``${``\ :term:`WORKDIR`\ ``}/sysroot-destdir``") 8168 where the files populated into the sysroot are assembled during the 8169 :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task. 8170 8171 :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS` 8172 Directories that are staged into the sysroot by the 8173 :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task. By 8174 default, the following directories are staged:: 8175 8176 SYSROOT_DIRS = " \ 8177 ${includedir} \ 8178 ${libdir} \ 8179 ${base_libdir} \ 8180 ${nonarch_base_libdir} \ 8181 ${datadir} \ 8182 /sysroot-only \ 8183 " 8184 8185 :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS_IGNORE` 8186 Directories that are not staged into the sysroot by the 8187 :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task. You 8188 can use this variable to exclude certain subdirectories of 8189 directories listed in :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS` from 8190 staging. By default, the following directories are not staged:: 8191 8192 SYSROOT_DIRS_IGNORE = " \ 8193 ${mandir} \ 8194 ${docdir} \ 8195 ${infodir} \ 8196 ${datadir}/X11/locale \ 8197 ${datadir}/applications \ 8198 ${datadir}/bash-completion \ 8199 ${datadir}/fonts \ 8200 ${datadir}/gtk-doc/html \ 8201 ${datadir}/installed-tests \ 8202 ${datadir}/locale \ 8203 ${datadir}/pixmaps \ 8204 ${datadir}/terminfo \ 8205 ${libdir}/${BPN}/ptest \ 8206 " 8207 8208 :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS_NATIVE` 8209 Extra directories staged into the sysroot by the 8210 :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task for 8211 ``-native`` recipes, in addition to those specified in 8212 :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS`. By default, the following 8213 extra directories are staged:: 8214 8215 SYSROOT_DIRS_NATIVE = " \ 8216 ${bindir} \ 8217 ${sbindir} \ 8218 ${base_bindir} \ 8219 ${base_sbindir} \ 8220 ${libexecdir} \ 8221 ${sysconfdir} \ 8222 ${localstatedir} \ 8223 " 8224 8225 .. note:: 8226 8227 Programs built by ``-native`` recipes run directly from the sysroot 8228 (:term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE`), which is why additional directories 8229 containing program executables and supporting files need to be staged. 8230 8231 :term:`SYSROOT_PREPROCESS_FUNCS` 8232 A list of functions to execute after files are staged into the 8233 sysroot. These functions are usually used to apply additional 8234 processing on the staged files, or to stage additional files. 8235 8236 :term:`SYSTEMD_AUTO_ENABLE` 8237 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-systemd` class, 8238 this variable specifies whether the specified service in 8239 :term:`SYSTEMD_SERVICE` should start 8240 automatically or not. By default, the service is enabled to 8241 automatically start at boot time. The default setting is in the 8242 :ref:`ref-classes-systemd` class as follows:: 8243 8244 SYSTEMD_AUTO_ENABLE ??= "enable" 8245 8246 You can disable the service by setting the variable to "disable". 8247 8248 :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG` 8249 When :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` is set to 8250 "systemd-boot", the :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG` variable specifies the 8251 configuration file that should be used. By default, the 8252 :ref:`ref-classes-systemd-boot` class sets the 8253 :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG` as follows:: 8254 8255 SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG ?= "${S}/loader.conf" 8256 8257 For information on Systemd-boot, see the `Systemd-boot 8258 documentation <https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/systemd-boot/>`__. 8259 8260 :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES` 8261 When :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` is set to 8262 "systemd-boot", the :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES` variable specifies a 8263 list of entry files (``*.conf``) to install that contain one boot 8264 entry per file. By default, the :ref:`ref-classes-systemd-boot` class 8265 sets the :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES` as follows:: 8266 8267 SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES ?= "" 8268 8269 For information on Systemd-boot, see the `Systemd-boot 8270 documentation <https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/systemd-boot/>`__. 8271 8272 :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT` 8273 When :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` is set to 8274 "systemd-boot", the :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT` variable specifies the 8275 boot menu timeout in seconds. By default, the 8276 :ref:`ref-classes-systemd-boot` class sets the 8277 :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT` as follows:: 8278 8279 SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT ?= "10" 8280 8281 For information on Systemd-boot, see the `Systemd-boot 8282 documentation <https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/systemd-boot/>`__. 8283 8284 :term:`SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_TARGET` 8285 8286 This variable allows to set the default unit that systemd starts at bootup. 8287 Usually, this is either ``multi-user.target`` or ``graphical.target``. 8288 This works by creating a ``default.target`` symbolic link to the chosen systemd 8289 target file. 8290 8291 See `systemd's documentation 8292 <https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.special.html>`__ 8293 for details. 8294 8295 For example, this variable is used in the :oe_git:`core-image-minimal-xfce.bb 8296 </meta-openembedded/tree/meta-xfce/recipes-core/images/core-image-minimal-xfce.bb>` 8297 recipe:: 8298 8299 SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_TARGET = "graphical.target" 8300 8301 :term:`SYSTEMD_PACKAGES` 8302 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-systemd` class, 8303 this variable locates the systemd unit files when they are not found 8304 in the main recipe's package. By default, the :term:`SYSTEMD_PACKAGES` 8305 variable is set such that the systemd unit files are assumed to 8306 reside in the recipes main package:: 8307 8308 SYSTEMD_PACKAGES ?= "${PN}" 8309 8310 If these unit files are not in this recipe's main package, you need 8311 to use :term:`SYSTEMD_PACKAGES` to list the package or packages in which 8312 the build system can find the systemd unit files. 8313 8314 :term:`SYSTEMD_SERVICE` 8315 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-systemd` class, 8316 this variable specifies the systemd service name for a package. 8317 8318 Multiple services can be specified, each one separated by a space. 8319 8320 When you specify this file in your recipe, use a package name 8321 override to indicate the package to which the value applies. Here is 8322 an example from the connman recipe:: 8323 8324 SYSTEMD_SERVICE:${PN} = "connman.service" 8325 8326 The package overrides that can be specified are directly related to the value of 8327 :term:`SYSTEMD_PACKAGES`. Overrides not included in :term:`SYSTEMD_PACKAGES` 8328 will be silently ignored. 8329 8330 :term:`SYSVINIT_ENABLED_GETTYS` 8331 When using 8332 :ref:`SysVinit <dev-manual/new-recipe:enabling system services>`, 8333 specifies a space-separated list of the virtual terminals that should 8334 run a `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_%28Unix%29>`__ 8335 (allowing login), assuming :term:`USE_VT` is not set to 8336 "0". 8337 8338 The default value for :term:`SYSVINIT_ENABLED_GETTYS` is "1" (i.e. only 8339 run a getty on the first virtual terminal). 8340 8341 :term:`T` 8342 This variable points to a directory were BitBake places temporary 8343 files, which consist mostly of task logs and scripts, when building a 8344 particular recipe. The variable is typically set as follows:: 8345 8346 T = "${WORKDIR}/temp" 8347 8348 The :term:`WORKDIR` is the directory into which 8349 BitBake unpacks and builds the recipe. The default ``bitbake.conf`` 8350 file sets this variable. 8351 8352 The :term:`T` variable is not to be confused with the 8353 :term:`TMPDIR` variable, which points to the root of 8354 the directory tree where BitBake places the output of an entire 8355 build. 8356 8357 :term:`TARGET_ARCH` 8358 The target machine's architecture. The OpenEmbedded build system 8359 supports many architectures. Here is an example list of architectures 8360 supported. This list is by no means complete as the architecture is 8361 configurable: 8362 8363 - arm 8364 - i586 8365 - x86_64 8366 - powerpc 8367 - powerpc64 8368 - mips 8369 - mipsel 8370 8371 For additional information on machine architectures, see the 8372 :term:`TUNE_ARCH` variable. 8373 8374 :term:`TARGET_AS_ARCH` 8375 Specifies architecture-specific assembler flags for the target 8376 system. :term:`TARGET_AS_ARCH` is initialized from 8377 :term:`TUNE_ASARGS` by default in the BitBake 8378 configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``):: 8379 8380 TARGET_AS_ARCH = "${TUNE_ASARGS}" 8381 8382 :term:`TARGET_CC_ARCH` 8383 Specifies architecture-specific C compiler flags for the target 8384 system. :term:`TARGET_CC_ARCH` is initialized from 8385 :term:`TUNE_CCARGS` by default. 8386 8387 .. note:: 8388 8389 It is a common workaround to append :term:`LDFLAGS` to 8390 :term:`TARGET_CC_ARCH` in recipes that build software for the target that 8391 would not otherwise respect the exported :term:`LDFLAGS` variable. 8392 8393 :term:`TARGET_CC_KERNEL_ARCH` 8394 This is a specific kernel compiler flag for a CPU or Application 8395 Binary Interface (ABI) tune. The flag is used rarely and only for 8396 cases where a userspace :term:`TUNE_CCARGS` is not 8397 compatible with the kernel compilation. The :term:`TARGET_CC_KERNEL_ARCH` 8398 variable allows the kernel (and associated modules) to use a 8399 different configuration. See the 8400 ``meta/conf/machine/include/arm/feature-arm-thumb.inc`` file in the 8401 :term:`Source Directory` for an example. 8402 8403 :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` 8404 Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building for the 8405 target. When building in the target context, 8406 :term:`CFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable by 8407 default. 8408 8409 Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the :term:`CFLAGS` 8410 variable in the environment to the :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` value so that 8411 executables built using the SDK also have the flags applied. 8412 8413 :term:`TARGET_CPPFLAGS` 8414 Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor (i.e. to both the 8415 C and the C++ compilers) when building for the target. When building 8416 in the target context, :term:`CPPFLAGS` is set to the 8417 value of this variable by default. 8418 8419 Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the 8420 :term:`CPPFLAGS` variable in the environment to the :term:`TARGET_CPPFLAGS` 8421 value so that executables built using the SDK also have the flags 8422 applied. 8423 8424 :term:`TARGET_CXXFLAGS` 8425 Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when building for the 8426 target. When building in the target context, 8427 :term:`CXXFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable 8428 by default. 8429 8430 Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the 8431 :term:`CXXFLAGS` variable in the environment to the :term:`TARGET_CXXFLAGS` 8432 value so that executables built using the SDK also have the flags 8433 applied. 8434 8435 :term:`TARGET_FPU` 8436 Specifies the method for handling FPU code. For FPU-less targets, 8437 which include most ARM CPUs, the variable must be set to "soft". If 8438 not, the kernel emulation gets used, which results in a performance 8439 penalty. 8440 8441 :term:`TARGET_LD_ARCH` 8442 Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the target system. 8443 :term:`TARGET_LD_ARCH` is initialized from 8444 :term:`TUNE_LDARGS` by default in the BitBake 8445 configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``):: 8446 8447 TARGET_LD_ARCH = "${TUNE_LDARGS}" 8448 8449 :term:`TARGET_LDFLAGS` 8450 Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building for the 8451 target. When building in the target context, 8452 :term:`LDFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable 8453 by default. 8454 8455 Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the 8456 :term:`LDFLAGS` variable in the environment to the 8457 :term:`TARGET_LDFLAGS` value so that executables built using the SDK also 8458 have the flags applied. 8459 8460 :term:`TARGET_OS` 8461 Specifies the target's operating system. The variable can be set to 8462 "linux" for glibc-based systems (GNU C Library) and to "linux-musl" 8463 for musl libc. For ARM/EABI targets, the possible values are 8464 "linux-gnueabi" and "linux-musleabi". 8465 8466 :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` 8467 Specifies the prefix used for the toolchain binary target tools. 8468 8469 Depending on the type of recipe and the build target, 8470 :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` is set as follows: 8471 8472 - For recipes building for the target machine, the value is 8473 "${:term:`TARGET_SYS`}-". 8474 8475 - For native recipes, the build system sets the variable to the 8476 value of :term:`BUILD_PREFIX`. 8477 8478 - For native SDK recipes (:ref:`ref-classes-nativesdk`), 8479 the build system sets the variable to the value of :term:`SDK_PREFIX`. 8480 8481 :term:`TARGET_SYS` 8482 Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating 8483 system, for which the build is occurring in the context of the 8484 current recipe. 8485 8486 The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based 8487 on :term:`TARGET_ARCH`, 8488 :term:`TARGET_VENDOR`, and 8489 :term:`TARGET_OS` variables. 8490 8491 .. note:: 8492 8493 You do not need to set the :term:`TARGET_SYS` variable yourself. 8494 8495 Consider these two examples: 8496 8497 - Given a native recipe on a 32-bit, x86 machine running Linux, the 8498 value is "i686-linux". 8499 8500 - Given a recipe being built for a little-endian, MIPS target 8501 running Linux, the value might be "mipsel-linux". 8502 8503 :term:`TARGET_VENDOR` 8504 Specifies the name of the target vendor. 8505 8506 :term:`TCLIBC` 8507 Specifies the GNU standard C library (``libc``) variant to use during 8508 the build process. 8509 8510 You can select "glibc", "musl", "newlib", or "baremetal". 8511 8512 :term:`TCLIBCAPPEND` 8513 Specifies a suffix to be appended onto the :term:`TMPDIR` value. The 8514 suffix identifies the ``libc`` variant for building. When you are 8515 building for multiple variants with the same :term:`Build Directory`, 8516 this mechanism ensures that output for different ``libc`` variants is 8517 kept separate to avoid potential conflicts. 8518 8519 In the ``defaultsetup.conf`` file, the default value of 8520 :term:`TCLIBCAPPEND` is "-${TCLIBC}". However, distros such as poky, 8521 which normally only support one ``libc`` variant, set 8522 :term:`TCLIBCAPPEND` to "" in their distro configuration file resulting 8523 in no suffix being applied. 8524 8525 :term:`TCMODE` 8526 Specifies the toolchain selector. :term:`TCMODE` controls the 8527 characteristics of the generated packages and images by telling the 8528 OpenEmbedded build system which toolchain profile to use. By default, 8529 the OpenEmbedded build system builds its own internal toolchain. The 8530 variable's default value is "default", which uses that internal 8531 toolchain. 8532 8533 .. note:: 8534 8535 If :term:`TCMODE` is set to a value other than "default", then it is your 8536 responsibility to ensure that the toolchain is compatible with the 8537 default toolchain. Using older or newer versions of these 8538 components might cause build problems. See 8539 :doc:`Release Information </migration-guides/index>` for your 8540 version of the Yocto Project, to find the specific components with 8541 which the toolchain must be compatible. 8542 8543 The :term:`TCMODE` variable is similar to :term:`TCLIBC`, 8544 which controls the variant of the GNU standard C library (``libc``) 8545 used during the build process: ``glibc`` or ``musl``. 8546 8547 With additional layers, it is possible to use a pre-compiled external 8548 toolchain. One example is the Sourcery G++ Toolchain. The support for 8549 this toolchain resides in the separate Mentor Graphics 8550 ``meta-sourcery`` layer at 8551 https://github.com/MentorEmbedded/meta-sourcery/. 8552 8553 The layer's ``README`` file contains information on how to use the 8554 Sourcery G++ Toolchain as an external toolchain. You will have to 8555 add the layer to your ``bblayers.conf`` file and then set the 8556 :term:`EXTERNAL_TOOLCHAIN` variable in your ``local.conf`` file to 8557 the location of the toolchain. 8558 8559 The fundamentals used for this example apply to any external 8560 toolchain. You can use ``meta-sourcery`` as a template for adding 8561 support for other external toolchains. 8562 8563 In addition to toolchain configuration, you will also need a 8564 corresponding toolchain recipe file. This recipe file needs to package 8565 up any pre-built objects in the toolchain such as ``libgcc``, 8566 ``libstdcc++``, any locales, and ``libc``. 8567 8568 :term:`TC_CXX_RUNTIME` 8569 Specifies the C/C++ STL and runtime variant to use during 8570 the build process. Default value is 'gnu' 8571 8572 You can select "gnu", "llvm", or "android". 8573 8574 :term:`TEMPLATECONF` 8575 Specifies the directory used by the build system to find templates 8576 from which to build the ``bblayers.conf`` and ``local.conf`` files. 8577 Use this variable if you wish to customize such files, and the default 8578 BitBake targets shown when sourcing the ``oe-init-build-env`` script. 8579 8580 For details, see the 8581 :ref:`dev-manual/custom-template-configuration-directory:creating a custom template configuration directory` 8582 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks manual. 8583 8584 .. note:: 8585 8586 You must set this variable in the external environment in order 8587 for it to work. 8588 8589 :term:`TEST_EXPORT_DIR` 8590 The location the OpenEmbedded build system uses to export tests when 8591 the :term:`TEST_EXPORT_ONLY` variable is set 8592 to "1". 8593 8594 The :term:`TEST_EXPORT_DIR` variable defaults to 8595 ``"${TMPDIR}/testimage/${PN}"``. 8596 8597 :term:`TEST_EXPORT_ONLY` 8598 Specifies to export the tests only. Set this variable to "1" if you 8599 do not want to run the tests but you want them to be exported in a 8600 manner that you to run them outside of the build system. 8601 8602 :term:`TEST_LOG_DIR` 8603 Holds the SSH log and the boot log for QEMU machines. The 8604 :term:`TEST_LOG_DIR` variable defaults to ``"${WORKDIR}/testimage"``. 8605 8606 .. note:: 8607 8608 Actual test results reside in the task log (``log.do_testimage``), 8609 which is in the ``${WORKDIR}/temp/`` directory. 8610 8611 :term:`TEST_POWERCONTROL_CMD` 8612 For automated hardware testing, specifies the command to use to 8613 control the power of the target machine under test. Typically, this 8614 command would point to a script that performs the appropriate action 8615 (e.g. interacting with a web-enabled power strip). The specified 8616 command should expect to receive as the last argument "off", "on" or 8617 "cycle" specifying to power off, on, or cycle (power off and then 8618 power on) the device, respectively. 8619 8620 :term:`TEST_POWERCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS` 8621 For automated hardware testing, specifies additional arguments to 8622 pass through to the command specified in 8623 :term:`TEST_POWERCONTROL_CMD`. Setting 8624 :term:`TEST_POWERCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS` is optional. You can use it if you 8625 wish, for example, to separate the machine-specific and 8626 non-machine-specific parts of the arguments. 8627 8628 :term:`TEST_QEMUBOOT_TIMEOUT` 8629 The time in seconds allowed for an image to boot before automated 8630 runtime tests begin to run against an image. The default timeout 8631 period to allow the boot process to reach the login prompt is 500 8632 seconds. You can specify a different value in the ``local.conf`` 8633 file. 8634 8635 For more information on testing images, see the 8636 ":ref:`dev-manual/runtime-testing:performing automated runtime testing`" 8637 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 8638 8639 :term:`TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD` 8640 For automated hardware testing, specifies the command to use to 8641 connect to the serial console of the target machine under test. This 8642 command simply needs to connect to the serial console and forward 8643 that connection to standard input and output as any normal terminal 8644 program does. 8645 8646 For example, to use the Picocom terminal program on serial device 8647 ``/dev/ttyUSB0`` at 115200bps, you would set the variable as follows:: 8648 8649 TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD = "picocom /dev/ttyUSB0 -b 115200" 8650 8651 :term:`TEST_SERIALCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS` 8652 For automated hardware testing, specifies additional arguments to 8653 pass through to the command specified in 8654 :term:`TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD`. Setting 8655 :term:`TEST_SERIALCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS` is optional. You can use it if you 8656 wish, for example, to separate the machine-specific and 8657 non-machine-specific parts of the command. 8658 8659 :term:`TEST_SERVER_IP` 8660 The IP address of the build machine (host machine). This IP address 8661 is usually automatically detected. However, if detection fails, this 8662 variable needs to be set to the IP address of the build machine (i.e. 8663 where the build is taking place). 8664 8665 .. note:: 8666 8667 The :term:`TEST_SERVER_IP` variable is only used for a small number of 8668 tests such as the "dnf" test suite, which needs to download packages 8669 from ``WORKDIR/oe-rootfs-repo``. 8670 8671 :term:`TEST_SUITES` 8672 An ordered list of tests (modules) to run against an image when 8673 performing automated runtime testing. 8674 8675 The OpenEmbedded build system provides a core set of tests that can 8676 be used against images. 8677 8678 .. note:: 8679 8680 Currently, there is only support for running these tests under 8681 QEMU. 8682 8683 Tests include ``ping``, ``ssh``, ``df`` among others. You can add 8684 your own tests to the list of tests by appending :term:`TEST_SUITES` as 8685 follows:: 8686 8687 TEST_SUITES:append = " mytest" 8688 8689 Alternatively, you can 8690 provide the "auto" option to have all applicable tests run against 8691 the image:: 8692 8693 TEST_SUITES:append = " auto" 8694 8695 Using this option causes the 8696 build system to automatically run tests that are applicable to the 8697 image. Tests that are not applicable are skipped. 8698 8699 The order in which tests are run is important. Tests that depend on 8700 another test must appear later in the list than the test on which 8701 they depend. For example, if you append the list of tests with two 8702 tests (``test_A`` and ``test_B``) where ``test_B`` is dependent on 8703 ``test_A``, then you must order the tests as follows:: 8704 8705 TEST_SUITES = "test_A test_B" 8706 8707 For more information on testing images, see the 8708 ":ref:`dev-manual/runtime-testing:performing automated runtime testing`" 8709 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 8710 8711 :term:`TEST_TARGET` 8712 Specifies the target controller to use when running tests against a 8713 test image. The default controller to use is "qemu":: 8714 8715 TEST_TARGET = "qemu" 8716 8717 A target controller is a class that defines how an image gets 8718 deployed on a target and how a target is started. A layer can extend 8719 the controllers by adding a module in the layer's 8720 ``/lib/oeqa/controllers`` directory and by inheriting the 8721 ``BaseTarget`` class, which is an abstract class that cannot be used 8722 as a value of :term:`TEST_TARGET`. 8723 8724 You can provide the following arguments with :term:`TEST_TARGET`: 8725 8726 - *"qemu":* Boots a QEMU image and runs the tests. See the 8727 ":ref:`dev-manual/runtime-testing:enabling runtime tests on qemu`" section 8728 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more 8729 information. 8730 8731 - *"simpleremote":* Runs the tests on target hardware that is 8732 already up and running. The hardware can be on the network or it 8733 can be a device running an image on QEMU. You must also set 8734 :term:`TEST_TARGET_IP` when you use 8735 "simpleremote". 8736 8737 .. note:: 8738 8739 This argument is defined in 8740 ``meta/lib/oeqa/controllers/simpleremote.py``. 8741 8742 For information on running tests on hardware, see the 8743 ":ref:`dev-manual/runtime-testing:enabling runtime tests on hardware`" 8744 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 8745 8746 :term:`TEST_TARGET_IP` 8747 The IP address of your hardware under test. The :term:`TEST_TARGET_IP` 8748 variable has no effect when :term:`TEST_TARGET` is 8749 set to "qemu". 8750 8751 When you specify the IP address, you can also include a port. Here is 8752 an example:: 8753 8754 TEST_TARGET_IP = "192.168.1.4:2201" 8755 8756 Specifying a port is 8757 useful when SSH is started on a non-standard port or in cases when 8758 your hardware under test is behind a firewall or network that is not 8759 directly accessible from your host and you need to do port address 8760 translation. 8761 8762 :term:`TESTIMAGE_AUTO` 8763 Automatically runs the series of automated tests for images when an 8764 image is successfully built. Setting :term:`TESTIMAGE_AUTO` to "1" causes 8765 any image that successfully builds to automatically boot under QEMU. 8766 Using the variable also adds in dependencies so that any SDK for 8767 which testing is requested is automatically built first. 8768 8769 These tests are written in Python making use of the ``unittest`` 8770 module, and the majority of them run commands on the target system 8771 over ``ssh``. You can set this variable to "1" in your ``local.conf`` 8772 file in the :term:`Build Directory` to have the 8773 OpenEmbedded build system automatically run these tests after an 8774 image successfully builds: 8775 8776 TESTIMAGE_AUTO = "1" 8777 8778 For more information 8779 on enabling, running, and writing these tests, see the 8780 ":ref:`dev-manual/runtime-testing:performing automated runtime testing`" 8781 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual and the 8782 ":ref:`ref-classes-testimage`" section. 8783 8784 :term:`THISDIR` 8785 The directory in which the file BitBake is currently parsing is 8786 located. Do not manually set this variable. 8787 8788 :term:`TIME` 8789 The time the build was started. Times appear using the hour, minute, 8790 and second (HMS) format (e.g. "140159" for one minute and fifty-nine 8791 seconds past 1400 hours). 8792 8793 :term:`TMPDIR` 8794 This variable is the base directory the OpenEmbedded build system 8795 uses for all build output and intermediate files (other than the 8796 shared state cache). By default, the :term:`TMPDIR` variable points to 8797 ``tmp`` within the :term:`Build Directory`. 8798 8799 If you want to establish this directory in a location other than the 8800 default, you can uncomment and edit the following statement in the 8801 ``conf/local.conf`` file in the :term:`Source Directory`:: 8802 8803 #TMPDIR = "${TOPDIR}/tmp" 8804 8805 An example use for this scenario is to set :term:`TMPDIR` to a local disk, 8806 which does not use NFS, while having the :term:`Build Directory` use NFS. 8807 8808 The filesystem used by :term:`TMPDIR` must have standard filesystem 8809 semantics (i.e. mixed-case files are unique, POSIX file locking, and 8810 persistent inodes). Due to various issues with NFS and bugs in some 8811 implementations, NFS does not meet this minimum requirement. 8812 Consequently, :term:`TMPDIR` cannot be on NFS. 8813 8814 :term:`TOOLCHAIN_HOST_TASK` 8815 This variable lists packages the OpenEmbedded build system uses when 8816 building an SDK, which contains a cross-development environment. The 8817 packages specified by this variable are part of the toolchain set 8818 that runs on the :term:`SDKMACHINE`, and each 8819 package should usually have the prefix ``nativesdk-``. For example, 8820 consider the following command when building an SDK:: 8821 8822 $ bitbake -c populate_sdk imagename 8823 8824 In this case, a default list of packages is 8825 set in this variable, but you can add additional packages to the 8826 list. See the 8827 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing-standard:adding individual packages to the standard sdk`" section 8828 in the Yocto Project Application Development and the Extensible 8829 Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual for more information. 8830 8831 For background information on cross-development toolchains in the 8832 Yocto Project development environment, see the 8833 ":ref:`sdk-manual/intro:the cross-development toolchain`" 8834 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. For 8835 information on setting up a cross-development environment, see the 8836 :doc:`/sdk-manual/index` manual. 8837 8838 Note that this variable applies to building an SDK, not an eSDK, 8839 in which case the :term:`TOOLCHAIN_HOST_TASK_ESDK` setting should be 8840 used instead. 8841 8842 :term:`TOOLCHAIN_HOST_TASK_ESDK` 8843 This variable allows to extend what is installed in the host 8844 portion of an eSDK. This is similar to :term:`TOOLCHAIN_HOST_TASK` 8845 applying to SDKs. 8846 8847 :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME` 8848 This variable defines the name used for the toolchain output. The 8849 :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class sets 8850 the :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME` variable as follows:: 8851 8852 TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME ?= "${SDK_NAME}-toolchain-${SDK_VERSION}" 8853 8854 See 8855 the :term:`SDK_NAME` and 8856 :term:`SDK_VERSION` variables for additional 8857 information. 8858 8859 :term:`TOOLCHAIN_TARGET_TASK` 8860 This variable lists packages the OpenEmbedded build system uses when 8861 it creates the target part of an SDK (i.e. the part built for the 8862 target hardware), which includes libraries and headers. Use this 8863 variable to add individual packages to the part of the SDK that runs 8864 on the target. See the 8865 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing-standard:adding individual packages to the standard sdk`" section 8866 in the Yocto Project Application Development and the Extensible 8867 Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual for more information. 8868 8869 For background information on cross-development toolchains in the 8870 Yocto Project development environment, see the 8871 ":ref:`sdk-manual/intro:the cross-development toolchain`" 8872 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. For 8873 information on setting up a cross-development environment, see the 8874 :doc:`/sdk-manual/index` manual. 8875 8876 :term:`TOPDIR` 8877 See :term:`bitbake:TOPDIR` in the BitBake manual. 8878 8879 :term:`TRANSLATED_TARGET_ARCH` 8880 A sanitized version of :term:`TARGET_ARCH`. This 8881 variable is used where the architecture is needed in a value where 8882 underscores are not allowed, for example within package filenames. In 8883 this case, dash characters replace any underscore characters used in 8884 :term:`TARGET_ARCH`. 8885 8886 Do not edit this variable. 8887 8888 :term:`TUNE_ARCH` 8889 The GNU canonical architecture for a specific architecture (i.e. 8890 ``arm``, ``armeb``, ``mips``, ``mips64``, and so forth). BitBake uses 8891 this value to setup configuration. 8892 8893 :term:`TUNE_ARCH` definitions are specific to a given architecture. The 8894 definitions can be a single static definition, or can be dynamically 8895 adjusted. You can see details for a given CPU family by looking at 8896 the architecture's ``README`` file. For example, the 8897 ``meta/conf/machine/include/mips/README`` file in the 8898 :term:`Source Directory` provides information for 8899 :term:`TUNE_ARCH` specific to the ``mips`` architecture. 8900 8901 :term:`TUNE_ARCH` is tied closely to 8902 :term:`TARGET_ARCH`, which defines the target 8903 machine's architecture. The BitBake configuration file 8904 (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``) sets :term:`TARGET_ARCH` as follows:: 8905 8906 TARGET_ARCH = "${TUNE_ARCH}" 8907 8908 The following list, which is by no means complete since architectures 8909 are configurable, shows supported machine architectures: 8910 8911 - arm 8912 - i586 8913 - x86_64 8914 - powerpc 8915 - powerpc64 8916 - mips 8917 - mipsel 8918 8919 :term:`TUNE_ASARGS` 8920 Specifies architecture-specific assembler flags for the target 8921 system. The set of flags is based on the selected tune features. 8922 :term:`TUNE_ASARGS` is set using the tune include files, which are 8923 typically under ``meta/conf/machine/include/`` and are influenced 8924 through :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`. For example, the 8925 ``meta/conf/machine/include/x86/arch-x86.inc`` file defines the flags 8926 for the x86 architecture as follows:: 8927 8928 TUNE_ASARGS += "${@bb.utils.contains("TUNE_FEATURES", "mx32", "-x32", "", d)}" 8929 8930 .. note:: 8931 8932 Board Support Packages (BSPs) select the tune. The selected tune, 8933 in turn, affects the tune variables themselves (i.e. the tune can 8934 supply its own set of flags). 8935 8936 :term:`TUNE_CCARGS` 8937 Specifies architecture-specific C compiler flags for the target 8938 system. The set of flags is based on the selected tune features. 8939 :term:`TUNE_CCARGS` is set using the tune include files, which are 8940 typically under ``meta/conf/machine/include/`` and are influenced 8941 through :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`. 8942 8943 .. note:: 8944 8945 Board Support Packages (BSPs) select the tune. The selected tune, 8946 in turn, affects the tune variables themselves (i.e. the tune can 8947 supply its own set of flags). 8948 8949 :term:`TUNE_FEATURES` 8950 Features used to "tune" a compiler for optimal use given a specific 8951 processor. The features are defined within the tune files and allow 8952 arguments (i.e. ``TUNE_*ARGS``) to be dynamically generated based on 8953 the features. 8954 8955 The OpenEmbedded build system verifies the features to be sure they 8956 are not conflicting and that they are supported. 8957 8958 The BitBake configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``) defines 8959 :term:`TUNE_FEATURES` as follows:: 8960 8961 TUNE_FEATURES ??= "${TUNE_FEATURES:tune-${DEFAULTTUNE}}" 8962 8963 See the :term:`DEFAULTTUNE` variable for more information. 8964 8965 :term:`TUNE_LDARGS` 8966 Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the target system. 8967 The set of flags is based on the selected tune features. 8968 :term:`TUNE_LDARGS` is set using the tune include files, which are 8969 typically under ``meta/conf/machine/include/`` and are influenced 8970 through :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`. For example, the 8971 ``meta/conf/machine/include/x86/arch-x86.inc`` file defines the flags 8972 for the x86 architecture as follows:: 8973 8974 TUNE_LDARGS += "${@bb.utils.contains("TUNE_FEATURES", "mx32", "-m elf32_x86_64", "", d)}" 8975 8976 .. note:: 8977 8978 Board Support Packages (BSPs) select the tune. The selected tune, 8979 in turn, affects the tune variables themselves (i.e. the tune can 8980 supply its own set of flags). 8981 8982 :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH` 8983 The package architecture understood by the packaging system to define 8984 the architecture, ABI, and tuning of output packages. The specific 8985 tune is defined using the "_tune" override as follows:: 8986 8987 TUNE_PKGARCH:tune-tune = "tune" 8988 8989 These tune-specific package architectures are defined in the machine 8990 include files. Here is an example of the "core2-32" tuning as used in 8991 the ``meta/conf/machine/include/x86/tune-core2.inc`` file:: 8992 8993 TUNE_PKGARCH:tune-core2-32 = "core2-32" 8994 8995 :term:`TUNECONFLICTS[feature]` 8996 Specifies CPU or Application Binary Interface (ABI) tuning features 8997 that conflict with feature. 8998 8999 Known tuning conflicts are specified in the machine include files in 9000 the :term:`Source Directory`. Here is an example from 9001 the ``meta/conf/machine/include/mips/arch-mips.inc`` include file 9002 that lists the "o32" and "n64" features as conflicting with the "n32" 9003 feature:: 9004 9005 TUNECONFLICTS[n32] = "o32 n64" 9006 9007 :term:`TUNEVALID[feature]` 9008 Specifies a valid CPU or Application Binary Interface (ABI) tuning 9009 feature. The specified feature is stored as a flag. Valid features 9010 are specified in the machine include files (e.g. 9011 ``meta/conf/machine/include/arm/arch-arm.inc``). Here is an example 9012 from that file:: 9013 9014 TUNEVALID[bigendian] = "Enable big-endian mode." 9015 9016 See the machine include files in the :term:`Source Directory` 9017 for these features. 9018 9019 :term:`UBOOT_CONFIG` 9020 Configures the :term:`UBOOT_MACHINE` and can 9021 also define :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` for individual 9022 cases. 9023 9024 Following is an example from the ``meta-fsl-arm`` layer. :: 9025 9026 UBOOT_CONFIG ??= "sd" 9027 UBOOT_CONFIG[sd] = "mx6qsabreauto_config,sdcard" 9028 UBOOT_CONFIG[eimnor] = "mx6qsabreauto_eimnor_config" 9029 UBOOT_CONFIG[nand] = "mx6qsabreauto_nand_config,ubifs" 9030 UBOOT_CONFIG[spinor] = "mx6qsabreauto_spinor_config" 9031 9032 In this example, "sd" is selected as the configuration of the possible four for the 9033 :term:`UBOOT_MACHINE`. The "sd" configuration defines 9034 "mx6qsabreauto_config" as the value for :term:`UBOOT_MACHINE`, while the 9035 "sdcard" specifies the :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` to use for the U-Boot image. 9036 9037 For more information on how the :term:`UBOOT_CONFIG` is handled, see the 9038 :ref:`ref-classes-uboot-config` class. 9039 9040 :term:`UBOOT_DTB_LOADADDRESS` 9041 Specifies the load address for the dtb image used by U-Boot. During FIT 9042 image creation, the :term:`UBOOT_DTB_LOADADDRESS` variable is used in 9043 :ref:`ref-classes-kernel-fitimage` class to specify the load address to be 9044 used in creating the dtb sections of Image Tree Source for the FIT image. 9045 9046 :term:`UBOOT_DTBO_LOADADDRESS` 9047 Specifies the load address for the dtbo image used by U-Boot. During FIT 9048 image creation, the :term:`UBOOT_DTBO_LOADADDRESS` variable is used in 9049 :ref:`ref-classes-kernel-fitimage` class to specify the load address to be 9050 used in creating the dtbo sections of Image Tree Source for the FIT image. 9051 9052 :term:`UBOOT_ENTRYPOINT` 9053 Specifies the entry point for the U-Boot image. During U-Boot image 9054 creation, the :term:`UBOOT_ENTRYPOINT` variable is passed as a 9055 command-line parameter to the ``uboot-mkimage`` utility. 9056 9057 :term:`UBOOT_LOADADDRESS` 9058 Specifies the load address for the U-Boot image. During U-Boot image 9059 creation, the :term:`UBOOT_LOADADDRESS` variable is passed as a 9060 command-line parameter to the ``uboot-mkimage`` utility. 9061 9062 :term:`UBOOT_LOCALVERSION` 9063 Appends a string to the name of the local version of the U-Boot 9064 image. For example, assuming the version of the U-Boot image built 9065 was "2013.10", the full version string reported by U-Boot would be 9066 "2013.10-yocto" given the following statement:: 9067 9068 UBOOT_LOCALVERSION = "-yocto" 9069 9070 :term:`UBOOT_MACHINE` 9071 Specifies the value passed on the ``make`` command line when building 9072 a U-Boot image. The value indicates the target platform 9073 configuration. You typically set this variable from the machine 9074 configuration file (i.e. ``conf/machine/machine_name.conf``). 9075 9076 Please see the "Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type" 9077 section in the U-Boot README for valid values for this variable. 9078 9079 :term:`UBOOT_MAKE_TARGET` 9080 Specifies the target called in the ``Makefile``. The default target 9081 is "all". 9082 9083 :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE` 9084 Specifies the name of the mkimage command as used by the 9085 :ref:`ref-classes-kernel-fitimage` class to assemble 9086 the FIT image. This can be used to substitute an alternative command, wrapper 9087 script or function if desired. The default is "uboot-mkimage". 9088 9089 :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE_DTCOPTS` 9090 Options for the device tree compiler passed to mkimage '-D' feature while 9091 creating FIT image in :ref:`ref-classes-kernel-fitimage` class. If 9092 :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE_DTCOPTS` is not set then 9093 :ref:`ref-classes-kernel-fitimage` will not pass the ``-D`` option to 9094 mkimage. 9095 9096 :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE_KERNEL_TYPE` 9097 Specifies the type argument for the kernel as passed to ``uboot-mkimage``. 9098 The default value is "kernel". 9099 9100 :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE_SIGN` 9101 Specifies the name of the mkimage command as used by the 9102 :ref:`ref-classes-kernel-fitimage` class to sign 9103 the FIT image after it has been assembled (if enabled). This can be used 9104 to substitute an alternative command, wrapper script or function if 9105 desired. The default is "${:term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE`}". 9106 9107 :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE_SIGN_ARGS` 9108 Optionally specifies additional arguments for the 9109 :ref:`ref-classes-kernel-fitimage` class to pass to the 9110 mkimage command when signing the FIT image. 9111 9112 :term:`UBOOT_RD_ENTRYPOINT` 9113 Specifies the entrypoint for the RAM disk image. During FIT image 9114 creation, the :term:`UBOOT_RD_ENTRYPOINT` variable is used in 9115 :ref:`ref-classes-kernel-fitimage` class to specify the entrypoint to be 9116 used in creating the Image Tree Source for the FIT image. 9117 9118 :term:`UBOOT_RD_LOADADDRESS` 9119 Specifies the load address for the RAM disk image. During FIT image 9120 creation, the :term:`UBOOT_RD_LOADADDRESS` variable is used in 9121 :ref:`ref-classes-kernel-fitimage` class to specify the load address to 9122 be used in creating the Image Tree Source for the FIT image. 9123 9124 :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_ENABLE` 9125 Enable signing of FIT image. The default value is "0". 9126 9127 :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR` 9128 Location of the directory containing the RSA key and 9129 certificate used for signing FIT image. 9130 9131 :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYNAME` 9132 The name of keys used for signing U-Boot FIT image stored in 9133 :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR` directory. For e.g. dev.key key and dev.crt 9134 certificate stored in :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR` directory will have 9135 :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYNAME` set to "dev". 9136 9137 :term:`UBOOT_SUFFIX` 9138 Points to the generated U-Boot extension. For example, ``u-boot.sb`` 9139 has a ``.sb`` extension. 9140 9141 The default U-Boot extension is ``.bin`` 9142 9143 :term:`UBOOT_TARGET` 9144 Specifies the target used for building U-Boot. The target is passed 9145 directly as part of the "make" command (e.g. SPL and AIS). If you do 9146 not specifically set this variable, the OpenEmbedded build process 9147 passes and uses "all" for the target during the U-Boot building 9148 process. 9149 9150 :term:`UNKNOWN_CONFIGURE_OPT_IGNORE` 9151 Specifies a list of options that, if reported by the configure script 9152 as being invalid, should not generate a warning during the 9153 :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task. Normally, invalid 9154 configure options are simply not passed to the configure script (e.g. 9155 should be removed from :term:`EXTRA_OECONF` or 9156 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`). 9157 However, there are common options that are passed to all 9158 configure scripts at a class level, but might not be valid for some 9159 configure scripts. Therefore warnings about these options are useless. 9160 For these cases, the options are added to :term:`UNKNOWN_CONFIGURE_OPT_IGNORE`. 9161 9162 The configure arguments check that uses 9163 :term:`UNKNOWN_CONFIGURE_OPT_IGNORE` is part of the 9164 :ref:`ref-classes-insane` class and is only enabled if the 9165 recipe inherits the :ref:`ref-classes-autotools` class. 9166 9167 :term:`UPDATERCPN` 9168 For recipes inheriting the 9169 :ref:`ref-classes-update-rc.d` class, :term:`UPDATERCPN` 9170 specifies the package that contains the initscript that is enabled. 9171 9172 The default value is "${PN}". Given that almost all recipes that 9173 install initscripts package them in the main package for the recipe, 9174 you rarely need to set this variable in individual recipes. 9175 9176 :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_COMMITS` 9177 You can perform a per-recipe check for what the latest upstream 9178 source code version is by calling ``devtool latest-version recipe``. If 9179 the recipe source code is provided from Git repositories, but 9180 releases are not identified by Git tags, set :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_COMMITS` 9181 to ``1`` in the recipe, and the OpenEmbedded build system 9182 will compare the latest commit with the one currently specified 9183 by the recipe (:term:`SRCREV`):: 9184 9185 UPSTREAM_CHECK_COMMITS = "1" 9186 9187 :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX` 9188 You can perform a per-recipe check for what the latest upstream 9189 source code version is by calling ``devtool latest-version recipe``. If 9190 the recipe source code is provided from Git repositories, the 9191 OpenEmbedded build system determines the latest upstream version by 9192 picking the latest tag from the list of all repository tags. 9193 9194 You can use the :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX` variable to provide a 9195 regular expression to filter only the relevant tags should the 9196 default filter not work correctly:: 9197 9198 UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX = "git_tag_regex" 9199 9200 :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX` 9201 Use the :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX` variable to specify a different 9202 regular expression instead of the default one when the package 9203 checking system is parsing the page found using 9204 :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI`:: 9205 9206 UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX = "package_regex" 9207 9208 :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI` 9209 You can perform a per-recipe check for what the latest upstream 9210 source code version is by calling ``devtool latest-version recipe``. If 9211 the source code is provided from tarballs, the latest version is 9212 determined by fetching the directory listing where the tarball is and 9213 attempting to find a later tarball. When this approach does not work, 9214 you can use :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI` to provide a different URI that 9215 contains the link to the latest tarball:: 9216 9217 UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI = "recipe_url" 9218 9219 :term:`UPSTREAM_VERSION_UNKNOWN` 9220 You can perform a per-recipe check for what the latest upstream 9221 source code version is by calling ``devtool latest-version recipe``. 9222 If no combination of the :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI`, :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX`, 9223 :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX` and :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_COMMITS` variables in 9224 the recipe allows to determine what the latest upstream version is, 9225 you can set :term:`UPSTREAM_VERSION_UNKNOWN` to ``1`` in the recipe 9226 to acknowledge that the check cannot be performed:: 9227 9228 UPSTREAM_VERSION_UNKNOWN = "1" 9229 9230 :term:`USE_DEVFS` 9231 Determines if ``devtmpfs`` is used for ``/dev`` population. The 9232 default value used for :term:`USE_DEVFS` is "1" when no value is 9233 specifically set. Typically, you would set :term:`USE_DEVFS` to "0" for a 9234 statically populated ``/dev`` directory. 9235 9236 See the ":ref:`dev-manual/device-manager:selecting a device manager`" section in 9237 the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for information on how to 9238 use this variable. 9239 9240 :term:`USE_VT` 9241 When using 9242 :ref:`SysVinit <dev-manual/new-recipe:enabling system services>`, 9243 determines whether or not to run a 9244 `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_%28Unix%29>`__ on any 9245 virtual terminals in order to enable logging in through those 9246 terminals. 9247 9248 The default value used for :term:`USE_VT` is "1" when no default value is 9249 specifically set. Typically, you would set :term:`USE_VT` to "0" in the 9250 machine configuration file for machines that do not have a graphical 9251 display attached and therefore do not need virtual terminal 9252 functionality. 9253 9254 :term:`USER_CLASSES` 9255 A list of classes to globally inherit. These classes are used by the 9256 OpenEmbedded build system to enable extra features. 9257 9258 Classes inherited using :term:`USER_CLASSES` must be located in the 9259 ``classes-global/`` or ``classes/`` subdirectories. 9260 9261 The default list is set in your ``local.conf`` file:: 9262 9263 USER_CLASSES ?= "buildstats" 9264 9265 For more information, see 9266 ``meta-poky/conf/templates/default/local.conf.sample`` in the 9267 :term:`Source Directory`. 9268 9269 :term:`USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC` 9270 If set to ``error``, forces the OpenEmbedded build system to produce 9271 an error if the user identification (``uid``) and group 9272 identification (``gid``) values are not defined in any of the files 9273 listed in :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES` and 9274 :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES`. If set to 9275 ``warn``, a warning will be issued instead. 9276 9277 The default behavior for the build system is to dynamically apply 9278 ``uid`` and ``gid`` values. Consequently, the 9279 :term:`USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC` variable is by default not set. If you plan 9280 on using statically assigned ``gid`` and ``uid`` values, you should 9281 set the :term:`USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC` variable in your ``local.conf`` 9282 file as follows:: 9283 9284 USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC = "error" 9285 9286 Overriding the 9287 default behavior implies you are going to also take steps to set 9288 static ``uid`` and ``gid`` values through use of the 9289 :term:`USERADDEXTENSION`, 9290 :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES`, and 9291 :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES` variables. 9292 9293 .. note:: 9294 9295 There is a difference in behavior between setting 9296 :term:`USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC` to ``error`` and setting it to ``warn``. 9297 When it is set to ``warn``, the build system will report a warning for 9298 every undefined ``uid`` and ``gid`` in any recipe. But when it is set 9299 to ``error``, it will only report errors for recipes that are actually 9300 built. 9301 This saves you from having to add static IDs for recipes that you 9302 know will never be built. 9303 9304 :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES` 9305 Specifies a password file to use for obtaining static group 9306 identification (``gid``) values when the OpenEmbedded build system 9307 adds a group to the system during package installation. 9308 9309 When applying static group identification (``gid``) values, the 9310 OpenEmbedded build system looks in :term:`BBPATH` for a 9311 ``files/group`` file and then applies those ``uid`` values. Set the 9312 variable as follows in your ``local.conf`` file:: 9313 9314 9315 USERADD_GID_TABLES = "files/group" 9316 9317 .. note:: 9318 9319 Setting the :term:`USERADDEXTENSION` variable to "useradd-staticids" 9320 causes the build system to use static ``gid`` values. 9321 9322 :term:`USERADD_PACKAGES` 9323 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-useradd` class, 9324 this variable specifies the individual packages within the recipe 9325 that require users and/or groups to be added. 9326 9327 You must set this variable if the recipe inherits the class. For 9328 example, the following enables adding a user for the main package in 9329 a recipe:: 9330 9331 USERADD_PACKAGES = "${PN}" 9332 9333 .. note:: 9334 9335 It follows that if you are going to use the :term:`USERADD_PACKAGES` 9336 variable, you need to set one or more of the :term:`USERADD_PARAM`, 9337 :term:`GROUPADD_PARAM`, or :term:`GROUPMEMS_PARAM` variables. 9338 9339 :term:`USERADD_PARAM` 9340 When inheriting the :ref:`ref-classes-useradd` class, 9341 this variable specifies for a package what parameters should pass to 9342 the ``useradd`` command if you add a user to the system when the 9343 package is installed. 9344 9345 Here is an example from the ``dbus`` recipe:: 9346 9347 USERADD_PARAM:${PN} = "--system --home ${localstatedir}/lib/dbus \ 9348 --no-create-home --shell /bin/false \ 9349 --user-group messagebus" 9350 9351 For information on the 9352 standard Linux shell command ``useradd``, see 9353 https://linux.die.net/man/8/useradd. 9354 9355 :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES` 9356 Specifies a password file to use for obtaining static user 9357 identification (``uid``) values when the OpenEmbedded build system 9358 adds a user to the system during package installation. 9359 9360 When applying static user identification (``uid``) values, the 9361 OpenEmbedded build system looks in :term:`BBPATH` for a 9362 ``files/passwd`` file and then applies those ``uid`` values. Set the 9363 variable as follows in your ``local.conf`` file:: 9364 9365 USERADD_UID_TABLES = "files/passwd" 9366 9367 .. note:: 9368 9369 Setting the :term:`USERADDEXTENSION` variable to "useradd-staticids" 9370 causes the build system to use static ``uid`` values. 9371 9372 :term:`USERADDEXTENSION` 9373 When set to "useradd-staticids", causes the OpenEmbedded build system 9374 to base all user and group additions on a static ``passwd`` and 9375 ``group`` files found in :term:`BBPATH`. 9376 9377 To use static user identification (``uid``) and group identification 9378 (``gid``) values, set the variable as follows in your ``local.conf`` 9379 file: USERADDEXTENSION = "useradd-staticids" 9380 9381 .. note:: 9382 9383 Setting this variable to use static ``uid`` and ``gid`` 9384 values causes the OpenEmbedded build system to employ the 9385 :ref:`ref-classes-useradd` class. 9386 9387 If you use static ``uid`` and ``gid`` information, you must also 9388 specify the ``files/passwd`` and ``files/group`` files by setting the 9389 :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES` and 9390 :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES` variables. 9391 Additionally, you should also set the 9392 :term:`USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC` variable. 9393 9394 :term:`VOLATILE_LOG_DIR` 9395 Specifies the persistence of the target's ``/var/log`` directory, 9396 which is used to house postinstall target log files. 9397 9398 By default, :term:`VOLATILE_LOG_DIR` is set to "yes", which means the 9399 file is not persistent. You can override this setting by setting the 9400 variable to "no" to make the log directory persistent. 9401 9402 :term:`WARN_QA` 9403 Specifies the quality assurance checks whose failures are reported as 9404 warnings by the OpenEmbedded build system. You set this variable in 9405 your distribution configuration file. For a list of the checks you 9406 can control with this variable, see the 9407 ":ref:`ref-classes-insane`" section. 9408 9409 :term:`WATCHDOG_TIMEOUT` 9410 Specifies the timeout in seconds used by the ``watchdog`` recipe and 9411 also by ``systemd`` during reboot. The default is 60 seconds. 9412 9413 :term:`WIRELESS_DAEMON` 9414 For ``connman`` and ``packagegroup-base``, specifies the wireless 9415 daemon to use. The default is "wpa-supplicant" (note that the value 9416 uses a dash and not an underscore). 9417 9418 :term:`WKS_FILE` 9419 Specifies the location of the Wic kickstart file that is used by the 9420 OpenEmbedded build system to create a partitioned image 9421 (``image.wic``). For information on how to create a partitioned 9422 image, see the 9423 ":ref:`dev-manual/wic:creating partitioned images using wic`" 9424 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. For details on 9425 the kickstart file format, see the ":doc:`/ref-manual/kickstart`" Chapter. 9426 9427 :term:`WKS_FILE_DEPENDS` 9428 When placed in the recipe that builds your image, this variable lists 9429 build-time dependencies. The :term:`WKS_FILE_DEPENDS` variable is only 9430 applicable when Wic images are active (i.e. when 9431 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` contains entries related 9432 to Wic). If your recipe does not create Wic images, the variable has 9433 no effect. 9434 9435 The :term:`WKS_FILE_DEPENDS` variable is similar to the 9436 :term:`DEPENDS` variable. When you use the variable in 9437 your recipe that builds the Wic image, dependencies you list in the 9438 :term:`WKS_FILE_DEPENDS` variable are added to the :term:`DEPENDS` variable. 9439 9440 With the :term:`WKS_FILE_DEPENDS` variable, you have the possibility to 9441 specify a list of additional dependencies (e.g. native tools, 9442 bootloaders, and so forth), that are required to build Wic images. 9443 Following is an example:: 9444 9445 WKS_FILE_DEPENDS = "some-native-tool" 9446 9447 In the 9448 previous example, some-native-tool would be replaced with an actual 9449 native tool on which the build would depend. 9450 9451 :term:`WKS_FILES` 9452 Specifies a list of candidate Wic kickstart files to be used by the 9453 OpenEmbedded build system to create a partitioned image. Only the 9454 first one that is found, from left to right, will be used. 9455 9456 This is only useful when there are multiple ``.wks`` files that can be 9457 used to produce an image. A typical case is when multiple layers are 9458 used for different hardware platforms, each supplying a different 9459 ``.wks`` file. In this case, you specify all possible ones through 9460 :term:`WKS_FILES`. 9461 9462 If only one ``.wks`` file is used, set :term:`WKS_FILE` instead. 9463 9464 :term:`WORKDIR` 9465 The pathname of the work directory in which the OpenEmbedded build 9466 system builds a recipe. This directory is located within the 9467 :term:`TMPDIR` directory structure and is specific to 9468 the recipe being built and the system for which it is being built. 9469 9470 The :term:`WORKDIR` directory is defined as follows:: 9471 9472 ${TMPDIR}/work/${MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS}/${PN}/${EXTENDPE}${PV}-${PR} 9473 9474 The actual directory depends on several things: 9475 9476 - :term:`TMPDIR`: The top-level build output directory 9477 - :term:`MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS`: The target system identifier 9478 - :term:`PN`: The recipe name 9479 - :term:`EXTENDPE`: The epoch --- if :term:`PE` is not specified, which 9480 is usually the case for most recipes, then :term:`EXTENDPE` is blank. 9481 - :term:`PV`: The recipe version 9482 - :term:`PR`: The recipe revision 9483 9484 As an example, assume a Source Directory top-level folder name 9485 ``poky``, a default :term:`Build Directory` at ``poky/build``, and a 9486 ``qemux86-poky-linux`` machine target system. Furthermore, suppose 9487 your recipe is named ``foo_1.3.0-r0.bb``. In this case, the work 9488 directory the build system uses to build the package would be as 9489 follows:: 9490 9491 poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/foo/1.3.0-r0 9492 9493 :term:`XSERVER` 9494 Specifies the packages that should be installed to provide an X 9495 server and drivers for the current machine, assuming your image 9496 directly includes ``packagegroup-core-x11-xserver`` or, perhaps 9497 indirectly, includes "x11-base" in 9498 :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`. 9499 9500 The default value of :term:`XSERVER`, if not specified in the machine 9501 configuration, is "xserver-xorg xf86-video-fbdev xf86-input-evdev". 9502 9503 :term:`XZ_THREADS` 9504 Specifies the number of parallel threads that should be used when 9505 using xz compression. 9506 9507 By default this scales with core count, but is never set less than 2 9508 to ensure that multi-threaded mode is always used so that the output 9509 file contents are deterministic. Builds will work with a value of 1 9510 but the output will differ compared to the output from the compression 9511 generated when more than one thread is used. 9512 9513 On systems where many tasks run in parallel, setting a limit to this 9514 can be helpful in controlling system resource usage. 9515 9516 :term:`XZ_MEMLIMIT` 9517 Specifies the maximum memory the xz compression should use as a percentage 9518 of system memory. If unconstrained the xz compressor can use large amounts of 9519 memory and become problematic with parallelism elsewhere in the build. 9520 "50%" has been found to be a good value. 9521 9522 :term:`ZSTD_THREADS` 9523 Specifies the number of parallel threads that should be used when 9524 using ZStandard compression. 9525 9526 By default this scales with core count, but is never set less than 2 9527 to ensure that multi-threaded mode is always used so that the output 9528 file contents are deterministic. Builds will work with a value of 1 9529 but the output will differ compared to the output from the compression 9530 generated when more than one thread is used. 9531 9532 On systems where many tasks run in parallel, setting a limit to this 9533 can be helpful in controlling system resource usage. 9534